CO2 Engineering Manual-ANSUL

CARBON DIOXIDESYSTEMSCOMPONENTS, DESIGN, INSTALLATION,RECHARGE AND MAINTENANCEANSUL®

��

AutoPulse®

REVISION RECORD2-22-01 Page 1

REV. 1

6-19-98 1-1.1 New Page

6-19-98 1-5.1 New Page

6-19-98 1-8 1

6-19-98 1-8.1 New Page

6-19-98 1-11 1

6-19-98 1-11.1 New Page

6-19-98 1-12 1

6-19-98 1-14 1

6-19-98 1-15 1

6-19-98 1-16 2

6-19-98 1-17 1

6-19-98 1-18 1

6-19-98 1-19 2

6-19-98 1-44 1

6-19-98 1-54 1

6-19-98 1-55 1

6-19-98 2-14 New Page

6-19-98 4-1 1

6-19-98 4-2 1

6-19-98 7-4 1

6-19-98 7-5 1

6-19-98 7-8 2

6-19-98 7-9 1

6-19-98 7-10 1

6-19-98 7-11 1

6-19-98 7-12 1

6-19-98 7-13 1

6-19-98 7-14 1

6-19-98 7-15 1

6-19-98 7-16 1

6-19-98 7-17 1

6-19-98 7-18 1

6-19-98 7-19 1

6-19-98 7-20 1

6-19-98 7-21 1

6-19-98 7-22 1

6-19-98 7-23 1

6-19-98 7-24 1

6-19-98 7-25 1

6-19-98 7-26 1

6-19-98 7-28 1

6-19-98 7-29 2

6-19-98 8-2 1

6-19-98 8-3 1

6-19-98 8-4 1

6-19-98 8-5 1

6-19-98 9-2 1

6-19-98 9-4 2

6-19-98 9-5 2

6-19-98 9-6 1

6-19-98 9-7 1

6-19-98 9-8 1

6-19-98 9-9 1

6-19-98 9-10 1

DATE PAGE REV. NO. DATE PAGE REV. NO.

Indicates revised information.

REVISION RECORD2-22-01 Page 2REV. 1

6-19-98 9-11 1

6-19-98 9-12 1

6-19-98 9-13 New Page

6-19-98 11-1 1

6-19-98 11-3 1

6-19-98 F-91122 2

2-22-01 1-6 1

2-22-01 1-33.1 New Page

2-22-01 7-7 2

2-22-01 7-27 2

DATE PAGE REV. NO. DATE PAGE REV. NO.

Indicates revised information.

FORM PAGESECTION NO. NO.

1. COMPONENTS

CV90 Valve Cylinder Shipping Assembly F-90110 1-1

CV98 Valve Cylinder Shipping Assembly F-9880 1-1.1

MAX Valve Cylinder Shipping Assembly F-90137 1-2

AP-8 Valve Cylinder Shipping Assembly F-90136 1-3

AUTOPULSE Control System F-90228-1 1-4

HF Electric Actuator F-90182-1 1-5

CV98 Electric Actuator F-9881 1-5.1

CV98/CV90/AP-8 Valve Flexible Discharge Bend F-90132-1 1-6

MAX Valve Flexible Discharge Bend F-90135 1-7

CV90/MAX Valve Stackable/Lever Actuator F-90134-1 1-8

CV98 Lever Release Actuator F-9882 1-8.1

CV90/MAX Valve Manual/Pneumatic Actuator F-90131 1-9

CV90/MAX Valve Pneumatic Actuator F-90133-1 1-10

Discharge Nozzle – Type “D” F-90216-1 1-11

Discharge Nozzle – Type “D” – Corrosion Resistant F-96156 1-11.1

Sealed Nozzle With Strainer F-90217-1 1-12

Bulkhead Mounting Flange F-90218 1-13

Discharge Nozzle – Type “A” F-90219-1 1-14

Discharge Nozzle – Cone Type F-90220-1 1-15

Discharge Nozzle – 4 In. Multi-Discharge Type F-90221-2 1-16

Discharge Nozzle – 6 In. Multi-Discharge Type F-90222-1 1-17

Discharge Nozzle – Regular Type F-90223-1 1-18

Discharge Nozzle – Baffle Type F-90224-2 1-19

Cylinder Bracketing F-90183-1 1-20

Nameplate – MAIN F-90191 1-21

Nameplate – RESERVE F-90190 1-22

Nameplate – Maintenance F-90189 1-23

Warning Plate – Outside Room Without Alarm F-90194 1-24

Pressure Bleeder Plug – 1/4 In. F-90196 1-25

Warning Plate – Outside Room With Alarm F-90193 1-26

Warning Plate – Inside Room With Alarm F-90192 1-27

Connecting Link F-90225 1-28

Lever Release Actuator AP-8 Valve/Selector Valve F-90226-1 1-29

Selector Valves With Pressure Actuator F-90208 1-30

Selector Valves With Electric Solenoid Actuator F-91139-1 1-30.1

ANSULTable of Contents

2-22-01


2-22-01


1. COMPONENTS (Continued)

Selector Valves With Lever Actuator F-90210-1 1-32

Direction/Stop Valves F-90211-1 1-33

Lock Handle Stop Valve F-2001045 1-33.1

Manual Pull Box F-90213 1-34

Corner Pulley F-90214 1-35

Check Valves F-90215 1-36

Cable With Swaged End Fitting F-90204 1-37

Dual/Triple Control Boxes F-90206 1-38

Remote Cable Pull Equalizer F-90205 1-39

Quartzoid Bulb Actuator F-90203 1-40

Pneumatic Time Delay F-90207 1-41

AP-8 Valve Enclosed Release Attachment With Flexible Connector F-90227 1-42

Hose Reels F-90195 1-43

Pressure Trip F-90212-1 1-44

Header Safety F-90187 1-45

Header Vent Plug F-90188 1-46

Pressure Operated Siren F-90186-1 1-47

Discharge Indicator F-90185 1-48

Odorizer F-90184 1-49

Pressure Switch – DPST F-90202 1-50

Pressure Switch – 3PST F-90199 1-51

Pressure Switch – SPDT F-90201 1-52

Pressure Switch – DPDT – Explosion-Proof F-90200-1 1-53

Marine Actuation Station – Two Step F-90197-1 1-54

Marine Actuation Station – One Step F-90198-1 1-55

2. APPLICATIONS

Electronic Data Processing – Computer Room and Subfloor F-90171 2-1

Electronic Data Processing – Subfloor F-90164 2-2

Recirculating Turbine Generators F-90106 2-3

Non-Recirculating Turbine Generators F-90162 2-4

Control Rooms F-90177 2-5

Record Storage Rooms F-90175 2-6

Battery Storage F-90174 2-7

Open Top Lube Oil Pits F-90176 2-8

6-19-98


2. APPLICATIONS (Continued)

Electrical Cabinets F-90166 2-9

Transformers F-90173 2-10

Wave Solder Machines F-90165 2-11

Industrial Fryers F-90172 2-12

Dip Tanks F-90163 2-13

Open Face Wet Bench and Processing Tool Protection Guide F-97137 2-14

3. SPECIFICATIONS

CSI SPEC-DATA SHEET – Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems F-90181 –

CSI MANU-SPEC SHEET – Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems F-90230 –

4. GENERAL INFORMATION 4-1 – 4-2

Carbon Dioxide 4-1Personnel Safety 4-1Types of Systems 4-1

Total Flooding 4-1Local Application 4-1

Types of Actuation 4-1Pneumatic 4-1Mechanical 4-1Electrical 4-2Rate of Rise (H.A.D.) 4-2

Types of Detection 4-2H.A.D. (Rate of Rise) 4-2Electric 4-2Mechanical (Fusible Link) 4-2

5. PLANNING 5-1 – 5-4

Application Methods 5-1Total Flooding 5-1Local Application 5-1

Hazard Analysis 5-1 – 5-3Hazard Type 5-1Hazard Dimensions 5-1Unclosable Openings 5-1 – 5-2Types of Fires 5-2Hazard Atmosphere 5-2Hazardous Material 5-2Ventilation Considerations 5-2Electrical Considerations 5-2Temperature Range 5-3Other Factors That Influence System Planning 5-3



6-19-98


6. DESIGN 6-1 – 6-18

Application Method 6-1 – 6-13Total Flooding 6-1 – 6-5Local Application 6-5 – 6-13Hand Hose Lines 6-13

Detection System Requirements 6-13 – 6-14Mechanical Detectors (Fusible Links) 6-13 – 6-14

Actuation Requirements 6-14 – 6-15Manual Actuation 6-14Pneumatic Actuation 6-14Electric Actuation 6-15

Accessories 6-15 – 6-18Electric or Mechanical Manual Pull Station 6-15Selector Valves 6-15 – 6-16Direction/Stop Valves 6-16Pressure Operated Siren 6-17Pressure Switch 6-17Pressure Trip 6-17Pneumatic Time Delay 6-17 – 6-18Alarms 6-18

Reserve System 6-18Develop Bill of Materials 6-18Sample Problem 6-18

7. INSTALLATION 7-1 – 7-30Mounting Components 7-1 – 7-4

Cylinder/Bracket Assembly 7-1 – 7-4Releasing Devices 7-4

Installing Actuation Piping 7-4 – 7-5General Piping Requirements 7-4Actuation Piping Installation 7-5

Installing Distribution Piping 7-5 – 7-7Hanger Applications 7-5 – 7-6General Piping Requirements 7-6Distribution Manifold and Piping Installation 7-7

Main/Reserve System 7-7Installing Detection/Actuation System 7-8 – 7-17

AUTOPULSE Control System with HF Electric Actuator 7-8AUTOPULSE Control System with ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C 7-8 – 7-9with Pneumatic Actuation

ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Release with Pneumatic Actuation 7-9H.A.D. Detection with Mechanical Actuation 7-9 – 7-10Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release with Fusible Link 7-10 – 7-17Quartzoid Bulb Actuator (QBA-5) 7-17

Installing Actuators 7-17 – 7-19Pneumatic 7-17 – 7-18Manual 7-18Electric 7-19


7. INSTALLATION (Continued)Stacking Actuators 7-19

Installing Accessories 7-20 – 7-29Manual Pull Station 7-20 – 7-25Alarms 7-25Selector Valves 7-25 – 7-27Lock Handle Stop Valve 7-27Direction/Stop Valves 7-27 – 7-28Pressure Trip 7-29Pressure Switch 7-29Time Delay 7-29Pressure Operated Siren 7-29

8. TESTING AND PLACING IN SERVICE 8-1 – 8-6

Testing H.A.D. System 8-1Testing Pull Station 8-1 – 8-2Testing Electric Detection System – AUTOPULSE Control System 8-2Testing Electric Detection System – ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Release 8-2Testing Mechanical – ANSUL AUTOMAN Release with Fusible Link 8-2 – 8-3Testing 60 Second Time Delay 8-4 – 8-5

9. RESETTING AND RECHARGE 9-1 – 9-14

Clear Electrical Equipment 9-1Check Electrical and Mechanical Equipment 9-1 – 9-2

Piping and Nozzles 9-1Mechanical Detection System 9-1 – 9-2Electric Detection System 9-2H.A.D. Detection System 9-2Pressure Switch 9-2

Place System Back in Service 9-2 – 9-13Recharge CO2 Cylinder 9-2 – 9-11Pneumatic Valve Actuator 9-12Electric Valve Actuator 9-13Manual Valve Actuator 9-13Manual Pull Station 9-13Replace ANSUL AUTOMAN Cartridge 9-13

10. INSPECTION 10-1 – 10-2

Manual Pull Station 10-1Detectors 10-1Control System 10-1ANSUL AUTOMAN Releasing Device 10-1Cylinders 10-1Cylinder Actuator 10-1Distribution Piping and Nozzles 10-1Alarms and Sirens 10-1Miscellaneous 10-1


2-22-01


6-19-98


11. MAINTENANCE 11-1 – 11-6

Semi-Annual Maintenance Examination 11-1 – 11-6General Information – Weigh Cylinders 11-1 – 11-2Fusible Link Detection/Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release 11-2 – 11-3Thermal Detection/Electric ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Release 11-4 – 11-5H.A.D. Detection/Mechanical Control Head 11-5Electric Detection/AUTOPULSE Control System 11-6

12. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 12-1 – 12-272

Design Examples 12-1 – 12-271Example No. 1 – Dip Tanks 12-2 – 12-13Example No. 2 – Computer Room and Subfloor 12-14 – 12-36Example No. 3 – Wave Solder Machines 12-37 – 12-60Example No. 4 – Electrical Cabinets 12-61 – 12-71Example No. 5 – Transformers 12- 72 – 12-102Example No. 6 – Subfloor 12-103 – 12-117Example No. 7 – Battery Storage Vaults 12-118 – 12-126Example No. 8 – Document Storage 12-127 – 12-138Example No. 9 – Control Rooms 12-139 – 12-150.1Example No. 10 – Lube Oil Pits 12-151 – 12-185Example No. 11 – Generators 12-186 – 12-213

(Recirculating and Non-Recirculating Type)Example No. 12 – Industrial Fryer 12-214 – 12-272

13. APPENDIX

Proposal Information F-94148Parts List for Single Row Cylinder Bracketing With Weigh Rail F-9127-1Parts List for Double Row Cylinder Bracketing With Weigh Rail F-9128-1Parts List for Back to Back Cylinder Bracketing With Weigh Rail F-9129-1Parts List for CV90 Cylinder Valve F-91122-2

Carbon Dioxide System Components

CV90 Cylinder Shipping Assembly

Description

The CV90 cylinder is factory filled with carbon dioxide. Asingle cylinder may be used or multiple cylinders can bemanifolded together to obtain the required quantity ofagent for total flooding or local application methods. TheCV90 cylinder can be actuated electrically, pneumatically,and/or manually with approved valve actuation compo-nents.

The cylinders are shipped with a maintenance record cardand protective shipping cap attached to the threaded neckof each cylinder. This cap entirely encloses and protectsthe valve while in shipment.

The 25, 35, and 50 lb. (11.3, 15.9, and 22.7 kg) cylindersare manufactured with a bent siphon tube which allowsfor either horizontal or vertical mounting.

ANSUL

Component Material Thread Size/Type Approvals

Cylinder Steel 1-11 1/2 NPT, Female Meets DOT 3A1800 or 3AA1800

CV90 Valve Brass 1-11 1/2 NPT, Male x1 5/16-12UN-3A Outlet Thread – Male1.25-18 UNEF-3A MaleFilling Port Thread

Safety Relief Valve Brass .6250-18UNF-3B, Male In Accordance with Bureau of Explosives

Valve/Tank UL (EX-2968), FM Approved, CompliesAssembly with Regulations of the U.S. Coast Guard

(162.038/7/0) and meets requirements of NFPA 12.

Shipping Cap Steel 3.125-11 NS1, Female

ShippingAssembly Weight Of CO2 Approximate Weight Dimension A* Dimension BPart No. lb. (kg) lb. (kg) in. (cm) in. (cm)

Finish: Red Enamel Paint

79814 25 (11.3) 98 (44.5) 26 1/2 (67) 8 1/2 (21.6)79816 35 (15.9) 121 (54.9) 35 3/4 (90.8) 8 1/2 (21.6)79818 50 (22.7) 165 (75) 52 3/4 (128.9) 8 1/2 (21.6)79820 75 (34.0) 200 (91) 57 3/4 (146.7) 9 1/4 (23.5)79822 100 (45.4) 300 (136) 59 3/4 (151.8) 10 3/4 (27.3)

Finish: Red Epoxy Paint

79815 25 (11.3) 98 (44.5) 26 1/2 (67) 8 1/2 (21.6)79817 35 (15.9) 121 (55) 35 3/4 (90.8) 8 1/2 (21.6)79819 50 (22.7) 165 (75) 52 3/4 (133.9) 8 1/2 (21.6)79821 75 (34.0) 200 (91) 57 3/4 (146.7) 9 1/4 (23.5)79823 100 (45.4) 300 (136) 59 3/4 (151.8) 10 3/4 (27.3)

*Tolerance ± 1/2 in. (12.7 mm)

1-1

NOTE: Use Flexible Discharge Bend, Part No. 42424, when attaching valve to supply pipe or manifold.

ANSUL is a registered trademark.

ANSUL INCORPORATED, ONE STANTON STREET, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90110 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S.A.

A

HEIGHTTO

OUTLET

B

RECORD TAG

CYLINDER SHIPPING CAP

SAFETY DISCNUT

VALVE SHIPPING CAP

CV90 VALVE

SIPHON TUBE ADAPTOR

SIPHON TUBE

001416 001816

1 IN. STANDARDPIPE THREAD

FILLCHECK

RECOILSEAT

RECOILVALVE

MAINSEAL

DISCHARGEBEND OUTLET

THREADED FORSIPHON TUBE

THREADED FORRELEASE ATTACHMENTOR SHIPPING CAP

SEAL BODY

SAFETY DISC NUT

SAFETY DISCAND WASHER

MAIN STEM

BACK PRESSURECHECK VALVE

MAIN SEALSPRING

SPRING STOP

PLUNGERSPRING

PLUNGER

SET SCREW

ACTUATIONINSERT

ACTUATIONISOLATOR

2 13/16 IN.(7.14 cm)

6 IN.(15.2 cm)

VALVEOUTLET

001417


CV-98 Cylinder Shipping Assembly

Description

The CV-98 cylinder is factory filled with carbon dioxide. Asingle cylinder may be used or multiple cylinders can bemanifolded together to obtain the required quantity ofagent for total flooding or local application methods. TheCV-98 cylinder can be actuated electrically, pneumatically,and/or manually with approved valve actuation compo-nents.

The cylinders are shipped with a maintenance record cardand protective shipping cap attached to the threaded neckof each cylinder. This cap entirely encloses and protectsthe valve while in shipment.

The 35 and 50 lb. (15.9 and 22.7 kg) cylinders are manu-factured with a bent siphon tube which allows for eitherhorizontal or vertical mounting.

ANSUL



CV-98 Valve Brass 1-11 1/2 NPT, Male x1 5/16-12UN-3A Outlet Thread – Male

Safety Relief Valve Brass .6250-18UNF-3B, Male In Accordance with Bureau ofExplosives

Valve/Tank UL (EX-2968), FM Approved, CompliesAssembly with Regulations of the U.S. Coast

Guard (162.038/7/0) and meetsrequirements of NFPA 12.


ShippingAssembly Weight Of CO2 Approximate Weight Dimension A Dimension BPart No. lb. (kg) lb. (kg) in. (cm) in. (cm)


426242 35 (15.9) 121 (54.9) 35 3/4 (90.8) 8 1/2 (21.6)426244 50 (22.7) 165 (75) 52 3/4 (128.9) 8 1/2 (21.6)426246 75 (34.0) 200 (91) 57 3/4 (146.7) 9 1/4 (23.5)426248 100 (45.4) 300 (136) 59 3/4 (151.8) 10 3/4 (27.3)


426243 35 (15.9) 121 (55) 35 3/4 (90.8) 8 1/2 (21.6)426245 50 (22.7) 165 (75) 52 3/4 (133.9) 8 1/2 (21.6)426247 75 (34.0) 200 (91) 57 3/4 (146.7) 9 1/4 (23.5)426249 100 (45.4) 300 (136) 59 3/4 (151.8) 10 3/4 (27.3)

1-1.1



A

HEIGHTTO

OUTLET

B

RECORD TAG

CYLINDER SHIPPING CAP

SAFETY DISCNUT

VALVE SHIPPING CAP

CV-98 VALVE

SIPHON TUBE ADAPTOR

SIPHON TUBE

001416


001816

CV-98 CO2 VALVE

The CV-98 valve has a ten (10) year warranty. The valverequires no internal maintenance. The valve is sealedclosed and must never be disassembled. If there is ever amalfunction of the CV-98 valve, the complete valve mustbe sent back to Ansul for warranty replacement. If theexternal seal is broken, the warranty is voided.


MAX Valve Cylinder Shipping Assembly

Description

The MAX valve cylinder is factory filled with carbon diox-ide. A single cylinder may be used or multiple cylinderscan be manifolded together to obtain the required quantityof agent for total flooding or local application methods.The MAX valve cylinder can be actuated electrically,pneumatically, and/or manually with approved valve actu-ation components.

The cylinders are shipped with a maintenance record cardand protective cap attached to the threaded collar on theneck of each cylinder. This cap entirely encloses and pro-tects the valve while in shipment.

ANSUL



MAX Valve Brass 1-11 1/2 NPT, Male3/4-14 NPSM Outlet Thread, Female

Safety Relief Brass .6250-18UNF-3B, Male In Accordance with Bureau of ExplosivesValve

Valve/Tank UL (EX-2968), FM Approved, Complies Assembly with Regulations of the U.S. Coast Guard





70760 50 (22.7) 165 (75) 54 3/4 (139.0) 8 1/2 (21.6)70761 75 (34) 200 (91) 59 3/4 (151.8) 9 1/4 (23.5)70762 100 (45.4) 300 (136) 61 3/4 (156.8) 10 3/4 (27.3)


76921 50 (22.7) 165 (75) 54 3/4 (139.0) 8 1/2 (21.6)76922 75 (34) 200 (91) 59 3/4 (151.8) 9 1/4 (23.5)76923 100 (45.4) 300 (136) 61 3/4 (156.8) 10 3/4 (27.3)


1-2




SHIPPING PLUG

SAFETY DISC NUT

CYLINDER COLLAR(THREADED FORATTACHMENT OFSHIPPING CAP)

MAX CYLINDER VALVE

BACK-PRESSUREACTUATOR –REPLACEWITH STACKABLEBACK-PRESSUREACTUATOR FOROTHER ACTUATIONMEANS

PISTON

VENT PORTVALVECORE

BALLCHECK

PISTON

MAIN SEAL

VALVE BODY

THREADED FORSIPHON TUBEADAPTOR

1 IN.STANDARDPIPE THREAD

SAFETYRELIEFDEVICE


4 1/2 IN.(11.4 cm)

CHECK VALVEINSERT

4 1/16 IN.(10.3 cm)

VALVE OUTLETSTANDARD BACK-PRESSURE ADAPTOR

PASSAGE FORPRESSURE OPERATION

ACTUATORSEAL

STANDARDBACK-PRESSUREACTUATOR

CYLINDERSHIPPINGCAP

VALVE SHIPPING CAP

MAX VALVE

SIPHONTUBEADAPTOR

SIPHONTUBE

AHEIGHT TO

OUTLET

BDIAMETER

RECORDTAG

001818 001819

001820


AP-8 Cylinder Shipping Assembly

Description

The AP-8 cylinder is factory filled with carbon dioxide. Asingle cylinder may be used or multiple cylinders can bemanifolded together to obtain the required quantity ofagent for total flooding or local application methods. TheAP-8 cylinder can be actuated electrically, pneumatically,and/or manually with approved valve actuationcomponents.

The cylinders are shipped with a maintenance record cardand protective cap attached to the threaded collar on theneck of each cylinder. This cap entirely encloses and pro-tects the valve while in shipment.

ANSUL



46240 50 (22.7) 165 (75) 52 1/4 (132.7) 8 1/2 (21.6)46242 75 (34) 200 (91) 57 1/4 (145.4) 9 1/4 (23.5)46244 100 (45.4) 300 (136) 59 1/4 (150.5) 10 3/4 (27.3)


76924 50 (22.7) 165 (75) 52 1/4 (132.7) 8 1/2 (21.6)76925 75 (34) 200 (91) 57 1/4 (145.4) 9 1/4 (23.5)76926 100 (45.4) 300 (136) 5 1/4 (150.5) 10 3/4 (27.3)


1-3

BONNET CAP

BONNET

PRESSURE VENT

SAFETY DISCNUT RECOILPREVENTOR

CYLINDER COLLAR(THREADED FORATTACHMENT OFPROTECTION COVER)

CYLINDER

MAIN OUTLET

1 IN. STANDARD PIPE THREAD

CYLINDER SHIPPINGCAP

HEIGHT TO OUTLET

A

AP-8VALVE

RECORDTAG

001821 001822

B






AP-8 Valve Brass 1-11 1/2 NPT, Male1 5/16-12UN-3A Outlet Thread, Male

Safety Relief Valve Brass .6250-18UNF-3B, Male In Accordance with Bureau of Explosives

Valve/Tank UL (EX-2968), FM Approved, Complies Assembly with Regulations of the U.S. Coast Guard



VALVE IN OPEN POSITION VALVE IN CLOSED POSITION

THREADED FOR RELEASEATTACHMENT OR BONNET CAP

PASSAGE FOR PRESSUREOPERATION

BONNET CAP CHAIN

SAFETY PLUG


MINIMUM AREA OF OUTLETPASSAGE 0.2485 SQ. IN.

THREADED FORSYPHON TUBE

001823

PRESSURE RELEASE PLUG

CHECK

OUTLET CHECK

1 IN. STANDARD PIPE THREAD

DISCHARGE BEND OUTLET


AUTOPULSE Control System

Description

The AUTOPULSE Control System consists of a micro-processor based panel field programmable for cross-zone, counting-zone, independent or priority-zone(counting) detection circuit applications. Several modelsof the AUTOPULSE Control System are availabledepending on the type of hazard being protected. TheAUTOPULSE Control System is ideal for industrial, com-mercial and institutional facilities where an automaticelectronic control system is required to actuate a fixedsuppression system. The control system is listed by ULand ULC, approved by FM, and has been tested to theapplicable FCC Rules and Regulations for Class “A”computing devices. The design meets the National FireProtection Association (NFPA) 72 “National Fire AlarmCode.”

ANSUL and AUTOPULSE are registered trademarks.

See Price List and Installation Maintenance Manual for details and partnumbers of individual shipping assemblies.

ANSUL

ANSUL INCORPORATED, ONE STANTON STREET, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90228-1 ©1997 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S.A.

Component Approvals

AUTOPULSE Control System UL (S-2374)ULCFM ApprovedFCC

1-4

001824


HF Electric Actuator

Description

Electrical actuation of an agent cylinder is accomplishedby an HF electric actuator interfaced through anAUTOPULSE Control System. This actuator can be usedin hazardous environments where the ambient tempera-ture range is between 0 °F to 130 °F (–18 °C to 54 °C).The HF electric actuator meets the requirements ofN.E.C. Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C, D and Class II, Div. 1,Groups E, F, G. A maximum of two HF electric actuatorscan be used on a single AUTOPULSE release circuit.When utilizing only one HF electric actuator, an in-lineresistor, Part No. 73606, is required in the supervisedrelease circuit.

The actuator specifications are:

Nominal Rated VoltageVoltage Minimum Maximum

12 VDC @ 0.57 amps 10.4 VDC* 14.0 VDC

In auxiliary or override applications, a manual-local over-ride valve actuator or a manual cable pull actuator can beinstalled on top of the HF electric actuator by removingthe safety cap.

An arming tool is required to reset the actuator after oper-ation. The actuator contains a standard 1/2 in. threadedfemale straight connector for electrical conduit hookup.

ANSUL

Shipping AssemblyPart No. Description

73327 HF electric actuator

1-5


HF Electric Actuator Body: 1/2 in. Straight Female UL (EX-2968)Brass FM Approved

PlungerStainlessSteel

*Minimum operating voltage is 9.0 VDC.



4 1/2 IN.(11.4 cm)

2 1/4 IN.(5.7 cm)

001395


CV-98 Electric Actuator

Description

Electrical actuation of a CV-98 CO2 cylinder valve isaccomplished by a CV-98 electric actuator interfacedthrough an AUTOPULSE Control System. This actuatorcan be used in hazardous environments where the ambi-ent temperature range is between 0 °F to 130 °F (–18 °Cto 54 °C). The CV-98 electric actuator meets the require-ments of N.E.C. Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C, D and ClassII, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G. A maximum of two CV-98 elec-tric actuators can be used on a single AUTOPULSErelease circuit. When using either one or two CV-98 elec-tric actuators, an in-line resistor, Part No. 426001, mustalways be used.

The actuator specifications are:

Nominal Voltage

24 VDC @ 1.5 amps

In auxiliary or override applications, a manual cable pullactuator can be installed on top of the CF-98 electricactuator by removing the safety cap.

The actuator contains a standard 1/2 in. threaded femalestraight connector for electrical conduit hookup.

The CV-98 electric actuator uses a replaceable METRONPROTRACTOR which is a device designed to produce ahigh force mechanical output. The actuator is electricallyactuated and will operate within milliseconds.

The METRON PROTRACTOR must be replaced afterdischarge of the CO2 system.

ANSUL


423684 CV-98 Electric Actuator423958 Replaceable METRON

PROTRACTOR

1-5.1


CV-98 Electric Actuator Body: 1/2 in. Straight Female UL (E91021)Brass FM Approved

PlungerStainlessSteel


001395



CV98/CV90/AP-8 Valve Flexible Discharge Bend

Description

The CV98/CV90/AP-8 valve Flexible Discharge Bend(Part No. 427082) is a 5/8 in. (1.59 cm) I.D. extra-heavyflexible hose which connects the valve discharge outlet tothe fixed piping or header manifold. The discharge bendhas a female 1.3-12-UN-3B thread for connecting to thevalve outlet and a male 1/2 in. NPT thread for connectingto the fixed piping or manifold. The discharge bend willwithstand a pressure of 9000 psi (621 bar). Its flexibleconnection allows for easy alignment of multiple cylinderbanks to fixed piping. Each bend has a built-in checkvalve that prevents loss of agent should the system dis-charge while any cylinder is removed.

ANSUL

Thread Size/Type

Component Material Valve End Manifold End Approvals

5/8 in. Flexible SAE 100 R2 1 5/16-12-UN-3B 1/2 NPT Male U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Discharge Bend Type AT Female UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved

1-6REV. 1


427082 Flexible discharge bend842430 Washer


18 7/8 IN.(47.9 cm)

MANIFOLD/END

1/2 IN. NPTMALE COUPLING

FEMALE ADAPTOR (THREAD 1 5/16 IN.-12N-3)(BRONZE)

VALVE END

CHECKSWAGE ON

000658



MAX Valve Flexible DIscharge Bend

Description

The MAX valve Flexible Discharge Bend (Part No. 68714)is a 5/8 in. (1.59 cm) I.D. extra-heavy flexible hose whichconnects the valve discharge outlet to the fixed piping orheader manifold. The discharge bend has a male 3/4-14NPSM thread for connecting to the valve outlet and amale 1/2 in. NPT thread for connecting to the fixed pipingor manifold. The discharge bend will withstand a pressureof 6000 psi (41370 kPa). Its flexible connection allows foreasy alignment of multiple cylinder banks to fixed piping.Each bend has a built-in check valve that prevents loss ofagent should the system discharge while any cylinder isremoved.

ANSUL

Thread Size/Type

Component Material Valve End Manifold End Approvals

5/8 in. Flexible Double Wire Braided 3/4–14 NPSM, 1/2 NPT Male U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Discharge (Perforated) Rubber Male UL (EX-2968)Bend – MAX Covered Hose FM Approved

Bronze Couplings

1-7


68714 Flexible discharge bend


18 7/8 IN.(47.9 cm)

CHECK

O-RING (PART NO. 24235)

1/2 IN. NPT MALE COUPLING(BRONZE)3/4 IN.

MALEADAPTOR

VALVEEND

MANIFOLD/PIPE END

SWAGE ON

001827



CV90/MAX Valve Stackable/Lever Actuator

Description

Stackable Actuator – MAX Valve Only: The stackableactuator is required to attach a valve actuation componentto the MAX valve. The slave back-pressure actuator,which comes installed as part of the MAX valve, must beremoved in order to attach the stackable back-pressureactuator. In one and two-cylinder systems, one stackableback-pressure actuator is required to attach a valve actu-ation component. In a two cylinder system, the remainingcylinder is actuated by the pressure generated within thedistribution manifold.

In three or more cylinder systems, two stackable back-pressure actuators are required to attach valve actuationcomponents. The remaining cylinder(s) is actuated by thepressure generated within the distribution manifold.

Lever Release Actuator – CV90/MAX Valve: The manu-al lever release actuator provides a manual means ofagent cylinder actuation by direct manual actuation of itspull lever or cable actuation when used in conjunction witha remote manual pull station.

In three or more cylinder systems, a connecting link isrequired to provide simultaneous actuation of both manu-al cable-pull actuators.

Manual actuation is accomplished by pulling the valvehand lever. The lever design contains a forged mechani-cal detent which secures the lever in the open positionwhen actuated.

Cable-pull actuation is accomplished by using a remotemanual pull station. The remote manual pull station sys-tem must contain the components necessary to meet theactuator lever traveling requirements of 7 in. (17.8 cm).

ANSUL

Component Material Approvals

Stackable Brass U.S. Coast GuardBack-Pressure (162.038/7/0)Actuator UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved

All Manual Brass with U.S. Coast GuardCable-Pull Stainless (162.038/7/0)Actuators Steel Pin U.L. (EX-2968)

FM Approved


70326 Stackable back-pressure actuator70846 Manual cable-pull actuator (handle and pin; for local control)70847 Manual-cable pull actuator (handle, no pin; for remote control)32098 Manual-cable pull actuator (no handle, no pin; for use with three or more cylinders)

1-8


3 7/8 IN.(9.8 cm)

DEPTH: 3 IN. (7.6 cm)

HANDLE

PIN

3 7/8 IN.(9.8 cm)

FOR USE ON HALON

MAX VALVE OR

CV90 VALVES ONLY.

LABEL NO. 70475

000897

Part No. 70846 Part No. 70326 001828

3 7/8 IN.(9.8 cm)

DEPTH: 2 13/16 IN. (7.1 cm)

HANDLE

3 7/8 IN.(9.8 cm)

001393b


Part No. 70847

FOR USE ON HALON

MAX VALVE OR

CV90 VALVES ONLY.

LABEL NO. 70475

3 7/8 IN.(9.8 cm)

DEPTH: 2 13/16 IN. (7.1 cm)

HANDLE

3 7/8 IN.(9.8 cm)

001393b

Part No. 32098

FOR USE ON HALON

MAX VALVE OR

CV90 VALVES ONLY.

LABEL NO. 70475

Description

The manual lever release actuator provides a manualmeans of CV-98 CO2 agent cylinder actuation by directmanual actuation of its pull lever or cable actuation whenused in conjunction with a remote manual pull station.

Manual actuation is accomplished by pulling the actuatorhand lever. The lever design contains a forged mechanicaldetent which secures the lever in the open position whenactuated.

Cable-pull actuation is accomplished by using a remotemanual pull station. The remote manual pull station systemmust contain the components necessary to meet the actua-tor lever traveling requirements of 7 in. (17.8 cm).

These lever actuators can also be attached to the top of aCV-98 electric actuator.

Each type actuator has its Part No. stamped on the lever.


All Manual Brass with FMRC ApprovedCable-pull Stainless UL Listed Actuators Steel Pin (EX-2968)


423309 Manual cable-pull actuator (handle and pin; for local control)423310 Manual cable-pull actuator (handle, no pin; for remote control)423311 Manual cable-pull actuator (no handle, no pin; for remote control)

3 7/8 IN.*(9.8 cm)

3 7/8 IN.(9.8 cm)

3 7/8 IN.(9.8 cm)

HANDLE

PIN

DEPTH: 3 7/8 IN. (7.6 cm)

Part No. 423309

DEPTH: 1 13/16 IN. (4.6 cm)

Part No. 423311

3 7/8 IN.*(9.8 cm)


CV-98 Lever Release Actuator

ANSUL

1-8.1

000897 002553

* Add 1 9/16 in. (3.9 cm) to height when handle is in the straight up position.

1 1/8 – 18THREAD

1 1/8 – 18THREAD



3 7/8 IN.(9.8 cm)

DEPTH: 2 13/16 IN. (7.1 cm)

Part No. 423310

3 7/8 IN.*(9.8 cm)

001420

1 1/8 – 18THREAD

HANDLE

* Add 1 9/16 in. (3.9 cm) to height when handle is in the straight up position.


CV90/MAX Valve Manual/Pneumatic Actuator

Description

The CV90/MAX valve manual/pneumatic actuator (Part No.32094) is used where a system design requires manual-local override at the cylinder. The manual actuator can bemounted directly to the release attachment port of the CV90valve or to the release attachment port on the MAX valveby incorporating the use of a stackable actuator.

When either valve uses an electric actuator, themanual/pneumatic actuator can be mounted directly to thetop of the electric actuator, giving the system the capabilityof manual, pneumatic, and electric actuation.

Operation is accomplished by either removing the ring pinand depressing the red palm button or by supplying a mini-mum of 30 psi (207 kPa) to the inlet port. A swivel connec-tion is provided to facilitate orientation of the inlet port.


ANSUL


Manual/Pneumatic Brass U.S. Coast Guard Actuator (162.038/7/0)

UL (EX-2968)FM Approved


32094 Manual/pneumatic actuator

1-9

001394

3 3/4 IN.(9.5 cm)

INLET PORT1/4 IN. NPTFEMALE PIPE

1 7/8 IN.(4.8 cm)



CV90/MAX Valve Pneumatic Actuator

Description

The CV90/MAX valve pneumatic actuator (Part No.32096) is used where a system design requires pneumat-ic actuation at the cylinder. The pneumatic actuator canbe mounted directly to the release attachment port of theCV90 valve or to the release attachment port on the MAXvalve by incorporating the use of a stackable actuator.

When either valve uses an electric actuator, the pneumat-ic actuator can be mounted directly to the top of the elec-tric actuator, giving the system the capability of bothpneumatic and electric actuation.

Operation is accomplished by supplying a minimum of 30psi (207 kPa) for MAX valve and a minimum of 100 psi(690 kPa) for CV90 valve, to the inlet port of the actuator.A swivel fitting is provided for orientation of piping and toallow for disassembly without breaking the pneumaticconnections.


ANSUL


Pneumatic Brass U.S. Coast GuardActuator (162.038/7/0)



32096 Pneumatic Actuator

1-10


1 5/8 IN.(4.1 cm)

1 7/8 IN.(4.8 cm)

INLET PORT1/4 IN. NPTFEMALE PIPE

001391


Discharge Nozzle – Type “D”

Description

The type ‘‘D’’ nozzle is used primarily for local applicationand is also listed and approved for use as a total floodingnozzle. The nozzle shell is drawn sheet steel and theinsert is brass. The ‘‘D’’ type nozzle is available in orificesizes ranging from 1 through 7. The discharge rate of thenozzle depends on the orifice size and nozzle pressure.The area covered in local application is dependent upon

the discharge rate and the height of the nozzle above thesurface being protected. Height range: 15 to 91 1/2 in. (38 to 232 cm). Discharge rate: 11 to 48.5 lbs. per minute(5 to 22 kg per minute). See carbon dioxide design manu-al for UL and FM listed area coverage and required flowrates. The nozzle is painted red with chrome or nickelplating available as an option.

ANSUL

Shipping AssemblyPart No. Description Orifice Code

426100 Type ‘‘D’’ nozzle with strainer 1 – 3426101 Type ‘‘D’’ nozzle 3.5 – 7426301 Type ‘‘D’’ nozzle, Chrome Plated 3.5 – 7

1-11

Component Material Thread Size/Type Orifice Size Approvals

Type ‘‘D’’ nozzle Shell: 1/2 in. NPT Female 1 through 7 U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Steel UL (EX-2968)

Insert: FM ApprovedBrass

Strainer: Monel

NOTE: When ordering, specify orifice code required: Example – Part No. 426100 – 2.5.


000672a

000671a


000671b

000672b

NOZZLE CODESTAMPED HERE

2 IN.(5 cm)DIAMETER

2 1/2 IN.(6.3 cm)DIAMETER


4 IN.(10.1 cm)

4 IN.(10.1 cm)

1/2 IN. NPT

STRAINER

BRASSNOZZLEINSERT

DRAWN STEEL

ORIFICE

3 15/32 IN.(8.8 cm)


2 IN.(5 cm)DIAMETER

1/2 IN. NPT

BRASSNOZZLEINSERT

DRAWN STEEL

ORIFICE

3 15/32 IN.(8.8 cm)

Carbon Dioxide Type ‘‘D’’ Discharge Nozzle

Carbon Dioxide Type ‘‘D’’ Discharge Nozzle with Strainer


Discharge Nozzle – Type “D”(Corrosion Resistant)

1-11.1

ANSUL


Type “D” nozzle Shell: Steel 1/2 in. NPT Female 1 through 7 FM Approved*

Insert: Stainless Steel

Strainer: Monel

Assembly coated with acidresistant material (Halar® ECTFE)

Blow Off Cap Teflon® (TFE)

Shipping Assembly OrificePart No. Description Code

422647 Type “D” nozzle with strainer 1422648 Type “D” nozzle with strainer 1+422649 Type “D” nozzle with strainer 2422650 Type “D” nozzle with strainer 2+422651 Type “D” nozzle with strainer 3

422652 Type “D” nozzle 3+422653 Type “D” nozzle 4422654 Type “D” nozzle 4+422655 Type “D” nozzle 5422656 Type “D” nozzle 5+422657 Type “D” nozzle 6422658 Type “D” nozzle 6+422659 Type “D” nozzle 7

422780 Nozzle Tube Adaptor423256 Spare Blow Off Cap (1)426206 Cap Installation Tool

Description

The corrosion resistant (CR) type “D” nozzle is used pri-marily for local application wet bench protection but isalso approved for use as a total flooding nozzle. The noz-zle shell is drawn sheet steel and the insert is stainlesssteel. The entire nozzle is coated with a corrosion resistantmaterial which is not effected by the acid type environmentof a typical wet bench hazard. The CR “D” type nozzle isavailable in orifice sizes ranging from 1 through 7. Nozzleshipping assembly includes a blow off cap. Cap should beinstalled using special tool, Part No. 426206.

Also available is a plastic nozzle tube adaptor which can be threaded on the external nozzle threads and plastic

tubing can be attached to this to cover the discharge pip-ing within the corrosive environment.

The discharge rate of the nozzle depends on the orificesize and nozzle pressure. The area covered in local appli-cation is dependent upon the discharge rate and theheight of the nozzle above the surface being protected.Height range: 24 to 33 in. (61 to 84 cm). Discharge rate:16.4 to 21.8 lbs. per minute (7.4 to 9.9 kg per minute).See carbon dioxide design manual for FM listed area cov-erage and required flow rates

NOTE: For non-typical wet bench environments, contact Ansul Technical Services Department.

*FM APPROVAL limited to non-corrosive environments.

ANSUL is a registered trademark, Halar is a registered trademark of Ausimont, Teflon is a registered trademark of DuPont.


2 1/2 IN. DIA.

(6.3 cm)

4 IN.

(10.2 cm)

1/2 IN.FEMALENPT

BLOW OFFCAP

001538

LOCATION OFORIFICE SIZESTAMPING

1-16 UN 2AEXTERNAL THREAD


Sealed Nozzle With Strainer

Description

The sealed nozzle is used primarily in ducts and enclosedmachinery spaces. The seal portion of the nozzle is acombination line seal and strainer unit. It is used to pre-vent dirt or vapors from entering the system piping andalso to function as a strainer for the system piping. Onoperation of the carbon dioxide system, the high pressureof the gas released from the cylinders ruptures the thin

sealing disc, allowing an unobstructed flow of gas to theinternal discharge nozzle.

The advantage of the sealed nozzle is that it does notrequire disassembly of the system piping to clean thestrainer or replace a ruptured sealing disc. This is accom-plished by removing the hex cap on the nozzle.

ANSUL


426102 Sealed nozzle with strainer 2 – 7

1-12


Sealed Nozzle Body: 1/2 in. NPT Female 2 through 7 U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Brass UL (EX-2968)

Strainer: FM ApprovedMonel


NOZZLE

HEX CAP

2 IN.(5.1 cm)

SPARE SEALING DISCS

BODY

1/2 IN. NPT INLET

1/2 IN. STRAIGHTPIPE THREAD

CELERON WASHER

SEALINGDISC

JAM NUT TO BE USED IFDUCT IS TOO THIN TO BETHREADED

3 1/4 IN.(8.3 cm)

KNURLED RINGSEALING DISCRETAINER

MONEL SCREEN – STRAINER

000673




Bulkhead Mounting Flange

Description

The bulkhead mounting flange, Part No. 42806, is usedon the multi-discharge type nozzles. The flange allows thenozzle to be rigidly fastened against a wall or bulkhead ofa hazard area, keeping the nozzle outside of the area.This is an advantage on hazard areas where the nozzlecannot be mounted inside the area because of space limi-tations or interference with moving parts. A typical appli-cation is a large exhaust duct where access into the ductis limited.

Also available is a sealing plug, Part No. 42293, which isshipped as a separate unit.

Should a seal be required between the flange and themounting surface, the fiber seal, Part No. 36550, is avail-able.

ANSUL


Mounting Steel U.S. Coast GuardFlange (162.038/7/0)


1-13


NOTE: When using mounting flange with a fiber seal, use retaining ring, Part No. 46793.


000670a

000670b

NOZZLECLAMPINGRING

MOUNTINGSCREWS(1/4 IN. – 20x 5/8 IN. LONG)

ASSEMBLY OF MULTI-DISCHARGENOZZLE WITH MOUNTING RINGS(BULKHEAD NOT SHOWN)

BULKHEADMOUNTINGHOLE4 1/2 IN. DIAMETER

RETAININGRING

LOCKWASHERAND NUT

PLUG SEAL(OPTIONAL)PART NO. 42293

CLAMPING SCREW


Discharge Nozzle – Type “A”

Description

The type ‘‘A’’ nozzle is used primarily for local applicationand is also listed and approved for use as a total floodingnozzle. The nozzle shell is drawn sheet steel and theinsert is brass. The ‘‘A’’ type nozzle is available in orificesizes ranging from 1 through 7. The discharge rate of thenozzle depends on the orifice size and nozzle pressure.The area covered in local application is dependent on thedischarge rate of the height of the nozzle above the

surface being protected. Height range: 18 to 72 in. (46 to183 cm). Discharge rate: 14 to 48.5 lbs. per minute (6 to22 kg per minute). See carbon dioxide design manual forarea coverage and required flow rates.

The nozzle is painted red with chrome or nickel platingavailable as an option.

ANSUL


426103 Type ‘‘A’’ nozzle with strainer 1 – 3426104 Type ‘‘A’’ nozzle 3.5 – 7

1-14


Type ‘‘A’’ Nozzle Shell: 1/2 in. NPT Female 1 through 7 U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Steel UL (EX-2968)


Strainer:Monel



Carbon Dioxide Type ‘‘A’’ Discharge Nozzle with Strainer

Carbon Dioxide Type ‘‘A’’ Discharge Nozzle

001829a

001830a 001830b

001829b




4 1/2 IN.(11.4 cm)

1/2 IN. NPTSTRAINER

BRASSNOZZLEINSERT

DRAWN STEEL

ORIFICE

4 23/32 IN.(11.9 cm)




4 1/2 IN.(11.4 cm)

1/2 IN. NPTBRASSNOZZLEINSERT

DRAWN STEEL

ORIFICE

4 23/32 IN.(11.9 cm)



Discharge Nozzle – Cone Type

Description

The cone nozzle is used primarily for local application andalso listed and approved for use as a total flooding nozzle.The nozzle insert is stainless steel and the body is sheetsteel. The nozzle is available in orifice sizes ranging from3 through 11. The discharge rate of the nozzle dependson the orifice size and nozzle pressure. The area coveredin local application is dependent upon the discharge rateand the height above the surface being protected.

Height range: 42 to 108 in. (107 to 274 cm). Dischargerate: 21 to 132 lbs. per minute (10 to 60 kg per minute).See carbon dioxide design manual for area coverage andrequired flow rates.

The nozzle is painted red with chrome or nickel platingavailable as an option.

ANSUL


Cone nozzle Shell: 1/2 in. NPT Female 3 through 11 UL (EX-2968)Steel FM Approved

Insert:StainlessSteel

Shipping Assembly OrificePart No. Description Code

426105 Cone nozzle 3 – 11

1-15


9 1/4 IN.(23.4 cm)

4 13/16 IN.(12.2 cm)

001834

NOTE: When ordering, specify orifice code required: Example – Part No.426105 – 3.5.



Discharge Nozzle – 4 in. Multi-Discharge Type

Description

The 4 in. multi-discharge nozzle is used only for total flood-ing applications. The nozzle insert is brass and the remain-der of the nozzle is steel. The nozzle is available in orificesizes ranging from 2 through 18. The dischargerate of the

nozzle depends on the orifice size and the nozzle pressure.The nozzle is painted red with chrome or nickel platingavailable as an option.

ANSUL


4 in. MD Nozzle Nozzle: 1/2 in. NPT Female 2 through 4.5 U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)w/Strainer Steel UL (EX-2968)


4 in. MD Nozzle Nozzle: 1/2 in. NPT Female 5 through 10 U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Steel UL (EX-2968)


4 in. MDL Nozzle Nozzle: 3/4 in. NPT Female 8 through 18 U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Steel UL (EX-2968)


1-16


426106 4 in MD nozzle with strainer 2 – 4.5426107 4 in MD nozzle 5 – 10426108 4 in MD nozzle 8 – 18



Multi-Discharge Nozzle – 4 MD with Strainer

Multi-Discharge Nozzle – 4 MD and 4 MDL

STRAINER

METAL HORN

BRASS NOZZLEINSERT

CODE NO. OF ORIFICESTAMPED ON CONNECTOR

1/2 IN. NPT

5 13/16(13.1 cm)

3 1/2 IN.(8.8 cm)

METAL HORN

BRASS NOZZLEINSERT


1/2 IN. OR 3/4 IN. NPT (SEE TABLE)

5 13/16(13.1 cm)

3 1/2 IN.(8.8 cm)

001831a 001831b

001835a


001835b


Discharge Nozzle – 6 in. Multi-Discharge Type

Description

The 6 in. multi-discharge nozzle is used primarily for localapplication and it is also listed and approved for use as atotal flooding nozzle. The nozzle insert is brass and theremainder of the nozzle is steel. The nozzle is available inorifice sizes ranging from 2 through 18. The discharge rateof the nozzle depends on the orifice size and the nozzlepressure. The area covered in local application is depen-dent upon the discharge rate and the height above

the surface being protected. Height range: 36 to 144 in. (91 to 366 cm). Discharge rate: 28.5 to 108 lbs. per minute(13 to 49 kg per minute). See carbon dioxide design manu-al for area coverage and required flow rates.

The nozzle is painted red with chrome and nickel platingavailable as an option.

ANSUL


6 in. MD Nozzle Nozzle: 1/2 in. NPT Female 2 through 4.5 UL (EX-2968)w/Strainer Steel FM Approved

Insert: Brass

6 in. MD Nozzle Nozzle: 1/2 in. NPT Female 5 through 10 UL (EX-2968)Steel FM Approved

Insert:Brass

6 in. MDL Nozzle Nozzle: 3/4 in. NPT Female 8 through 18 UL (EX-2968)Steel FM Approved

Insert:Brass

1-17


426109 6 in MD nozzle with strainer 2 – 4.5426110 6 in MD nozzle 5 – 10426111 6 in MDL nozzle 8 – 18



Multi-Discharge Nozzle – 6 MD and 6 MDL

000737a

000669a


000669b

000737b

Multi-Discharge Nozzle – 6 MD with Strainer

STRAINER

DRAWN STEEL HORN BRASS NOZZLEINSERT


1/2 IN. NPT

7 3/4 IN.(19.6 cm)

3 1/2 IN.(8.8 cm)

DRAWN STEEL HORN BRASS NOZZLEINSERT


1/2 IN. OR 3/4 IN. NPT(SEE TABLE)

7 3/4 IN.(19.6 cm)

3 1/2 IN.(8.8 cm)


Discharge Nozzle – Regular Type

Description

The regular type nozzle is used for total flooding applica-tions only. The nozzle is available in seven different config-urations: regular (1/2 in.), regular RL (3/4 in.), regularsealed with strainer, regular sealed, regular sealed withflange and strainer, regular sealed with flange, and regularRSFL sealed with flange. The sealed type has a sealingdisc retaining ring and a frangible seal to prevent foreignmatter from entering and plugging the nozzle orifice. Thedischarge rate of the regular nozzle depends on nozzle

pressure and orifice size. The regular type nozzle providesorifice sizes of 1 through 18.

The nozzle is available with 1/2 in. NPT threads for orificesizes 1 through 12 and 3/4 in. NPT threads for orifice sized8 through 18. Nozzles with orifices of 1 through 2+ are sup-plied with a strainer.

The nozzle is supplied in natural brass with chrome or nickel plating available. Stainless steel nozzles are alsoavailable.

ANSUL


Regular Type Brass 1/2 in. NPT Male 3 through 12 U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved

Regular RL Type Brass 3/4 in. NPT Male 8 through 18 U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved

Regular Sealed Nozzle: 1/2 in. NPT Male 1 through 2.5 U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)with Strainer Brass UL (EX-2968)


Regular Sealed Brass 1/2 in. NPT Male 3 through 12 U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved

Regular Sealed with Nozzle: 1/2 in. NPT Male 1 through 2.5 U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Flange and Strainer Brass UL (EX-2968)


Flange:Steel

Regular Sealed Nozzle: 1/2 in. NPT Male 3 through 12 U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)with Flange Brass UL (EX-2968)

Flange: FM ApprovedSteel

Regular RSFL Nozzle: 3/4 in. NPT Male 8 through 18 U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Sealed with Flange Brass UL (EX-2968)


1-18


426112 Regular type nozzle 3 – 12426113 Regular RL type nozzle 8 – 18426114 Regular sealed with strainer nozzle 1 – 2.5426115 Regular sealed nozzle 3 – 12426116 Regular sealed with flange and strainer nozzle 1 – 2.5426117 Regular sealed with flange nozzle 3 – 12426118 Regular RSFL sealed with flange nozzle 8 – 18426299 Regular sealed with flange and strainer nozzle (stainless steel) 1 – 2.5426300 Regular sealed with flange nozzle (stainless steel) 3 – 12


Regular Type Nozzle – Brass Regular Nozzle – Type RL

29/32 IN.(2.3 cm)

7/16 IN.(1.1 cm)

1/2 IN. STANDARD PIPE THREAD3/4 IN. STANDARD PIPE THREAD

7/8 IN.HEX

5/8 IN.(1.5 cm)

001836a 001836b 001837a 001837b

ORIFICE CODE NO.STAMPED ON HEX ORIFICE CODE NO.

STAMPED ON HEX

1 IN.(2.5 cm)

1 1/8 IN. HEX

Regular Type Sealed Nozzle With or Without Strainer

Regular Sealed Flanged Type Nozzle With orWithout Strainer

7/16 IN. (1.1 cm)

1/2 IN. STANDARDPIPE THREAD

000666a 000666b 000667a


000667b

FRANGIBLESEALING DISC

STRAINER

ORIFICE CODE NO.STAMPED ON HEX

1 1/8 IN.(2.8 cm)

1 1/2 IN.(3.8 cm)

3/16 IN.MOUNTING HOLE

3 IN.(7.6 cm)

2 1/2 IN.(6.3 cm)

2 1/2 IN.(6.3 cm)

3 IN.(7.6 cm)

SEAL1 IN. CLEARANCEHOLE

SELF-TAPPINGSCREW

1 5/8 IN.(4.1 cm)

1/2 IN. NPT

STRAINER

Regular Sealed Flanged Type Nozzle – Type RSFL

000668b000668a

3 IN.(7.6 cm)

2 1/2 IN.(6.3 cm)

2 1/2 IN.(6.3 cm)

3 IN.(7.6 cm)

3/16 IN.MOUNTING HOLE

1 IN. CLEARANCEHOLE

SELF-TAPPINGSCREW

1 7/8 IN.(4.7 cm)

3/4 IN. NPT

SEAL



Discharge Nozzle – Baffle Type

Description

The baffle type nozzle is used in total flood applicationsonly. Placed around the outside edge or placed near theceiling approximately 15 to 20 ft. (4.6 to 6.1 m) on centersin a room or any enclosed space, each nozzle provides a180° fan spray of CO2, spreading the extinguishing gasquickly and efficiently throughout the protected

space. Discharge rate depends upon nozzle pressure andorifice size. Baffle type nozzles are available in orifice sizes1 through 16.

This nozzle is supplied in natural brass with chrome or nick-el plating available as an option.

ANSUL


Baffle Type with Nozzle: 1/2 in. NPT Male 1 through 3 U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Strainer Brass UL (EX-2968)

Strainer FM ApprovedMonel

Baffle Type Brass 1/2 in. NPT Male 3.5 through 14 U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved

Baffle Type BL Brass 3/4 in. NPT Male 9 through 16 U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved

1-19


426119 Baffle type with strainer nozzle 1 – 3426120 Baffle type nozzle 3.5 – 14426121 Baffle type BL nozzle 9 – 16



Baffle Type Nozzle With or Without Strainer

Baffle Type BL Nozzle

STRAINER (BAFFLE TYPE WITH STRAINER ONLY)

FORGEDBRASS BODY

DISCHARGE ORIFICE

ORIFICE SIZE STAMPEDON THIS SURFACE

2 5/8 IN.(6.6 cm)

3/4 IN. NPT

FORGEDBRASS BODY

STAMPEDNOZZLE CODE

3 5/16 IN.(84 cm)

DISCHARGE ORIFICE

1 3/4 IN.(4.4 cm)

000662a 000662b

000664a


000664b

3 1/4 IN.(8.2 cm)

2 1/4 IN.(5.7 cm)

1/2 IN. NPT


Cylinder Bracketing

Description

The cylinder bracketing is designed to rigidly support theinstalled carbon dioxide cylinders. The bracketing compo-nents are constructed of heavy structual steel. Bracketassemblies are available in modules for two to six cylindersand can also be mated together for any combination oversix. Bracketing can be assembled to support single row,double row or back-to-back rows of cylinders. Bracketinguprights and weigh rail supports are also available forweighing cylinders in place. Bracketing components arepainted with a red enamel coating. Uprights and backframe assemblies can be bolted or welded together, whichever makes the installation more convenient. For weighingcylinders, a scale and lifting yoke is also available.

ANSUL

1-20


45120 50 lb. (22.7 kg) cylinder strap (single cylinder)45244 50 lb. (22.7 kg) cylinder channel with nuts and bolts (single cylinder)45121 75 lb. (34 kg) cylinder strap (single cylinder)45261 75 lb. (34 kg) cylinder channel with nuts and bolts (single cylinder)45122 100 lb. (45.4 kg) cylinder strap (single cylinder)45245 100 lb. (45.4 kg) cylinder channel with nuts and bolts (single cylinder)79638 Back frame assembly (2 cylinder)79639 Back frame assembly (3 cylinder)79640 Back frame assembly (4 cylinder)79641 Back frame assembly (5 cylinder)79642 Back frame assembly (6 cylinder)73257 Upright (used either for right or left side)73553 Single row or back-to-back row bracket foot (left side)73554 Single row or back-to-back row bracket foot (right side)73555 Double row bracket foot (left side)73556 Double row bracket foot (right side)73256 Center upright (required when weighing seven or more cylinders in a row)79413 Connector (required to hook together back frames for seven or more cylinders)73250 10 in. (25.4 cm) carriage bolt with nut (for single row 50 lb. (22.7 kg) cylinders)73251 10.5 in (26.7 cm) carriage bolt with nut (for single row 75 lb. (34 kg) cylinders)73252 12 in. (30.5 cm) carriage bolt with nut (for single row 100 lb. (45.4 kg) cylinders)73253 20 in. (50.8 cm) carriage bolt with nut (for double row 50 lb. (22.7 kg) cylinders)73254 20.5 in. (52.1 cm) carriage bolt with nut (for double row 75 lb. (34 kg) cylinders)73255 25 in. (63.5 cm) carriage bolt with nut (for double row 100 lb. (45.4 kg) cylinders)73266 Weigh rail (two cylinder)73267 Weigh rail (three cylinder)73268 Weigh rail (four cylinder)73269 Weigh rail (five cylinder)73270 Weigh rail (six cylinder)73091 Cylinder clamp (2 cylinders)73092 Cylinder clamp (3 cylinders


Bracketing Steel U.S. Coast Guard(162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved


71683 Weigh rail support (single row)71682 Weigh rail support (double row)71684 Weigh rail support (back-to-back)74241 Scale69877 Lifting yoke


LEFT BRACKET FOOT

RIGHT BRACKET FOOT

BACK FRAME

UPRIGHT

WEIGH RAILSUPPORT

WEIGH RAIL

CARRIAGE BOLTWITH NUT

CYLINDERCLAMP

0001838



Nameplate – MAIN

Description

The ‘‘MAIN’’ nameplate is available for labeling compo-nents and/or remote pull stations to distinguish them fromreserve system components. The nameplate is furnishedwith four mounting holes for ease of installation.

ANSUL

Component Material Mounting Hole Size Approvals

Nameplate Aluminum 13/64 in. (.52 cm) U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved


41942 Nameplate – MAIN

1-21


1 7/8 IN.(4.7 cm)

4 – 13/64 IN. (.5 cm)DIAMETER HOLES

5/16 IN.(.8 cm)

2 1/2 IN.(6.4 cm)

5 1/2 IN.(13.9 cm)

4 7/8 IN.(12.4 cm)

MAIN

000723

PART NO. 41942



Nameplate – RESERVE

Description

The “RESERVE’’ nameplate is available for labeling com-ponents and/or remote pull stations to distinguish themfrom main system components. The nameplate is fur-nished with four mounting holes for ease of installation.

ANSUL




41943 Nameplate – RESERVE

1-22


1 7/8 IN.(4.8 cm)

4 – 13/64 IN. (.52 cm)DIAMETER HOLES

5/16 IN.(.8 cm)

2 1/2 IN.(6.4 cm)

5 1/2 IN.(13.9 cm)

4 7/8 IN.(12.4 cm)

RESERVE

000723

PART NO. 41943



Nameplate – Maintenance

Description

The maintenance nameplate is available for mountingnear the system cylinders. This plate gives instructions forperforming the semi-annual cylinder weighing require-ments. The nameplate is furnished with four mountingholes for ease of installation.

ANSUL




70449 Nameplate – maintenance

1-23


4 7/8 IN.(12.4 cm)

ANSUL FIRE PROTECTIONONE STANTON STREETMARINETTE, WI 54143-2542715-735-7411

ANSUL®Part No. 70449

3/16 IN.(.5 cm)

4 1/2 IN.(11.4 cm)

5 3/4 IN.(14.6 cm)

5 3/8 IN.(13.7 cm)

ANSUL CARBON DIOXIDE FIRESUPPRESSION SYSTEMMAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

WEIGH CYLINDERS EVERY SIX MONTHS AND RECORD ON CYLINDER RECORD TAG. IF WEIGHT OF CYLINDER IS

LBS. ( kg) LESS THAN FULL WEIGHTSTAMPED ON THE BODY OF CYLINDER VALVE OR ON NECKOF CYLINDER, RECHARGE. WHEN SHIPPING CYLINDER, BE SURE THAT OUTLET PLUG IS SCREWED INTO TOP OF CYLINDER VALVE AND SHIPPING CAP IS SCREWED ON TOPOF CYLINDER. BEFORE WEIGHING CYLINDERS, REMOVERELEASE ATTACHMENTS FROM THE CONTROL CYLINDERSAND DISCONNECT THE FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE BEND FROMALL CYLINDERS BEING WEIGHED. BE SURE THAT RELEASEATTACHMENT IS IN SET POSITION WHEN REPLACINGVALVE.

CARBON DIOXIDE GAS HMIS 1-0-0/VERY COLD DISCHARGE.CONTENTS UNDER HIGH PRESSURE.FOR DETAILS SEE INSTRUCTION BOOK.

®

LISTED295S

000725



Warning Plate – Outside Room Without Alarm

Description

The warning plate is available for mounting outside thehazard area to warn personnel that the space is protectedby a carbon dioxide system and no one should enter aftera discharge without being properly protected. The warn-ing plate is furnished with four mounting holes for ease ofinstallation.

ANSUL


Warning Plate Stainless 7/32 in. (.56 cm) U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Steel UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved


41905 Warning plate – outside roomwithout alarm

1-24


5 IN.(12.7 cm)

Part No. 41905

1/4 IN.(.63 cm)

4 1/2 IN.(11.4 cm)

8 IN.(20.3 cm)

7 1/2 IN.(19 cm)

WARNINGTHIS SPACE IS PROTECTED BY ACARBON DIOXIDE FIRE SUPPRESSIONSYSTEM. WHEN SYSTEM ISDISCHARGED, DO NOT ENTER WITHOUTAPPROVED SELF-CONTAINEDBREATHING APPARATUS OR UNTILVENTILATION HAS BEEN OPERATED FORAT LEAST 15 MINUTES.

000724



Pressure Bleeder Plug – 1/4 in.

Description

The pressure bleeder plug can be used to relieve thepressure in closed actuation lines. The plug relieves thepressure through a small 1/64 in. (0.4 mm) orifice. Thisslow relief of pressure does not affect the function of theactuation line.

ANSUL


Bleeder Plug Brass 1/4 in. NPT Male UL (EX-2968)FM Approved


42175 Pressure bleeder plug

1-25


1/64 IN. (0.4 mm) ORIFICE

1/4 IN. NPT

001839b



Warning Plate – Outside Room With Alarm

Description

The warning plate is available for mounting outside thehazard area to warn personnel not to enter the roomwhen the alarm is sounding. The warning plate is fur-nished with four mounting holes for ease of installation.The plate is constructed of BAKELITE engraving stockwith a red finish.

ANSUL is a registered trademark and BAKELITE is a trademark of Union Carbide Corp.

ANSUL


Warning Plate BAKELITE 7/32 in. (.56 cm) U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Molded UL (EX-2968)Plastic FM Approved


41927 Warning plate – outside roomwith alarm

1-26


5 IN.(12.7 cm)

Part No. 41927

8 IN.(2 cm)

WARNINGDO NOT ENTER ROOMWHEN ALARM SOUNDS.CARBON DIOXIDEBEING RELEASED.

000727


Warning Plate – Inside Room With Alarm

Description

The warning plate is available for mounting inside thehazard area to warn the personnel to vacate the hazardarea when the alarm sounds. The warning plate is fur-nished with four mounting holes for ease of installation.The plate is constructed of BAKELITE engraving stockwith a red finish.


ANSUL


Warning Plate BAKELITE 1/4 in. (.64 cm) U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Molded UL (EX-2968)Plastic FM Approved


41925 Warning plate – inside room with alarm

1-27


5 IN.(12.7 cm)

Part No. 41925

1/4 IN.(.63 cm)

4 1/2 IN.(11.4 cm)

15 1/2 IN.(39.3 cm)

15 IN.(38.1 cm)

WHEN ALARM SOUNDSVACATE AT ONCECARBON DIOXIDE BEINGRELEASED

000726


Connecting Link

Description

The connecting link is used to connect the lever releaseslocated on the pilot cylinders together. When cable ormanual actuation is required, all cylinders will actuatesimultaneously. The connecting link can be used onCV90, MAX, or AP-8 Ansul carbon dioxide valves.

One size connecting link is available for all size cylinders.


ANSUL


Connecting Link Steel U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)


42514 Connecting link

1-28


PIVOT PIN

14 1/4 IN. (36.2 cm)

3/4 IN.(19 mm)

15/16 IN.(24 mm)

FLEXLOCK HEX NUT

000661a

000661c

001840


Lever Release Actuator AP-8 Valve/Selector Valve

Description

Lever Release Actuator: The manual lever release actua-tor can provide a manual means of agent cylinder actuationby direct manual actuation of its pull lever or cable actua-tion when used in conjunction with a remote manual pullstation.

In three or more cylinder systems, a connecting link isrequired to provide simultaneous actuation of both leverrelease actuators.

Manual actuation is accomplished by pulling the valve handlever. The lever design contains a forged mechanical detentwhich secures the lever in the open position when actuated.

Cable pull actuation is accomplished by using a remotemanual pull station. The remote manual pull station

system must provide the components necessary to meetthe actuator lever traveling requirements of 7 in. (17.8 cm).

Manual actuation for electric or pneumatic selector valvescan be accomplished using these lever actuators.

ANSUL


Lever Release Brass U.S. Coast Guard Actuator With (162.038/7/0)

Stainless UL (EX-2968)Steel FM ApprovedStem


42484 Lever release actuator (with handle and pin; for local control)42485 Lever release actuator (with handle, no pin; for remote control)42486 Lever release actuator (with no handle, no pin; for use with three or more cylinders)

1-29

3 7/8 IN.(9.8 cm)

DEPTH: 3 IN. (7.6 cm)

HANDLE

PIN

3 7/8 IN.(9.8 cm)

FOR USE ON

AP-8/SELECTOR

VALVES ONLY

LABEL NO. 70476

000897

3 7/8 IN.(9.8 cm)

DEPTH: 2 13/16 IN. (7.1 cm)

HANDLE

3 7/8 IN.(9.8 cm)

FOR USE ON

AP-8/SELECTOR

VALVES ONLY

LABEL NO. 70476

001393b

Part No. 42484 Part No. 42485


3 7/8 IN.(9.8 cm)

DEPTH: 1 13/16 IN. (4.6 cm)

3 7/8 IN.(9.8 cm)

001393b


Part No. 42486

FOR USE ON

AP-8/SELECTOR

VALVES ONLY

LABEL NO. 70476


Selector Valves

Description

Selector valves are used to direct the flow of carbon dioxideinto a single hazard of a multiple hazard system. Thisseries of valves comes equipped with a pressure actuatorattached to the top of the valve.

To this actuator, a 1/4 in. pressure line can be connectedfrom a cartridge receiver in the detection panel which willsupply the required pressure to operate the selector valve.

Or, to this actuator, an adaptor, Part No. 426674, can beattached to accommodate a CV-98 electric actuator, PartNo. 423684. The adaptor and electric actuator are part ofthe selector valve electric actuation kit, Part No. 426893.

The Selector Valve Electric Actuation Kit, Part No. 426893,must be purchased separately to provide electric actuationto the selector valve.

The selector valve can also be operated manually, by theuse of a hand lever attached to the top of the CV-98 electricactuator or by means of a remote manual pull which willoperate the hand lever remotely.

The valves are available in sizes ranging from 1/2 in. to 4in.

For manual actuation, three types of lever actuators areavailable.

ANSUL

Component Material Thread Size/Type Approvals Equivalent Length

Selector Valve Brass 1/2 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) 9.0 ft. (2.7 m) Sch. 40(1/2 in.) UL (EX-2968) 5.0 ft. (1.5 m) Sch. 80

FM Approved

Selector Valve Brass 3/4 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) 23.0 ft. (7.0 m) Sch. 40(3/4 in.) UL (EX-2968) 14.0 ft. (4.3 m) Sch. 80

FM Approved

Selector Valve Brass 1 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) 18 ft. (5.5 m) Sch. 80(1 in.) UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved

Selector Valve Brass 1 1/4 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) 27.0 ft. (8.3 m) Sch. 80(1 1/4 in.) UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved

Selector Valve Brass 1 1/2 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) 61.0 ft. (18.6 m) Sch. 80(1 1/2 in.) UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved

Selector Valve Ductile 3 in. Flange – 600 lb. U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) 2 in. – 10 ft. (3.1 m) Sch. 80(2 in., 2 1/2 in., Iron American Standard UL (EX-2968) 2 1/2 in. – 25 ft. (7.6 m) Sch. 803 in.) Raised Face FM Approved 3 in. – 72 ft. (21.9 m) Sch. 80

Selector Valve Ductile 4 in. Flange – 600 lb. U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) 111 ft. (33.8 m) Sch. 80(4 in.) Iron American Standard UL (EX-2968)

Raised Face FM Approved

1-30

NOTE: These selector valves latch open upon actuation. They must be manually reset by pulling out the reset knob on theside of the pressure actuator. If the valve is not reset, it will not operate properly the next time it is used.

NOTE: Pneumatic actuation cannot be used if the selector valve has an electric actuator attached.


ShippingAssemblyPart No. Description

57428 1/2 in. selector valve57429 3/4 in. selector valve57430 1 in. selector valve57431 1 1/4 in. selector valve57432 1 1/2 in. selector valve57433 2 in., 2 1/2 in., 3 in. selector valve57445 4 in. selector valve42484 Lever release (with handle and pin for local control for attaching directly to selector valve) –

order separately42486 Lever release (no handle, no pin for remote control for attaching directly to selector valve) –

order separately423309 Manual cable-pull actuator (handle and pin; for local control on electric actuator) – order separately423311 Manual cable-pull actuator (no handle, no pin; for remote control of electric actuator) – order separately423310 Manual cable-pull actuator (handle, no pin; for remote control of electric actuator) – order separately426893 Electric actuator kit42402 Brass Cap

C

D

A

A

B

IF FLANGED

003549


PRESSUREACTUATORASSEMBLY

NOTE: A lever actuator, brass cap, or CV-98electric actuator, must be used with each selectorvalve. Valve will not operate properly without oneof these on top of pressure actuator assembly.

A B C DValve Size Body in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm)

1/2 in. Threaded 4 3/4 (12) 6 15/16 (17.6) 2 3/4 (6.9) 11.63 (29.5)3/4 in. Threaded 4 3/4 (12) 6 15/16 (17.6) 2 3/4 (6.9) 11.63 (29.5)1 in. Threaded 4 3/4 (12) 6 15/16 (17.6) 2 3/4 (6.9) 11.63 (29.5)1 1/4 in. Threaded 5 3/4 (14.6) 6 15/16 (17.6) 3 1/8 (7.9) 12.50 (31.8)1 1/2 in. Threaded 5 3/4 (14.6) 6 15/16 (17.6) 3 1/8 (7.9) 12.50 (31.8)2 in. Flanged 13 (33) 5 3/4 (14.6) 6 1/8 (15.5) 16.25 (41.3)2 1/2 in. Flanged 13 (33) 5 3/4 (14.6) 6 1/8 (15.5) 16.25 (41.3)3 in. Flanged 13 (33) 5 3/4 (14.6) 6 1/8 (15.5) 16.25 (41.3)4 in. Flanged 16 (40.6) 5 3/4 (14.6) 8 3/4 (22.2) 19.88 (50.5)

1 1/4 – 18 THREAD


Selector Valves with Electric Solenoid Actuator

Description

Selector valves are used to direct the flow of carbon dioxideinto a single hazard of a multiple hazard system. Thisseries of valves come equipped with an electric solenoidactuator attached to the valve. Electrical actuation of theselector valve is accomplished by the electric solenoidvalve interfaced through an AUTOPULSE Control System.The selector valve can also be operated manually, either bythe use of the hand lever attached to the pressure actuator

located on top of the valve or by means of a remote manualpull box which will operate the hand lever remotely. Thevalves are available in sizes ranging from 1/2 in. to 4 in. Forlocal manual actuation, lever release Part No. 42484, isavailable with a locking pin which must be disengaged priorto the valve being operated manually.

ANSUL


Selector Valve Brass 1/2 in. NPT Female UL (EX-2968), FMRC(1/2 in.)

Selector Valve Brass 3/4 in. NPT Female UL (EX-2968), FMRC(3/4 in.)

Selector Valve Brass 1 in. NPT Female UL (EX-2968), FMRC(1 in.)

Selector Valve Brass 1 1/4 in. NPT Female UL (EX-2968), FMRC(1 1/4 in.)

Selector Valve Brass 1 1/2 in. NPT Female UL (EX-2968), FMRC(1 1/2 in.)

Selector Valve Ductile 3 in. Flange – 600 lb. UL (EX-2968), FMRC(2 in., 2 1/2 in., Iron American Standard3 in.) Raised Face

Selector Valve Ductile 4 in. Flange – 600 lb. UL (EX-2968), FMRC(4 in.) Iron American Standard

Raised Face

1-30.1



415221 1/2 in. selector valve with electric solenoid actuator415222 3/4 in. selector valve with electric solenoid actuator415223 1 in. selector valve with electric solenoid actuator415224 1 1/4 in. selector valve with electric solenoid actuator415225 1 1/2 in. selector valve with electric solenoid actuator415226 2 in., 2 1/2 in., 3 in. selector valve with electric solenoid actuator415227 4 in. selector valve with electric solenoid actuator42484 Lever release (with handle and pin for local control)42486 Lever release (no handle, no pin for remote control)

A B C D EValve Size Body in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm)

1/2 in. Threaded 4 3/4 (12) 6 15/16 (17.6) 2 3/4 (6.9) 15 (38.1) 16 9/16 (42)3/4 in. Threaded 4 3/4 (12) 6 15/16 (17.6) 2 3/4 (6.9) 15 (38.1) 16 9/16 (42)

1 in. Threaded 4 3/4 (12) 6 15/16 (17.6) 2 3/4 (6.9) 15 (38.1) 16 9/16 (42)1 1/4 in. Threaded 5 3/4 (14.6) 6 15/16 (17.6) 3 1/8 (7.9) 15 7/8 (40.3) 17 7/16 (44.2)1 1/2 in . Threaded 5 3/4 (14.6) 6 15/16 (17.6) 3 1/8 (7.9) 15 7/8 (40.3) 17 7/16 (44.2)

2 in. Flanged 13 (33) 5 3/4 (14.6) 6 1/8 (15.5) 19 5/8 (49.8) 21 1/4 (53.9)2 1/2 in. Flanged 13 (33) 5 3/4 (14.6) 6 1/8 (15.5) 19 5/8 (49.8) 21 1/4 (53.9)

3 in. Flanged 13 (33) 5 3/4 (14 6) 6 1/8 (15.5) 19 5/8 (49.8) 21 1/4 (53.9)4 in. Flanged 16 (40.6) 5 3/4 (14.6) 8 1/4 (20.9) 22 5/8 (57.4) 24 1/4 (61.5)

A

B

C

E

D

AIF FLANGED

AIR VENTSOLENOIDVALVE

RESET KNOB

LOCKING PIN

CLOSED POSITIONOPEN POSITION

HAND LEVER

ACTUATOR NAMEPLATE

001431



Selector Valves with Lever Actuator

Description

Selector valves with manual lever actuators are used todirect the flow of carbon dioxide into a single hazard of amultiple hazard system. The valve can be operated manu-ally, either by the use of the hand lever attached directly tothe top of the valve or by means of a remote manual pullbox which will operate the hand lever remotely. The valves

are available in sizes ranging from 1/2 in. to 4 in. Leverreleases, Part Nos. 45650 and 45667, are the only actua-tors approved for use with these valves. For strictly localmanual actuation, lever release Part No. 45650, is availablewith a locking pin which must be disengaged prior to valveoperating.

ANSUL


Selector Valve Brass 1/2 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)(1/2 in.) UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved

Selector Valve Brass 3/4 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)(3/4 in.) UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved

Selector Valve Brass 1 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)(1 in.) UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved

Selector Valve Brass 1 1/4 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)(1 1/4 in.) UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved

Selector Valve Brass 1 1/2 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)(1 1/2 in.) UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved

Selector Valve Ductile 3 in. Flange – 600 lb. U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)(2 in., 2 1/2 in., Iron American Standard UL (EX-2968) 3 in.) Raised Face FM Approved

Selector Valve Ductile 4 in. Flange – 600 lb. U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)(4 in.) Iron American Standard UL (EX-2968)

Raised Face FM Approved

1-32


43348 1/2 in. selector valve46386 3/4 in. selector valve43349 1 in. selector valve43350 1 1/4 in. selector valve43351 1 1/2 in. selector valve46194 2 in., 2 1/2 in., 3 in. selector valve46201 4 in. selector valve45650 Lever release (with handle and pin for local control)45667 Lever release (no handle, no pin for remote control)


A B C D EValve Size Body in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm)

1/2 in. Threaded 4 3/4 (12) 6 11/16 (16.9) 2 3/4 (6.9) 12 11/16 (32.2) 14 11/16 (37.3)3/4 in. Threaded 4 3/4 (12) 6 11/16 (16.9) 2 3/4 (6.9) 12 11/16 (32.2) 14 11/16 (37.3)

1 in. Threaded 4 3/4 (12) 6 11/16 (16.9) 2 3/4 (6.9) 12 11/16 (32.2) 14 11/16 (37.3)1 1/4 in. Threaded 5 3/4 (14.6) 6 15/16 (17.6) 3 1/8 (7.9) 13 11/16 (34.7) 15 1/16 (38.2)1 1/2 in . Threaded 5 3/4 (14.6) 6 15/16 (17.6) 3 1/8 (7.9) 13 11/16 (34.7) 15 1/16 (38.2)

2 in. Flanged 13 (33) 5 3/4 (14.6) 6 1/8 (15.5) 19 5/8 (49.8) 21 1/4 (53.9)2 1/2 in. Flanged 13 (33) 5 3/4 (14.6) 6 1/8 (15.5) 19 5/8 (49.8) 21 1/4 (53.9)

3 in. Flanged 13 (33) 5 3/4 (14.6) 6 1/8 (15.5) 19 5/8 (49.8) 21 1/4 (53.9)4 in. Flanged 16 (40.6) 5 3/4 (14.6) 8 1/4 (20.9) 22 5/8 (57.4) 24 1/4 (61.5)

A

C

BE

D

AIF FLANGED

AIR VENT

CHAIN

LOCKING PIN

CLOSED POSITIONOPEN POSITION

HAND LEVERPART NO. 45650 ORPART NO. 45667

PIPE

001429



Direction/Stop Valves

Description

Direction/stop valves are used to either manually controlthe flow of carbon dioxide into a hazard area or to manu-ally control the flow into one of several hazards being pro-tected by a common bank of carbon dioxide cylinders.These valves are operated manually, either by the use ofa hand lever attached directly to the valve or by meansof a remote manual pull box which will operate a sector

attached to the valve. Direction/stop valves can be usedas a safety feature, keeping the flow of carbon dioxidefrom entering a hazard area, either because of a false dis-charge or to allow the occupants enough time to exit thearea prior to the valve being manually opened. The valvesare available in sizes ranging from 1/2 in. to 1 1/2 in. Eachsize can be used with a hand lever or a sector.

1-33

ANSUL


Direction/Stop Forged 1/2 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Valve Brass UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved

Direction/Stop Forged 3/4 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Valve Brass UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved

Direction/Stop Forged 1 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Valve Brass UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved

Direction/Stop Forged 1 1/4 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Valve Brass UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved

Direction/Stop Forged 1 1/2 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Valve Brass UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved


41451 1/2 in. direction/stop valve (valve only)41102 3/4 in. direction/stop valve (valve only)41354 1 in. direction/stop valve (valve only)41338 1 1/4 in. direction/stop valve (valve only)41424 1 1/2 in. direction/stop valve (valve only)40248 Handle – normally open (for use with 1/2 in. valve)40267 Handle – normally open (for use with 3/4 in. and 1 in. valves)46393 Handle – normally open (for use with 1 1/4 in. and 1 1/2 in. valves)40238 Handle – normally closed (for use with 1/2 in. valve)40239 Handle – normally closed (for use with 3/4 in. and 1 in. valves)40259 Handle – normally closed (for use with 1 1/4 in. and 1 1/2 in. valves)40276 Sector (for use with 1/2 in. valve)40279 Sector (for use with 3/4 in. and 1 in. valves)40281 Sector (For use with 1 1/4 in. and 1 1/2 in. valves)


A B C D EValve Size in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm)

1/2 in. 10 (25.4) 9 3/8 (23.8) 4 3/4 (12) 7/8 (2.2) 2 15/16 (7.4)3/4 in. 14 (35.5) 12 3/4 (32.3) 5 5/8 (14.2) 1 1/8 (2.8) 3 5/8 (9.2)

1 in. 14 (35.5) 12 3/4 (32.3) 6 3/8 (16.1) 1 7/16 (3.6) 4 1/8 (10.4)1 1/4 in. 17 (43.1) 15 5/8 (39.6) 7 7/8 (20) 1 11/16 (4.2) 5 (12.7)1 1/2 in. 17 (43.1) 15 5/8 (39.6) 8 1/4 (20.9) 1 7/8 (4.7) 5 1/2 (13.9)

A B C DValve Size in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm)

1/2 in. 4 3/4 (12) 3 (7.6) 7/8 (2.2) 2 15/16 (7.4)3/4 in. 5 5/8 (14.2) 3 5/8 (9.3) 1 1/8 (2.8) 3 5/8 (9.2)

1 in. 6 5/16 (16) 4 1/8 (10.4) 1 7/16 (3.6) 4 1/8 (10.4)1 1/4 in. 8 1/8 (20.6) 5 1/4 (13.3) 1 11/16 (4.2) 5 (12.7)1 1/2 in. 8 1/4 (20.9) 5 3/8 (13.6) 1 7/8 (4.7) 5 1/2 (13.9)

*THIS DIMENSION WITHVALVE IN OPEN POSITIONA

001427a 001427b

000674a


000674b

D

PIPE

HANDLEIN OPENPOSITION

E

B

C

HANDLE INNORMALLYCLOSEDPOSITION

CABLECLAMP

1/2 IN. STAINLESS STEEL ORMONEL CABLE TO PULL BOX

3/4 IN. FLAREDEND FITTING

CABLE TO HAVE A SLIGHTSLACK WHEN VALVE IS INCLOSED POSITION

PROVIDE A STOP FORSECTOR AT THIS POINT

30°

4 3/4 IN.(12 cm)

7 11/16 IN.

(19.5 cm)

ATTACHCABLE IN“FIGURE 8(LOOP)”BEFOREFASTENINGCLAMP

D

3 3/8 IN.(8.5 cm)

6 13/16 IN.(17.3 cm)

A

B C

The lock handle stop valve is a manually operated valvelocated in various locations of the piping system. Thevalve is used to inhibit the discharge of CO2 into an entiresystem or specific area of a system. The valve isequipped with a slide locking device to padlock the valve

in the closed position. Each valve is equipped with amonitoring switch to provide constant supervision of thevalve at the control panel with contacts for the open andclosed positions. Install warning sign, Part No. 428974, ineasily visible location near valve.

1-33.1

Dimensions

A B C D E WeightSize Part No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kg)

1/2” 428153 2.36 (60) 7.07 (179) 6.56 (167) 4.19 (106) 2.3 (58) 6 (2.7)

3/4” 428154 2.80 (71) 7.25 (184) 6.56 (167) 5.75 (146) 2.3 (58) 7 (3.2)

1” 428155 3.23 (82) 7.41 (188) 6.56 (167) 5.75 (146) 2.3 (58) 7 (3.2)

1 1/4” 428156 3.62 (92) 7.55 (192) 6.56 (167) 7.63 (194) 2.3 (58) 8 (3.6)

1 1/2” 428157 4.06 (103) 7.75 (197) 6.56 (167) 7.63 (194) 2.3 (58) 9 (4.1)

2” 428158 4.65 (118) 8.02 (204) 6.56 (167) 7.63 (194) 2.3 (58) 11 (5.0)

Depth: 6” (152 mm)

000649

C

DE

A

B

FLOW


Lock Handle Stop Valve

ANSUL


{

004894

004895

SUPERVISORYRESISTORBLACK

BLACK

BLACKBLACK

BLACK

RED

RED

BLACK

SUPERVISORYRESISTOR

SUPERVISORYRESISTOR

FACTORY WIRING

FIELD WIRING

SUPERVISORYCIRCUIT

CONNECTS TOSYSTEMCONTROL PANEL

RED

RED

WHITE

WHITE

WHITE

WHITE

N.O.

N.O.C. C.

N.C. N.C.

(THIS CIRCUIT NOT REQUIRED BY CODE, BUT MAY BE REQUIRED BY CUSTOMER)

(THIS CIRCUIT REQUIRED BY CODE)SYSTEMCONTROLPANEL

SWITCH 1 – OFF NORMAL INDICATESVALVE NOT FULLY OPENED

SWITCH 2 – OFF NORMAL INDICATESVALVE FULLY CLOSED

RED

TERMINAL BLOCK

SWITCH 1 SWITCH 2

WHITE

CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEMLOCK-OUT VALVE

VALVE MUST BE CLOSED AND LOCKED PRIOR TO ENTRY OFPROTECTED SPACE

NOTIFY PROPER PERSONNEL PRIOR TO CLOSING VALVE(TROUBLE ALARM WILL SOUND)

ALTERNATE FIRE PROTECTION MUST BE PROVIDED WHILE THIS VALVEIS CLOSED

VALVE MUST BE RESET AFTER EXIT FROM PROTECTED SPACE TORETURN PROTECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS TO STAND-BY STATUS

WARNINGCARBON DIOXIDE DOES NOT SUPPORT LIFE. FAILURETO LOCK-OUT THE CARBON DIOXIDE SYSTEM BYCLOSING AND LOCKING THIS VALVE BEFORE ENTRYINTO THE PROTECTED SPACE MAY CAUSE INJURY ORDEATH IF THE SYSTEM ACTUATES.

ANSUL INCORPORATED, ONE STANTON STREET, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 LABEL NO. 428974



Manual Pull Box

Description

The pull box on a carbon dioxide system is used to providemechanical release of the system or directional valve froma manually operated remote station. Two types of pullboxes are available. The latched door type has a solid castbrass door which must be opened to reach the pull handle.The second type has a break glass window and a springmounted handle which rotates forward for use when theglass is broken. A 3/8 in. female NPT opening is providedat the back of each enclosure for connection of the cablehousing. Both types are painted red.

A pulley elbow may be attached directly to the back of thepull box, if necessary, to provide immediate changes in pullcable direction. With this option, the pull box can be extend-ed an additional 3 1/2 in. from the mounting surface byusing support legs attached to the back of the pull box (oneset for latched door type, two sets for break-glass type).

ANSUL


Latch door pull box Brass U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved

Break glass window Brass U.S. Coast Guard pull box (162.038/7/0)



45062 Latch door type pull box41527 Break-glass window pull box41542 Support legs

1-34

Manual Pull Box Latched Door Type

PULL HANDLE (BRASS)

MOISTURE-PROOF JOINT

3/8 IN. PIPEFOR ENCLOSINGPULL CABLE

BODY (CAST BRONZE – PAINTED RED)

3/4 IN. NPT

STAINLESS STEEL PULL CABLE

KNOB TO OPEN PULL BOX DOOR

LEAD AND WIRE SEAL – BROKEN SIMULTANEOUSLYWHEN KNOB IS PULLED

HINGED DOOR (CASTBRONZE –PAINTED RED)

1 7/16 IN.(3.7 cm)

1 15/16 IN.(4.9 cm)

FOR FIRE

OPEN DOOR

PULL HANDLE HARD

4 3/16 IN.(10.6 cm)

4 1/8 IN.(10.4 cm)

000684a 000684b


Manual Pull Box Break Glass Type “A”

2 13/16 IN.(7.1 cm)

MOISTUREPROOF JOINT

PULLHANDLE

GLASS FRONT

CAST BRASSHINGED COVER(PAINTED RED)

CAST BRASS BODY(PAINTED RED)

3/8 IN. STAINLESSSTEEL PULL CABLE

STOWAGE SPACEFOR SPARE DISCAND WASHERS

SPRING FORCESHANDLE OUT INTOOPERATINGPOSITION WHENGLASS IS BROKEN

3/8 IN. PIPE TOENCLOSE PULL CABLE

BRASS HAMMERAND CHAINSECURED TO BOX

4 – 3/16 IN. MOUNTING HOLES

PROTECTED HAZARDENGRAVED INNAMEPLATE (SPECIFY)

IN CASE OF FIREBREAK GLASS ANDPULL HANDLE HARD

UNTIL RED PAINTMARK ON CABLE

SHOWS

3 1/4 IN.(8.2 cm)

4 7/16 IN.(11.2 cm)

4 7/8 IN.(12.3 cm)

3 IN.(7.6 cm)

000676a 000676b



Corner Pulley

Description

The corner pulley is required on a carbon dioxide systemwhenever a mechanical release pull cable run involves achange in direction. Corner pulleys are installed as part ofthe cable housing (pipe or conduit) and provide 90° direc-tion changes with minimal force loss and no induced kink-ing.

Two types of corner pulleys are available. One is made ofdie cast aluminum, has a ball bearing roller, and uses com-pression fittings for 1/2 in. EMT connections. The second

type is made of forged brass and is threaded for 3/8 in.NPT pipe. Two styles of forged brass corner pulleys areavailable: one with a brass wheel and one with a nylonwheel. Both styles of brass pulleys are watertight. Thebrass wheel corner pulley is designed for location inside oroutside the protected space. The nylon wheel corner pulleyis designed for location only outside the hazard space.Thread adaptors are available to simplify the installation.

ANSUL


Corner Pulley Body: 1/2 in. EMT U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Aluminum UL (EX-2968)

Roller: FM ApprovedStainlessSteel

Corner Pulley Body: 3/8 in. NPT U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Brass UL (EX-2968)

Wheel: FM ApprovedBrass

Corner Pulley Body: 3/8 in. NPT U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Brass UL (EX-2968)

Wheel: FM ApprovedNylon


45771 Aluminum corner pulley42678 Brass corner pulley (nylon wheel)45515 Brass corner pulley (brass wheel)40696 Thread adaptor – Right/left hand (brass pulley only)40696 Thread adaptor – Right/left hand (brass pulley only)

1-35



Forged Brass Watertight Corner Pulley, SheaveType, Part No. 42678 and 45515

Corner Pulley For 1/2” EMT Aluminum, Part No. 45771

000690a 000690b 001815b 001815c001815a

3/8 IN. PIPE

3/8 IN. NPT

REMOVABLEFACE FORRUNNING CABLE

1 5/32 IN.(2.9 cm) 1 1/8 IN.

(2.8 cm)

COVER

SELF TAPPING SCREW

BALL BEARING SHEAVE

BODYGLAND

2 11/16 IN.(1.7 cm)

4 3/16 IN.(10.6 cm)

LEAD-CLADCOPPERGASKET

RIGHT AND LEFT HAND ADAPTORSUPPLIED WHEN REQUIRED

2 7/8 IN.(7.3 cm)

2 7/8 IN.(7.3 cm)

AA


Check Valves

Description

Check valves are used in main/reserve systems and onsystems protecting multiple hazards of different volumesusing selector valves to control the direction of agent flow.On main/reserve systems the check valve prevents pres-surization of the reserve system manifold by blocking theflow of carbon dioxide from the main system. The checkvalve allows gas flow from the reserve (if actuated) to passthrough into the distribution piping. On selector valve sys-tems, the check valve prevents the cylinders from theselected hazard from pressurizing the manifold of the

cylinders required for protecting a larger hazard. Only thecylinders needed for the particular hazard are activated.

The check valves are available in sizes from 1/2 in. through3 in. Three body styles are available: threaded, weld neckflange, and threaded flange. The weld neck flange stylevalves are supplied with two (2) 600 lb. weld neck, flatfaced, forged steel flanges, complete with bolts, nuts andgaskets.

ANSUL

Component Material Thread Size/Type Body Type Approvals

Check Valve Bronze 1/2 in. NPT Female Threaded U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved

Check Valve Bronze 3/4 in. NPT Female Threaded U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved

Check Valve Bronze 1 in. NPT Female Threaded U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved

Check Valve Bronze 1 1/4 in. NPT Female Threaded U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved


Check Valve Bronze 2 in. NPT Female Threaded U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved


1-36


40860 1/2 in. check valve – threaded40852 3/4 in. check valve – threaded41470 1 in. check valve – threaded41549 1 1/4 in. check valve – threaded41463 1 1/2 in. check valve – threaded40649 2 in. check valve – threaded40656 2 1/2 in. check valve – threaded40794 2 in. check valve – weld neck flange46095 2 1/2 in. check valve – weld neck flange40672 3 in. check valve – weld neck flange40665 3 in. check valve – threaded flange

Check Valve - ThreadedDimension A Dimension B

Valve Size in. (cm) in. (cm)

1/2 in. 3 (7.6) 2 5/8 (6.6)3/4 in. 3 5/8 (9.2) 3 1/8 (7.9)

1 in. 4 1/8 (10.4) 3 3/4 (9.5)1 1/4 in. 5 (12.7) 4 1/2 (11.4)1 1/2 in. 5 1/2 (13.9) 5 1/8 (13)

2 in. 6 1/2 (16.5) 5 3/4 (14.6)2 1/2 in. 8 (20.3) 6 3/4 (17.1)

Component Material Thread Size/Type Body Type Approvals

Check Valve Body: N/A 2 in. Weld U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Bronze Neck Flange UL (EX-2968)


Check Valve Body: N/A 2 1/2 in. U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Bronze Weld Neck UL (EX-2968)

Flange: Flange FM ApprovedSteel

Check Valve Body: N/A 3 in. Weld U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Bronze Neck Flange UL (EX-2968)


Check Valve Body: 3 in. NPT Threaded U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Bronze Flange UL (EX-2968)


000679a

B

A

BONNET

SPRING

CHECK

BODY



Check Valve - FlangedDimension A Dimension B

Valve Size in. (cm) in. (cm)

2 in. 10 1/4 (26) 7 1/2 (19)2 1/2 in. 10 3/4 (27.3) 8 11/16 (22.1)

3 in. 11 1/2 (29.2) 9 1/2 (24.1)

Check Valve - Threaded FlangeValve Dimension A Dimension B Dimension CSize in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm)

3 in. 11 1/2 (29.2) 15 (38.1) 9 1/2 (24.1)

A

C

B

CHECK

BODY

BONNET

SPRING

B

A

000683

001817


Cable with Swaged End Fitting

Description

The 1/16 in. diameter cable is used to attach remote man-ual pull boxes to cylinder valves, pull equalizers, controlboxes and selector valves. The cable is constructed ofstranded, stainless steel wire. The cable is available inlengths of 50, 100, 150, and 200 ft. (15.2, 30.5, 45.7, and60.9 m). The cable assemblies include a brass swagedend fitting for attaching to the remote pull box.

ANSUL


Cable Assembly Cable: U.S. Coast GuardStainless (162.038/7/0)Steel UL (EX-2968)

Swaged FM ApprovedFitting:Brass


42104 50 ft. (15.2 m) 1/16 in. (.16 cm) cable with swaged end fitting42109 100 ft. (30.5 m) 1/16 in. (.16 cm) cable with swaged end fitting42113 150 ft. (45.7 m) 1/16 in. (.16 cm) cable with swaged end fitting42128 200 ft. (60.9 m) 1/16 in. (.16 cm) cable with swaged end fitting

1-37


000689a 000689b

SLOT IN COUPLING FOR INSTALLATIONOF CABLE END FITTING

HANDLE

CABLE END(BRASS)

COUPLINGSTAINLESS STEEL CABLE WITH SWAGED CABLE END FORPULL BOX, CABLE END HAVING RED PAINT MARK

NOTE: The strength of the end fitting exceeds the breaking point of the cable.



Dual/Triple Control Boxes

Description

The dual/triple control boxes allow manual actuation of acylinder valve or a sector valve from two or three remotepull boxes. Two styles of control boxes are available. PartNo. 42784 is 13 3/4 in. (34.9 cm) and Part No. 43166 is 203/4 in. (52.7 cm) long. Both styles can be used for cylindervalve actuation but only Part No. 43166 can be used forsector valve operation. The sector valve operation requiresa longer cable travel which can only be accomplished bythe longer control box. The inlet and outlet connections arethreaded for 3/8 in. pipe. If 1/2 in. EMT conduit connectionsare required, adaptor Part No. 45780 is available.

* Adaptors furnished for use with 1/2 in. EMT – Part No. 45780

ANSUL


Control Box Steel 3/8 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)(short) UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved

Control Box Steel 3/8 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)(long) UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved


42784 Dual/triple control box (short)43166 Dual/triple control box (long)

1-38

Part No. 42784

Part No. 42784 Junction Box(Shown Without Cover)

13 3/4 IN. (34.9 cm)(OVERALL)

12 1/4 IN.(31.1 cm)

DIRECTION OF PULL

CABLE CLAMP

CABLE PULL FROMPULL-BOXES

REMOVEABLE COVER

5/8 IN. (1.5 cm)

1 7/8 IN. (4.7 cm)

11/16 IN.(1.7 cm)

1/2 IN. (1.2 cm)

1 IN. (2.5 cm)

2 3/4 IN. (6.9 cm)3 1/4 IN. (8.2 cm)

CABLE – PULLTO CYLINDERRELEASE

3/8 IN. PIPE OR1/2 IN. E.M.T.*

FLEXIBLE TRANSPARENTPROTECTION RING

4 – 9/32 IN. (.71 cm)MOUNTING HOLES

000685a 000685b

End View

* Adaptors furnished for use with 1/2 in. EMT – Part No. 45780


Part No. 43166

Part No. 43166 Junction Box(Shown Without Cover)

20 3/4 IN. (52.7 cm)(OVERALL)

19 1/4 IN.(48.8 cm)

DIRECTION OF PULL

CABLE CLAMP

CABLE – PULL FROMPULL-BOXES

5/8 IN. (1.5 cm)

1 7/8 IN. (4.7 cm)

11/16 IN.(1.7 cm)

1/2 IN. (1.2 cm)

1 IN. (2.5 cm)

2 3/4 IN. (6.9 cm)3 1/4 IN. (8.2 cm)

CABLE – PULLTO CYLINDERRELEASE




000685a 000685b

REMOVEABLE COVER


End View


Remote Cable Pull Equalizer

Description

The remote cable pull equalizer is used in systems wheremanual actuation of the cylinder valve and operation of aselector valve must be accomplished at the same time.The pull equalizer is mounted in the remote pull stationcable line. By pulling the remote pull box, the cableattached to the pull equalizer will pull the internal cableclamp in the pull equalizer which in turn will pull thecables attached to the cylinder valve and selector valve,causing them to operate. Two styles of pull equalizers areavailable. Part No. 42791 is 13 3/4 in. (34.9 cm) long andPart No. 43168 is 20 3/4 in. (52.7 cm). Only the longestequalizer, Part No. 43168, can be used for valves utilizing

sectors. The inlet and outlet connections are threaded for3/8 in. pipe. If 1/2 in. EMT conduit connections arerequired, adaptor Part No. 45780 is available.

ANSUL


Pull Equalizer Steel 3/8 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)(short) UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved

Pull Equalizer Steel 3/8 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)(long) UL (EX-2968)

FM Approved


42791 Remote cable pull equalizer(short)

43168 Remote cable pull equalizer(long)

1-39

Part No. 42791

Part No. 42791 Equalizer Box(Shown Without Cover)

End View

3 1/4 IN.(8.2 cm)

2 3/4 IN.(6.9 cm)

1 7/8 IN.(4.7 cm)

11/16 IN.(1.7 cm)

REMOVABLE COVER

1 IN.(2.5 cm)

12 1/4 IN.(31.1 cm)

13 3/4 IN. (34.9 cm)(OVERALL)

DIRECTIONOF PULL

CABLE TO PULL BOX


CABLE CLAMP



* Adaptors furnished for use with 1/2 in. E.M.T. – Part No. 45780

000688a 000688b

CABLE FROMCYLINDER ANDVALVE RELEASES


* Adaptors furnished for use with 1/2 in. E.M.T. – Part No. 45780


Part No. 43168

Part No. 43168 Equalizer Box(Shown Without Cover)

3 1/4 IN.(8.2 cm)

2 3/4 IN.(6.9 cm)

1 IN.(2.5 cm)

1 7/8 IN.(4.7 cm)

11/16 IN.(1.7 cm)

REMOVABLE COVER

19 1/4 IN.(48.8 cm)

20 3/4 IN. (52.7 cm)(OVERALL)

DIRECTIONOF PULL

CABLE TO PULL BOX

CABLE CLAMP




End View001844a 001844b

CABLE FROMCYLINDER ANDVALVE RELEASES


Quartzoid Bulb Actuator

Description

The Quartzoid Bulb Actuator (QBA-5) is a self-containedactuating device designed to be mounted directly in thehazard area.

It actuates the system pilot cylinder valves by releasingpressure when the hazard temperature reaches the fixedrating of the quartzoid bulb and causes it to break, releas-ing the pressure in the actuator. The pressure is routed tothe carbon dioxide cylinders through a maximum

of 100 ft. (30.5 m) of 1/8 in. pipe. The QBA-5 is availabletemperature ratings of 135, 175, and 250 °F (57, 79, and121 °C).

The QBA-5 is a rugged, completely self-contained actuatingdevice, well suited for rough environments.

The QBA-5 is available with or without a mounting bracket.

ANSUL


QBA-5 Cylinder: 1/4 in. NPT Male U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) (135 °F) (57 °C) Steel UL (EX-2968)

Valve: FM ApprovedBrass

QBA-5 Cylinder: 1/4 in. NPT Male U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0) (175 °F) (79 °C) Steel UL (EX-2968)


QBA-5 Cylinder: 1/4 in. NPT Male U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)(250° F) (121 °C) Steel UL (EX-2968)



42267 QBA-5 – 135 °F (57 °C) with bracket42274 QBA-5 – 175 °F (79 °C) with bracket42276 QBA-5 – 250 °F (121 °C) with bracket

41893 QBA-5 – 135 °F (57 °C) without bracket41894 QBA-5 – 175 °F (79 °C) without bracket41895 QBA-5 – 121 °F (121 °C) without bracket

1-40


Component DimensionsLength: 10 in. (25.4 cm)Width: 2 7/8 in. (7.3 cm)Height: 3 3/4 in. (9.5 cm)

RELEASEMECHANISM

SAFETY RELIEFBURSTING DISC

TEMPERATURERATINGSTAMPEDHERE

QUARTZOID BULB

1/4 – 18 NPT OUTLET

1/4 IN. X 1/8 IN.REDUCER NOT SUPPLIED

BRACKET

NAMEPLATE

NAMEPLATE

CARBON DIOXIDECYLINDER

001400



Pneumatic Time Delay

Description

In some applications the system discharge must bedelayed for a short time following actuation. This is usual-ly in areas where it is necessary to evacuate personnelprior to carbon dioxide discharge. The time delay uses thecarbon dioxide pressure to power the factory set delaymechanism. The time delay is installed in the dischargepiping, either directly after the control (pilot) cylinder or

further along the piping. A manual release is incorporatedon the time delay valve to allow instant override of thetime delay. After the discharge is completed, pressure inthe time delay slowly returns to normal and the time delayvalve again closes. The length of time delay is factory setand is not adjustable. The time delay is available in delaysettings of 10, 30 and 60 seconds.

ANSUL


Time Delay Valve: 3/4 in. NPT Female UL (EX-2968)(10 second) Brass FM Approved

Accumulator:Steel

Time Delay Valve: 3/4 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)(30 second) Brass UL (EX-2968)

Accumulator: FM ApprovedSteel

Time Delay Valve: 3/4 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)(60 second) Brass UL (EX-2968)

Accumulator: FM ApprovedSteel


54170 10 second pneumatic time delay54169 30 second pneumatic time delay54168 60 second pneumatic time delay

1-41


000699a 000699b

NOTICE: Delay time listed are at 70 °F (21 °C). Actual delay times may vary with ambient conditions and installation variations.


3/4 IN. – 14 NPT BOTH SIDES

5 1/2 IN.(14 cm)

5 7/8 IN.(14.9 cm)

23 3/8 IN.(59.4 cm)


AP-8 Valve Enclosed Release Attachment with Flexible Connector

Description

Enclosed Release Attachment: The enclosed releaseattachment is used for local/remote manual actuation ofthe AP-8 cylinder valve. The enclosed release is used inareas where sealed actuation cable is preferred, i.e., cor-rosive environments, areas subject to tampering.

The enclosed release consists of a locking pin and a localmanual control.

Flexible Connector: When using the enclosed releaseattachment, flexible connectors are required between thecorner pulley and the first release and between the firstrelease and the second release.

Two lengths of flexible connectors, for use between cylin-ders, are available depending on cylinder size.

ANSUL


Enclosed Release Brass U.S. Coast GuardAttachment Housing (162.038/7/0)


Flexible Connector Brass U.S. Coast Guard(162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved


42743 Enclosed release attachment (AP-8 cylinder valve only)42788 12 in. (30.5 cm) flexible connector45507 7 15/16 in. (20.2 cm) flexible connector45500 6 3/16 (8.1 cm) flexible connector

1-42



Dual Cylinder Release – 3 or More Cylinders Single Cylinder Release – 1 or More Cylinders

001825 001826

FLEXIBLE CONNECTORPART NO. 42788

FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR(50 – 75 LB., PART NO. 45500)(100 LB., PART NO. 45507)

ENCLOSED RELEASEATTACHMENT

LOCAL MANUALCONTROL

LOCKINGPIN

FLEXIBLE CONNECTORPART NO. 42788


Hose Reels

Description

The carbon dioxide hose reel can be used in areas thatnormally do not require fixed pipe systems, or as a backup to a fixed pipe system. When used as a back up, provi-sions must be made to have self-contained breathingapparatus available for anyone entering the hazard areaimmediately after the fixed system discharge. Hose reelsare available with hose lengths ranging from 25 ft. to 100 ft. (7.6 m to 30.5 m).

On small systems, 75 lbs. (34 kg) or less of carbon diox-ide, discharge nozzle, Part No. 42842, should be used.On systes larger that 75 lbs. (34 kg), discharge nozzle,Part No. 42303 (for 1/2 in. hose) or Part No. 42312 (for3/4 in. hose) should be used.

The complete hose reel is finished in red enamel.

ANSUL

Component Material Thread Approvals

Hose Reel Steel With 3/4 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Brass UL (EX-2968)Fittings FM Approved


41518 Hose reel with 25 ft. (7.6 m) of 1/2 in. (1.3 cm) hose41519 Hose reel with 50 ft. (15.2 m) of 1/2 in. (1.3 cm) hose41520 Hose reel with 75 ft. (22.9 m) of 1/2 in. (1.3 cm) hose41523 Hose reel with 100 ft. (30.5 m) of 1/2 in. (1.3 cm) hose41524 Hose reel with 50 ft. (15.2 m) of 3/4 in. (1.9 cm) hose41526 Hose reel with 75 ft. (22.9 m) of 3/4 in. (1.9 cm) hose44967 Hose reel with 100 ft. (30.5 m) of 3/4 in. (1.9 cm) hose

42842 Projector horn - 75 lb. (34 kg) systems and less42303 Volume discharge horn for 1/2 in. hose - 75 lb. (34 kg) systems and larger

42312 Volume discharge horn for 3/4 in. hose - 75 lb. (34 kg) systems and larger

40237 Upper bracket (one required)41807 Lower bracket (Use two per projector horn and one per volume discharge horn)

41924 Operating instructions - for systems less than 100 lbs. (45.4 kg)41923 Operating instructions - for systems 100 lbs. (45.4 kg) or larger

42227 1/2 in. hose assembly - 25 ft. (7.6 m) (replacement)42228 1/2 in. hose assembly - 50 ft. (15.2 m) (replacement)42224 1/2 in. hose assembly - 75 ft. (22.9 m) (replacement)42225 1/2 in. hose assembly - 100 ft. (30.5 m) (replacement)42222 3/4 in. hose assembly - 50 ft. (15.2 m) (replacement)42226 3/4 in. hose assembly - 75 ft. (22.9 m) (replacement)46604 3/4 in. hose assembly - 100 ft. (30.5 m) (replacement)

1-43

Hose Reel – Side View

Hose Reel – Sectional View

Hose Reel Dimensions

A B C D

Hose Capacity in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm)

Up to 75 ft. (22.9 m) of 1/2 in. (1.3 cm) hose 8 (20) 12 3/8 (31) 20 (51) 21 1/2 (55)Up to 50 ft. (15.2 m) of 3/4 in. (1.9 cm) hose 8 (20) 12 3/8 (31) 20 (51) 21 1/2 (55)75 to 100 ft. (22.8 to 30.4 m) of 1/2 in. (1.2 cm) hose 12 (31) 16 3/8 (42) 20 (51) 21 1/2 (55)50 to 75 ft. (15.2 to 22.8 m) of 3/4 in. (1.9 cm) hose 12 (31) 16 3/8 (42) 20 (51) 21 1/2 (55)75 to 100 ft. (22.8 to 30.4 m) of 3/4 in. (1.9 cm) hose 14 (36) 20 1/4 (51) 23 1/2 (60) 25 3/4 (65)

STEEL DRUM

BRASS ELBOWBRASS COUPLING WITH RIGHTAND LEFT HAND THREAD (FURNISHED WITH 1/2 IN. HOSE ONLY)

STAMPED STEEL SIDE FLANGES

BRASS PIPE NIPPLE (EXTRA HEAVY)BRASS THRUST BUSHING

BRASS HUB BUSHING FOR BRACKETASBESTOS GRAPHITE PACKING

BRASS GLAND

A

C

D

B

THREE (3) STEEL ALLEN HEAD CAP SCREWS

BRASS HUB BUSHING FOR FLANGE

BRASS TEE

STEEL TIE ROD

BROILER STEEL BACK PLATE3/16 IN. THICK

BRASS SHAFT

BRASS WASHER

BRASS COTTER PIN

BRASSACORN NUTS

STAMPEDSTEELBRACKET

WOOD GRIP

CONTROL VALVEASSEMBLY

CONNECTING PIPE W/WOODGRIP

DISCHARGE HORN(NON-CONDUCTOR)

7 1/2 IN.(19 cm)

DISCHARGEORIFICES (7)

SQUEEZE-GRIPCONTROL VALVEWITH SMALLWOOD GRIP

DISCHARGEHOSE

WOOD HANDLE(FOR CARRYINGAND DIRECTINGDISCHARGE)

VOLUME DISCHARGEHORN – NON-CONDUCTING

001832a 001832b

Discharge Horn – Part No. 42842 Volume Discharge Horn – Part No. 42303 for1/2 in. Hose, Part No. 42312 for 3/4 in. Hose

4 1/4 IN.(10.7 cm)

18 IN.(45.7 cm)

17 3/8 IN.(44.1 cm)


13 IN.(33 cm)

001852c001833a 001833b 001852b

46 1/2 IN.(118.1 cm)

9 7/8 IN.(25 cm)

40 5/8 IN.(103.1 cm)

17 3/4 IN.(45 cm)

O.D. I.D.Flexible Hose in. (cm) in. (cm)

1/2 in. Hose 1 (2.5) 1/2 (1.3)3/4 in. Hose 1 1/4 (3.2) 3/4 (1.9)


NEOPRENE COVER – WINTERIZED –40 °F(–40 °C)

WIRE BRAID

FRICTION JACKET

FRICTION JACKET

WIRE BRAID

SYNTHETICRUBBERINNER TUBE – WINTERIZED –40 °F(–40 °C)

I.D.

Extra Heavy Flexible Hose –Wire Reinforced High Pressure Type

001843

O.D.



Pressure Trip

Description

The pressure trip is connected to the actuation or dischargeline of a carbon dioxide system. By either pneumatic ormanual actuation, the pressure trip can release spring orweight powered devices to close doors and windows, openfuel dump valves, close fire dampers or close fuel supplyvalves. The pressure trip is constructed of brass with two1/4 in. NPT fittings for connection to discharge or actuationlines. The link on the pressure switch is released eitherpneumatically, by agent discharge pressure; or manually, byuse of the pull ring. The link then releases the device whichperforms the auxiliary functions.

NOTE: Operating pressure must be a minimum of 75 psi(5.2 bar) with a maximum load of 70 lbs. (31.8 kg).

ANSUL


Pressure Trip Brass 1/4 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved

1-44


3 3/4 IN.(9.5 cm)

3 IN.(7.6 cm)

1/4 IN. NPT

000705


5156 Pressure trip



Header Safety

Description

The header safety is a device used to relieve high pressurebuild-up in a closed section of piping. If actuation pressureshould get inadvertently trapped and should an increase intemperature cause the pressure to rise to a dangerouslevel, the burst disc in the header safety will rupture, allow-ing the pressure to escape. The header safety is availablewith 1/2 in. or 3/4 in. NPT threads.


ANSUL


Header Safety Brass 1/2 or 3/4 in. NPT Male U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved

1-45



40094 1/2 in. header safety40076 3/4 in. header safety78756 Replacement burst disc

1/2 IN. OR3/4 IN. NPT

SAFETY DISC

SAFETY DISCWASHER

SAFETY DISC NUT

000706b


Header Vent Plug

Description

The header vent plug is used to release low pressure buildup that may occur in closed system utilizing time delays orselector valves. The header vent plug should also beinstalled on the cylinder sides of the check valves on bothmain and reserve systems to relieve any pressure that mayleak past the check valve and accidentally actuate thereserve system while the main system is discharging.


ANSUL


Vent Plug Body: 1/2 IN. NPT Male U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Brass UL (EX-2968)

Spring: FM ApprovedBronze

Seal:Neoprene

1-46



40309 Header vent plug

7/8 IN.(2.2 cm)

STEM

BODY

WASHER

SPRINGCHECK SEAL

CHECKCUP

1/2 IN. NPT

29/32 IN.(2.3 cm)

000707a 000707b


Pressure Operated Siren

Description

The pressure operated siren is used to warn personnel of asystem discharge. The siren is operated with the carbondioxide pressure from the system. The siren will operate atthe start of the carbon dioxide discharge and will continuethrough most of the discharge time. The minimum decibellevel at 10 ft. (3 m) is 90 dB with a flow rate of 11 lb./minute(5 kg/minute.) The siren is constructed of brass and fin-ished with red, corrosion resistant paint.


ANSUL


Siren Body: 1/4 IN. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Brass UL (EX-2968)


1-47



43118 Pressure operated siren

5/16 IN. DIAMETERMOUNTING HOLES3 PLACES

1/4 IN. CONNECTIONFROM CO2 PIPING

1 7/8 IN.(4.8 cm)

4 1/2 IN.(11.4 cm)

5 1/8 IN.(13 cm)

000713a 000713b

4 1/2 IN.(11.4 cm)

3 3/4 IN.(9.5 cm)


Discharge Indicator

Description

The system discharge indicator is used to visually indicate,at a remote location, when the carbon dioxide system hasdischarged. Pressure from the system is tapped off and runto the discharge indicator by 1/4 in. piping. When the sys-tem discharges, pressure operates a piston in the indicatorwhich pushes off a cover plate and exposes the wording‘‘System Discharged.’’


ANSUL


Discharge Indicator Housing: 1/4 in. NPT Female U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)Bronze UL (EX-2968)

Piston: FM ApprovedStainlessSteel

1-48



40765 Discharge indicator

2 3/4 IN. (7 cm)DIAMETER OF BODY

3 3/4 IN. (9.5 cm)FOR MOUNTING HOLES

OUTER NAMEPLATE

OUTERNAMEPLATE

1/2 IN. PIPE FROMSYSTEM PIPING

PISTON

SPRING CLIP

INNER NAMEPLATE

11/16 IN.(1.7 cm)

9/32 IN.DIAMETERHOLES(.71 cm)

1 7/8 IN.(4.8 cm)

000710a 000710b


Odorizer

Description

The odorizer is used to inject a small amount of winter-green scent into the carbon dioxide while flowing throughthe piping network. When the carbon dioxide dischargesinto the hazard area, it will carry a scent of wintergreenwith it. This wintergreen scent is a warning to personnelentering the hazard area that the area contains a concen-tration of carbon dioxide and precautions must be taken,either leave the area immediately or secure properbreathing apparatus. The internal ampoule containing theoil of wintergreen in the odorizer must be replaced aftereach system discharge.


ANSUL


42278 Odorizer42284 Replacement ampoule

1-49


Odorizer Steel 1 in. NPT Male U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved


000698


Pressure Switch – DPST

Description

The pressure switch is operated off the carbon dioxidepressure when the system is discharged. The pressureswitch can be used to open or close electrical circuits toeither shut down equipment or turn on lights or alarms.The double pole, single throw (DPST) pressure switch isconstructed with a gasketed, water tight housing. Thehousing is constructed of malleable iron, painted red. A1/4 in. NPT pressure inlet is used to connect the 1/4 in.pipe from the carbon dioxide system.

ANSUL


46250 Pressure switch – DPST

1-50

Component Material Thread Size/Type Electric Rating Approvals

Pressure Switch Switch: Conduit Inlet: 3/4 in. NPT Female 2 HP – 240 VAC/ Coast GuardDPST BAKELITE Pressure Inlet: 1/4 in. NPT 480 VAC (162.038/7/0)

Housing: Female 2 HP – 250 VDC, UL (EX-2968)Malleable 30A 250V AC/DC FM ApprovedIron 5A 480V AC/DCPiston:Brass


3 5/8 IN.(9.2 cm)

TO ELECTRICALEQUIPMENT TOBE CONTROLLED

TO POWER

3/4 IN.ELECTRICALCONDUITOUTLETS

1/4 IN. PIPEFROM CYLINDERS

1/4 IN. UNION

PISTON “O”RING GASKET

BRASS PISTON

BRASS RESETPLUNGER

GASKET NUT

DOUBLE POLE –HEAVY DUTYTOGGLE SWITCHWITH FULLYENCLOSED BAKELITE BASE

MOISTUREPROOF JOINT

“O” RING GASKET

NAMEPLATE

MALLEABLE IRONFINISH – RED PAINT

000716a 000716b

2 7/8 IN.(7.3 cm)

4 9/16 IN.(11.5 cm)



Pressure Switch – 3PST

Description

The pressure switch is operated off the carbon dioxidepressure when the system is discharged. The pressureswitch can be used to open or close electrical circuits toeither shut down equipment or turn on lights or alarms.The three pole, single throw (3PST) pressure switch isconstructed with a gasketed, water tight housing. Thehousing is constructed of malleable iron, painted red. A1/4 in. NPT pressure inlet is used to connect the 1/4 in.pipe from the carbon dioxide system.

ANSUL


42344 Pressure switch – 3PST

1-51


Pressure Switch Switch: Conduit Inlet: 3/4 in. NPT Female 30A – 240 VAC Coast Guard3PST BAKELITE Pressure Inlet: 1/4 in. NPT Female 20A – 600 VAC (162.038/7/0)

Housing: 3 HP – 120 VAC UL (EX-2968)Malleable 7.5 HP – 240 VAC FM ApprovedIron 15 HP – 600 VAC

Piston: 3 PHASE ACBrass


000715a 000715b

4 IN.(10.1 cm)

5 3/16 IN.(13.1 cm)

3 1/16 IN.(7.7 cm)

3 3/4 IN.(9.5 cm)

MOISTURE-PROOF GASKET

BRASSSWITCHHOUSING

RESET KNOB

SNAP LOCK-RING

PISTON ROD

SPRING

HALF ROUND ARM

“O” RING GASKET

HEX BUSHING3/8 IN. X 1/4 IN.

UNION

SWIVEL NUT

PISTON-SPOT NUT

PISTON “O” RING GASKETPISTON ROD

NAMEPLATE

SPRING

HALF ROUND ARMSPACER

TOGGLE SWITCH WITH FULLYENCLOSED BAKELITE BASE

PISTON

SECTION “A” – “A”

3/4 IN.BRASS PLUG

3 7/8 IN.(9.8 cm)

4 – 9/32 IN.MOUNTINGHOLES

“A”

“A”

3/4 IN. NPT



Pressure Switch – SPDT

Description

The pressure switch is operated off the carbon dioxidepressure when the system is discharged. The pressureswitch can be used to open or close electrical circuits toeither shut down equipment or turn on lights or alarms.The single pole, double throw (SPDT) pressure switch isconstructed with a gasketed, water tight housing. Thehousing is constructed of malleable iron, painted red. A1/4 in. NPT pressure inlet is used to connect the 1/4 in.pipe from the carbon dioxide system.

ANSUL


46251 Pressure switch – SPDT

1-52


Pressure Switch Switch: Conduit Inlet: 3/4 in. NPT Female 10A - 125V Coast GuardSPDT BAKELITE Pressure Inlet: 1/4 in. NPT Female 5A - 250 VAC (162.038/7/0)

Housing: UL (EX-2968)Malleable FM ApprovedIron

Piston:Brass


3 5/8 IN.(9.2 cm)

BRASS RESET PLUNGER

MOISTURE PROOF JOINT

GASKET NUT

‘‘O’’ RING GASKET

NAMEPLATE

TOGGLE SWITCHWITH FULLYENCLOSEDBAKELITE BASE

BRASS PISTON

PISTON ‘‘O’’RING GASKET

MALLEABLEIRON FINISH –RED PAINT

CONTACTARRANGEMENT

3/4 IN. ELECTRICCONDUIT OUTLETS

1/4 IN. UNION

1/4 IN. PIPE FROMCYLINDERS

2 7/8 IN.(7.3 cm)

4 9/16 IN.(11.5 cm)

000717a

000717b



Pressure Switch DPDT – Explosion-Proof

Description

The pressure switch is operated off the carbon dioxidepressure when the system is discharged. The pressureswitch can be used to open or close elctrical circuits toeither shut down equipment or turn on lights or alarms.The double pole, double throw (DPDT) pressure switch isconstructed with an explosion-proof housing suitable forhazardous environments. A 1/4 in. NPT pressure inlet isused to connect the 1/4 in. pipe from the carbon dioxidesystem.

ANSUL

Component Material Thread Size/Type Electrical Rating Approvals

Pressure Switch Housing: Conduit Inlet: 3/4 in. NPT Female 10A 125 VAC Coast GuardDPDT Malleable Pressure Inlet: 1/4 in. NPT Female 5A 250 VAC (162.038/7/0)

Iron UL (EX-2968)FM Approved


43241 Pressure switch – DPDT


NOTE: SUITABLE FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS, CLASS I, DIVISION I, GROUPS C, D AND CLASS II, DIVISION I, GROUPS E, F, G.

ANSUL is a registered trademark.1-53

001842a 001842b

1/4 IN. PIPE CONNECTIONTO CARBON DIOXIDESYSTEM

1/4 IN. UNION

3/8 IN. X 1/4 IN. BUSHING

NAMEPLATE

2 11/32 IN.MOUNTINGHOLES

2 5/8 IN.(6.6 cm)

7 7/8 IN.(20 cm)

6 1/2 IN.(16.5 cm)

5 13/16 IN.(14.7 cm)

5 1/8 IN.(13 cm)

3 9/16 IN.(9 cm)

5 5/8 IN.(14.2 cm)

3/4 IN.CONDUITOUTLET

3/4 IN. CONDUITOUTLET


Marine Actuation Station – Two Step

Description

The marine actuation station is used to release the sys-tem pilot cylinders by means of compressed nitrogen gas.This is accomplished by pulling the operating handlemarked CYLINDER RELEASE which punctures the nitro-gen cartridge, allowing the gas to flow to a Local/ManualOverride located on the pilot cylinders, and pulling theoperating handle marked VALVE RELEASE which punc-tures the nitrogen cartridge, allowing the gas to flow to apressure operated selector valve.

The marine actuation station comes equipped with 1/4 in.stainless steel compression fittings for attaching 1/4 in.O.D. stainless steel tubing. The enclosure is rainproof,constructed of 16 ga. galvanized steel and is equippedwith a draw pull catch.

The actuation pressure is achieved by means of an LT-20-L nitrogen cartridge. The two step actuation stationis generally used to actuate systems which are protectingoccupied spaces.

ANSUL

Component Material Tubing Connection Approvals

Actuation Station Galvanized Steel 1/4 in. Compression Fitting U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved


418731 Marine Actuation Station (Includes 1/4 in. ball valve, rainproof cabinet, two LT-20-Lnitrogen cartridges and cartridge receiver with lever operator)

7012 Replacement LT-20-L nitrogen cartridge

1-54

000694

INSTRUCTIONCHART

PULL CATCH

NITROGENCARTRIDGE

10 IN.(254 mm)

VALVE

REL

CYLINDER

REL

COMPRESSIONFITTING FOR 1/4 IN.OD S.S. TUBE

12 IN.(305 mm)

6 IN.(152 mm)


001382

MAXIMUM LENGTH RUN (FEET)0 50 100 150 200 250 300

WA

LL

TH

ICK

NE

SS

(IN

CH

ES

)

Note: Vent Plug, Part No. 1732, must be utilized in actuation line near system actuator.


1/4 IN. STAINLESSSTEEL TUBE

.028

.049

.065

5867

94

150

.020

.025

.030

.035

.040

.045

.050

.055

.060

.065

.070

MAXIMUM LENGTH OF ACTUATION TUBING FROM REMOTE STATION TO CYLINDERS


Marine Actuation Station – One Step

Description

The marine actuation station is used to release the systempilot cylinders by means of compressed nitrogen gas. Thisis accomplished by opening the 1/4 in. valve and pulling thehandle which punctures the nitrogen cartridge, allowing thegas to flow to a remote pressure attachment located on thepilot cylinders. The marine actuation station comesequipped with a 1/4 in. stainless steel compression fittingfor attaching 1/4 in. O.D. stainless steel tubing.The

enclosure is rainproof, constructed of 16 ga. galvanizedsteel and is equipped with a draw pull catch.

The actuation pressure is achieved by means of an LT-20-Lnitrogen cartridge. The one step actuation station is gener-ally used to actuate systems which are protecting unoccu-pied spaces.

ANSUL

Component Material Tubing Connection Approvals

Actuation Station Galvanized Steel 1/4 in. Compression Fitting U.S. Coast Guard (162.038/7/0)UL (EX-2968)FM Approved

1-55


67686 Marine Actuation Station (Includes rainproof cabinet, LT-20-L nitrogen cartridge and cartridge receiver with lever operator)

7012 Replacement LT-20-L nitrogen cartridge

NITROGENCARTRIDGE

COMPRESSIONFITTING FOR 1/4 IN.O.D. S.S. TUBE

PULL CATCH

INSTRUCTIONCHART

TO ACTUATE FIRE SUPPRESSIONSYSTEM, PULLHANDLE

6 IN.(15.2 cm)

12 IN.(30.5 cm)

10 IN.(25.4 cm)

000695a 000695b


001382

MAXIMUM LENGTH RUN (FEET)0 50 100 150 200 250 300

WA

LL

TH

ICK

NE

SS

(IN

CH

ES

)

Note: Vent Plug, Part No. 1732, must be utilized in actuation line near system actuator.


1/4 IN. STAINLESSSTEEL TUBE

.028

.035

.049

.065

5867

94

150

.020

.025

.030

.035

.040

.045

.050

.055

.060

.065

.070

MAXIMUM LENGTH OF ACTUATION TUBING FROM REMOTE STATION TO CYLINDERS

ANSULCarbon Dioxide System Applications

Electronic Data Processing –Computer Room and Subfloor

2-1

Electronic data processing involves storage, recall and use of informationvia electronic equipment. Electronic data processing equipment is found inalmost every industry today. The equipment is very sensitive and operateswithin minute tolerances. Additionally, many computer installations aredesigned with a subfloor area containing data and power cable bundles.

Because of the high dollar value of the equipment, the data managed by thatequipment and the productivity provided by electronic data processing; rapiddetection and efficient fire protection are imperative. Time lost to cleanupand ventilation of a computer room means lost time throughout the company;so these areas require a clean, no residue gas agent that disperses easily.

The computer room and subfloor space can be protected with a carbondioxide suppression system, especially when the computer room is normallyunoccupied.

Fires can occur as deep seated fires within the computer electrical insulationand in the cable bundles in the subfloor. Paper debris that has been allowedto accumulate in the subfloor is also a source for ignition.

Computer room/subfloor protection can be accomplished by installation of atotal flood carbon dioxide system. The CO2 system is designed in accor-dance with National Fire Protection Association Standard 12, 1989 Edition,which states that a 30% concentration must be achieved within two minutesand a design concentration of 50% must be reached within seven minutes.Design concentration must be maintained for a period of not less that twentyminutes.

Notice: Factory Mutual (FM) requires a 65% design concentration if the sub-floor is constructed of combustible material, or has contents otherthan cable. FM also requires the design concentration of 65% thenbe held for a minimum of thirty minutes.

The figure below show the piping and nozzle arrangement for a CO2 systemprotecting a typical computer room/subfloor space.

The CO2 system consists of a cylinder bank, a piping arrangement and a setof discharge nozzles located in the room and subfloor space.

Occasionally, drainage is installed in the subfloor area. Provisions must bemade for making the drain piping a closed system unless water is present toassist in assuring the necessary concentration.

Hazard Description

Sources of Ignition andTypes of Fires

Recommended Protection

000937

When the computer room is normally occupied, personnel safety is of firstconcern. Alarms or warning devices must be located in the room to providesufficient annunciation of CO2 discharge. In addition, a time delay deviceshould be incorporated in the CO2 system to allow sufficient time for per-sonnel to evacuate the room prior to CO2 discharge. The room and subfloormust be tight to prevent loss of CO2.

All air handling equipment must be shut down and dampered prior to systemdischarge. Do not use the air handling system as a means of evacuating theCO2 after discharge.

Smoke detectors are usually employed for early warning of fire to allowmanual release of the CO2 system.

Thermal detectors are used as a backup automatic system.

The authority having jurisdiction may have additional requirements.


Protection Considerations


Electronic Data Processing – Subfloor

2-2

Electronic data processing involves storage, recall and use of informationvia electronic equipment. Electronic data processing equipment is found inalmost every industry today. The equipment is very sensitve and operateswithin minute tolerances. Additionally, many computer installations aredesigned with a subfloor area containing data and power cable bundles.

Because of the high dollar value of the equipment, the data managed by thatequipment and the productivity provided by electronic data processing, rapiddetection and efficient fire protection are imperative. Time lost to cleanupand ventilation of a computer room means lost time throughout the company;so these areas require a clean, no residue gas agent that disperses easily.

Common practice is to protect the computer room with a Halon 1301 sup-pression system and a carbon dioxide total flood system for protection of thecable bundles in the subfloor space.

The following information pertains only to protection of subfloor space with afixed CO2 fire suppression system.

Subfloor fires can occur as deep-seated fires in electrical insulation, in com-bustible debris accumulated due to poor maintenance, or in the constructionmaterial of the subfloor itself.

Protection of data processing subfloor spaces can be accomplished with atotal flood system. The CO2 system is designed in accordance with NationalFire Protection Association Standard No. 12, 1989 Edition.

The figure below shows the piping and nozzle arrangement of a CO2 firesuppression system protecting a typical data processing subfloor area.

The CO2 system consists of a cylinder bank and a piping arrangement with aset of low velocity nozzles.

Some CO2 loss will occur through cable openings into equipment andthrough perforated tile. Make a complete evaluation of possible leakagesources and add CO2 to compensate. If leakage is excessive, an extendeddischarge system must be considered.

Hazard Description



000938

Subfloor airspaces are often used as a plenum for the air handling system. Ifthe space is used as a plenum, the air handling system MUST be shut down,tightly dampered and the air handling equipment at full rest BEFORE CO2system discharge or the CO2 will be rapidly exhausted.

A 50% design concentration is required for dry electrical fires by NFPA 12. A 30% concentration must be achieved within two minutes anddesign concentration must be reached within seven minutes. Design con-centration must be maintained for a minimum of twenty minutes. FactoryMutual (FM) requires a 65% design concentration if the subfloor is con-structed of combustible material or has contents other than cable. FM alsorequires the design concentration to be held for a minimum of 30 minutes.

Occasionally, drainage is installed in a subfloor area. Provisions must bemade for making the drain piping a closed system unless water is present.This will assist in assuring the necessary CO2 concentrations.

CO2, being heavier than air, will settle into low-lying areas possibly creatinga hazard to personnel. Do not use the air handling system as a means ofevacuating CO2 after discharge.Often, the data processing equipment cannot be shut down. Since most ofthis equipment has cooling fans, some CO2 will be drawn from the protectedspace. Because of this agent loss, a higher CO2 initial concentration or agreater volume of release may be required.

Smoke detectors are usually employed for early warning of fire to allowmanual release of the CO2 system with thermal detectors used as a backupto allow automatic system release.



Recommended Protection(Continued)



Recirculating Turbine Generators

2-3

Found both in heavy industry and power companies, turbine generators areusually enclosed recirculating devices. Steam is passed over the turbineblades, spinning the turbine which is attached to a generating device.

If an electrical fault occurs in the generator, a deep-seated electrical insula-tion fire can result. In addition, the generator bearings can overheat, ignitingtheir lubricants.

Protection of enclosed recirculating generators can be accomplished with atotal flood system. The design of this system should be in accordance withNational Fire Protection Association Standard No. 12, 1989 Edition, whichaddresses the fire protection of rotating electrical equipment.

The figure below shows the piping and nozzle arrangement of a carbondioxide fire suppression system protecting a typical enclosed recirculatinggenerator.

The CO2 system consists of two cylinder banks and two separate pipingarrangements. One bank of cylinders is piped to a set of nozzles which give ahigh initial rate of discharge upon receiving a signal from the detectors.(Note: The detectors must be located in the hot air stream ahead of allcoolers.) This discharge rate shall be sufficient to achieve 30% concentra-tion of CO2 within two minutes and design concentration within seven min-utes. (Note: Factory Mutual (FM) requires an even higher discharge rate,sufficient to reach 30% concentration in one minute.)

The second bank of cylinders is designed to discharge simultaneously at amuch slower rate through a separate network of pipe and nozzles. This net-work provides an extended discharge of CO2 for the generator decelerationperiod in order to compensate for leakage and maintain an inert atmospherewithin the enclosure. A minimum concentration of 30% must be maintainedfor at least twenty minutes.

Multiple generators can be protected by the use of selector valves oncommon banks of CO2 cylinders. Reserve banks of cylinders are generallyrequired as a common back-up.

Hazard Description



000939

Personnel safety is of first concern. Alarms or warning devices must belocated in and/or around the hazard area to provide sufficient annuncia-tion of CO2 discharge. A pre-discharge alarm or time delay device maybe required to allow personnel time to leave the area.

Provisions must be made for venting the CO2 and determining the safetyof the atmosphere prior to reoccupation of the hazard area after dis-charge.

Normal leakage from the enclosure should relieve any CO2 pressurebuild-up. However, in the case of air-tight enclosures, pressure reliefventing may be required.

Location of nozzles must be in the cold air stream leading to the gener-ator. Incoming air will carry the CO2 to the hazard.

Automatic discharge of the CO2 system might be achieved by a tie-inwith the customer’s differential relays which could act as additionaldetection/actuation sources.





Non-Recirculating Turbine Generators

2-4

Found both in heavy industry and power companies, turbine generators aresometime dampered, non-recirculating type devices. Steam is passed overthe turbine blades, spinning the turbine which is attached to a generatingdevice.

If an electrical fault occurs in the generator, a deep-seated electrical insula-tion fire can result. In addition, the generator bearings can overheat, ignitingtheir lubricants.

Protection of dampered non-recirculating generators can be accomplishedwith a total flood system. The design of this system should be in accordancewith National Fire Protection Association Standard No. 12, 1989 Edition,which addresses the fire protection of rotating electrical equipment.The figure below shows the piping and nozzle arrangement of a carbondioxide fire suppression system protecting a typical dampered non-recircu-lating generator.

The CO2 system consists of two cylinder banks and two separate pipingarrangements. One bank of cylinders is piped to a set of nozzles which give ahigh initial rate of discharge upon receiving a signal from the detectors.(Note: The detectors must be located in the hot air stream ahead of allcoolers.) This discharge rate shall be sufficient to achieve 30% concentra-tion of CO2 within two minutes and design concentration within seven min-utes. (Note: Factory Mutual (FM) requires an even higher discharge rate,sufficient to reach 30% concentration in one minute.)

The second bank of cylinders is designed to discharge simultaneously at amuch slower rate through a separate network of pipe and nozzles. This net-work provides an extended discharge of CO2 for the generator decelerationperiod in order to compensate for leakage and maintain an inert atmospherewithin the enclosure. 35% additional CO2 must be added after the minimumdesign concentration of 30% has been calculated. This minimum designconcentration must be maintained for at least twenty minutes.

Multiple generators can be protected by the use of selector valves oncommon banks of CO2 cylinders. Reserve banks of cylinders are generallyrequired as a common back-up.

Hazard Description



000939

Personnel safety is the first concern. Alarms or warning devices must belocated in and/or around the hazard area to provide sufficient annunciationof CO2 discharge. A pre-discharge alarm or time delay device may berequired to allow personnel time to leave the area.

Provisions must be made for venting the CO2 and determining the safety ofthe atmosphere prior to reoccupation of the hazard area after discharge.

Normal leakage from the enclosure should relieve any CO2 pressure build-up. However, in the case of air-tight enclosures, pressure relief venting maybe required.

Location of nozzles must be in the cold air stream leading to the generator.Incoming air will carry the CO2 to the hazard.

Thermal detection is normally provided for automatic system release.

Automatic discharge of the CO2 system might also be achieved by a tie-inwith the customer’s differential relays which could act an as additional detec-tion/actuation source.





Control Rooms

2-5

Control rooms are found in all types of industry, housing transformers,motors, switch gear and other types of electronic devices necessary forenergizing the various types of equipment.

If an electrical fault occurs in wiring or an electric motor overheats, a deep-seated electrical insulation fire can result.

Protection of control rooms can be accomplished by treating it as a deep-seated total flood hazard in accordance with requirements of National FireProtection Association Standard 12, 1989 Edition.

The figure below shows the piping and nozzle arrangement of a carbondioxide fire suppression system protecting a control room.

The CO2 system would consist of a single cylinder bank along with a singlepiping arrangement and discharge nozzles.

The design of the CO2 system should be in accordance with NFPA 12, 1989Edition, which states that a 50% concentration of CO2 is required for dryelectrical hazards and that a 30% concentration shall be achieved within twominutes. Design concentration must be achieved within seven minutes andmaintained for an additional twenty minutes.

Personnel safety is the first concern. The CO2 system must incorporate adischarge alarm and/or pre-discharge alarm with a time delay depending onpersonnel evacuation time.

Electrical power and ventilation must be shut down prior to system actuation.Common A/C duct may require dampering to prevent CO2 loss.

Smoke detection is recommended.


Hazard Description





000941


Record Storage Rooms

2-6

Typical document storage rooms contain records stored on shelves, in filecabinets and cartons, and are usually quite tightly packed within the room.

Room heaters, careless smoking, and overheating of ventilating fan could allcause ignition of paper material.

Protection of record storage rooms can be accomplished by treating thehazard as deep-seated total flood type, designed in accordance withNational Fire Protection Association Standard 12, 1989 Edition.

The figure below illustrates the piping and nozzle arrangement of a carbondioxide suppression system protecting a record storage room.

The CO2 system would consist of a bank of cylinders with a piping networkand nozzles.

The system design shall be in accordance with NFPA 12, 1989 Edition,which states that a 65% concentration of CO2 is required for record storagerooms, and that a 30% concentration shall be achieved within two minutes.The 65% design concentration must be achieved within seven minutes andmaintained for an additional twenty minutes.

Personnel safety is of primary concern. The CO2 system should incorporatea discharge alarm and/or pre-discharge alarm with a time delay.Electrical power and ventilation must be shut down. Common A/C ductworkmay require dampering to prevent CO2 loss.



Hazard Description





000942


Battery Storage

2-7

Any industry requiring a large number of vehicles, such as the truckingindustry, would have a room or vault for storing and charging acid type bat-teries. These rooms would have adequate ventilation so that large amountsof hydrogen could not collect.

If paper cardboard cartons, cleaning rags and the like are allowed to collectin the battery room, these could be ignited by overheated equipment such asventilating fans or charging devices.

Notice: The carbon dioxide system is not an explosion suppression system.The CO2 will suppress fires in extraneous material within the roomand inert a possible explosive atmosphere.

The figure below illustrates a typical CO2 system protecting a batterystorage room.

The CO2 system design must be in accordance with National Fire ProtectionAssociation Standard 12, 1989 Edition, which states that a concentration of75% CO2 is required for hazards where hydrogen is present.

The CO2 system would consist of a group of cylinders, a piping arrangementand discharge nozzles. The design concentration shall be achieved withinone minute.

The CO2 system must be properly grounded to eliminate any possibility of aspark in a potentially explosive atmosphere. Objects exposed to the CO2discharge must also be grounded to dissipate possible electrostatic charges(NFPA 77). Ventilation fans must be shut down prior to CO2 system dis-charge. Pre-discharge alarm and a time delay may be required for personnelsafety.

Photoelectric smoke detection is recommended.


Hazard Description





000943


Open Top Lube Oil Pits

2-8

Lube oil pits can be open with a depth up to four feet; open pits can alsoexceed four feet in depth, but the depth must not exceed one quarter of itswidth, and open pits can be partially covered with solid plate.

Oil within the pit can be ignited by overheated pumps or equipment within thepit.

All open pits can be protected with a carbon dioxide suppression system inaccordance with National Fire Protection Association Standard 12, 1989Edition, which states that the CO2 discharge time shall be a minimum of 30seconds.

The figure below shows the single bank of cylinders, piping and nozzlearrangements for a CO2 system protecting an open lube oil pit.

The figure below shows the piping and nozzle arrangement for a CO2system protecting a partially covered lube oil pit. NFPA 12 states that if thetop of the pit is partially covered, so that the open area is less than 3% of thecubic foot volume expressed in square feet, the CO2 requirement may bedetermined on a total flooding basis. A 34% concentration would be requiredwithin one minute.

Hazard Description



000944

000952

Personnel safety must be considered during and after a CO2 system dis-charge. A pre-alarm and time delay period should be considered to allowpersonnel time to evacuate the space. Adequate ventilating of the pit mustbe accomplished, and consideration given to low lying areas within the plantwhere CO2 may tend to settle.

Thermal detection with automatic system release is recommended.





Electrical Cabinets

2-9

Found in almost any large structure, including hospitals, heavy industry andhigh rise buildings, electrical cabinets present a hazard particularly wellsuited for carbon dioxide protection.

A typical electrical cabinet is the focal point of the electrical service for alarge building or plant. Virtually all of the incoming service enters at the cab-inet and is dispersed, stepped up, stepped down or otherwise controlled atthat point. An electrical cabinet may contain fuses, switches, transformersand other electrical equipment along with a large network of cable andwiring.

Downtime for the electrical cabinet means downtime for the entire facility.Dry powder or liquid agents can damage sensitive equipment, or requiremeticulous clean-up causing additional delays in getting the facility back‘‘on-line.’’ An air-dispersed gas, carbon dioxide eliminates these problems.

Electrical fault is the most common source of ignition in the electrical cabinet.Energized equipment overheats or shorts and ignites insulation causing a‘‘deep seated’’ type fire.

Protection of electrical cabinets can be accomplished with a total floodsystem. By injecting a sufficient amount of CO2 to suppress the fire andmaintaining the CO2 laden atmosphere to allow a ‘‘soaking period,’’ evendeep-seated insulation fires can be suppressed.The design of this system should be in accordance with National FireProtection Association Standard No. 12, 1989 Edition, which addresses thefire protection of electrical equipment. NFPA 12 states that a 50% concentra-tion of CO2 is required for dry electrical hazards and that a 30% concentra-tion shall be achieved within two minutes. Design concentration must beachieved within seven minutes and maintained for an additional twenty min-utes.

Depending on the type of doors the cabinet has, the CO2 system could bedesigned as either a normal total flood or extended discharge system.Cabinets with loose fitting doors or louver openings will have considerableCO2 leakage. Leakage from a weatherproof cabinet will be much slower.

In a reasonably ‘‘tight’’ cabinet, such as a weatherproof enclosure, theextended discharge may not be necessary as the sealed enclosure allowslittle leakage and the inert atmosphere will remain until the cabinet is openedand ventilated.

Hazard Description



The figure below shows the piping and nozzle arrangement of a CO2 firesuppression system protecting a typical electrical cabinet of reasonabletightness.

The extended-discharge CO2 system consists of two cylinder banks and twopiping arrangements. Upon receiving a signal from the detectors, one bankof cylinders which are piped to a set of nozzles give a high initial rate of dis-charge, meeting the requirements for reaching design concentration withinseven minutes. The second bank of cylinders is piped to a set of smaller noz-zles which provide an extended discharge period, maintaining the inertatmosphere for the required twenty minutes.

Personnel safety is the first concern. Discharge alarms should be located inthe area of the electrical cabinet to warn nearby personnel of the CO2 dis-charge. Due to the possibility of CO2 leaking from the cabinet and settlinginto low lying surrounding areas, all personnel should leave the immediatecabinet area until the space can be completely ventilated.Normal leakage from the cabinet should relieve any CO2 pressure build-up.However, in the case of an air-tight enclosure, pressure relief venting may berequired.

Electrical power and any ventilation must be shut down prior to discharge.Also, many electrical cabinets have cooling fans to draw air into or out of theenclosure. These must be shut down and an extended discharge systemshould be considered to allow for the spin-down time and unclosable open-ings.

Electrical cabinets may have completely open interiors or may be compart-mentalized. If the construction of the cabinet is a series of compartments, atleast one CO2 nozzle and detector must be installed in each compartment.In exceptionally large electrical cabinets, selector valves could be includedin the system which could direct the discharge to only the section involved.





000945


Transformers

2-10

Transformers are found in heavy industry and may sit in the open or in vaults.Transformers located in the open, where it is impractical to flood the room,are protected by locally applying carbon dioxide over the surfaces using therate by area method. Transformers within a vault are treated as a surfacetype total flood hazard. There is a possibility that a heated transformer corein either a transformer located in a vault or in the open could produce a ‘‘deepseated’’ fire in the insulation.

Leakage of oil could be ignited by an electrical fault or insulation within thetransformer could ignite due to an overheated core.

Transformers within an enclosure or vault can be protected by total floodingthe enclosure with CO2 in accordance with National Fire ProtectionAssociation Standard 12, 1989 Edition, which states that a 50% concentra-tion is required for deep seated dry electrical fires and that a 30% concentra-tion shall be achieved within two minutes. The 50% design concentrationmust be achieved within seven minutes and held for an additional twentyminute period.

The carbon dioxide system would consist of a bank of cylinders, a piping net-work and discharge nozzles, as shown in the figure below.

Hazard Description



000946

Transformers in an open room are treated as a local application type hazardwhere CO2 is directly applied to the transformer surfaces.

The CO2 system would be designed in accordance with NFPA 12 whichstates that the CO2 discharge shall be for a minimum of 30 seconds.

The figure below illustrates a typical transformer protected with CO2.

The CO2 system would consist of a group of cylinders, a piping arrangementand a set of discharge nozzles.

Any floor drain located under the transformer should be provided with a nor-mally closed valve which only opens by oil pressure during an oil spill.Electrical clearances should be maintained in accordance with NFPA 12.The room or area must be ventilated after CO2 discharge with considerationgiven to areas where CO2 might tend to settle.





000947


Wave Solder Machines

2-11

Employed in the manufacture of electronics and cans, the wave soldermachine presents a multi-faceted hazard to the fire protection professional.The wave solder device consists of an enclosure housing flux tubs, pre-heaters and solder pots; along with a motorized conveyor which transportsparts through the machine. Attached to this enclosure is a fume exhaustsystem which must also be protected.

The most common fire in a wave solder machine is a wetted surface fire,which can quickly ignite the flux tubs, resulting in the addition of a liquid-in-depth fire. Ignition occurs when an excess amount of flux on the parts isignited by the preheaters or molten solder.

The wave solder machine enclosure can be treated as a total flood hazard ifthe conveyor openings on either end of the wave solder machine are small.Access doors along the sides of the machine, however, must always be inthe closed position if total flood is to be considered. In cases where accessdoors are left open, or are opened on a regular basis, the hazard should beprotected on a local application basis.

Regardless of the machine enclosure situation, the exhaust system is con-sidered a total flood hazard. The design of the protection systems should bein accordance with National Fire Protection Association Standard No. 12,1989 Edition.

The figure below shows the piping and nozzle arrangement of a total floodcarbon dioxide fire suppression system protecting a typical wave soldermachine which normally operates with the access doors closed.

The total flood system consists of a single cylinder bank and a single pipingarrangement. The piping is external to the enclosure to avoid interferencewith the conveyor system and to allow easy maintenance inside the wavesolder machine. Nozzles are sealed flanged type which attach to the outsideof a bulkhead or duct and direct CO2 into the hazard through a smallopening.

The total flood system for the enclosure shall achieve a 34% CO2 concentra-tion within one minute. The duct system shall achieve a 65% concentrationwithin one minute.

Hazard Description



000948

The figure below shows a typical local application CO2 system for a wavesolder machine which normally operates with the access doors open. Thepiping network runs inside the enclosure with nozzles applying CO2 directlyto the flux tubs, preheaters and solder pots. CO2 discharge shall be a min-imum of 30 seconds.

In either the total flood or the local application systems, consideration mustbe given to personnel safety. CO2 discharge should be coupled to an alarmsystem to warn workers in the immediate area of system activation. Whilethe CO2 is being released in a confined space, CO2 escaping from theenclosure and settling into low-lying areas could be a hazard to personnel.

All heating sources, pumps, conveyors and exhaust systems involved mustbe shut down before CO2 system discharge. In addition, any exhaust ductsmust be dampered upon system discharge. Electrical or pneumatic provi-sions should be made for these operations.

Thermal detection for automatic system release is recommended.

If the conveyor system carries parts to another room or other machines, firedoors or shutters should be installed to prevent transmission of fire frommachine to machine or room to room via burning parts on a conveyor.





000949


Industrial Fryers

2-12

The food industry prepares many types of foods by frying in heated cookingoil. Several types of food that lend themselves to deep fat frying are potatochips, pizza, nutmeats, doughnuts, poultry and fish products. The heated oilis often contained in a vat that is covered by a hood with an associatedexhaust system. A conveyor belt usually transports the product through theheated oil where it exits the fryer onto a drain area.

A fire condition exists when the thermostatic control used to maintain a pre-determined cooking oil temperature fails. This allows the temperature of theoil to rise above its auto-ignition point, causing ignition.

Protection of a fryer can be accomplished with a combination total flood/localapplication suppression system. The design of the system shall be in accor-dance with National Fire Protection Association Standard 12, 1989 Edition,which states that the fryer vat with its hood in the lowered position requires a34% concentration which shall be achieved within one minute.

In addition, Ansul recommends the carbon dioxide discharge to continue fora period of not less than three minutes due to the possibility of the oilreflashing before the temperature drops below the auto-ignition point.

The exhaust duct is protected by the total flood method, achieving a 65%concentration within one minute. The drainboard portion, including relatedpumps, are treated as a local application type hazard, with the CO2 dis-charge continuing for a minimum of 30 seconds. The figure below illustratesa carbon dioxide suppression system protecting a typical potato chip fryer.

The CO2 system consists of a bank of cylinders along with a piping networkfeeding discharge nozzles installed in the fryer/hood enclosure, the exhaustduct, and nozzles installed over the drain area and pumps.

All pumps, fuel supply, motorized conveyor and exhaust fans must be shutdown prior to CO2 system discharge. The exhaust duct must be dampered toprevent loss of CO2.

Hazard Description



000950

Personal safety must be provided using alarms or warning devices located inand around the hazard area. Uncloseable openings must be held to a min-imum.

Provisions must be made for venting the CO2 and determining the safety ofthe atmosphere prior to reoccupation of the hazard area after CO2 dis-charge.

Thermal detection for automatic release is recommended.





Dip Tanks

2-13

Many manufacturers use dip tanks for various processes in their plants.Metal fabrication, electronics, automotive and railway operations may usedip tanks in their daily work.

A dip tank may be a simple hand-held operation or may involve a complexoverhead monorail or hoist. Some tanks are enclosed by a hinged lid, someare open. Most have a drain board or drip area which may or may not beenclosed.

Overheated circulating pumps, flammable liquids heated beyond flashpoint,or sparks from machinery are all common sources of ignition for dip tanks.Two types of fires can result: liquid in depth fires in the tank itself or wettedsurface fires on the dipped material and in the drain board/drip area.

Protection of dip tanks and associated components can be accomplished bya local application system. The design of this system should be in accor-dance with National Fire Protection Association Standard No. 12, 1989Edition. A typical dip tank carbon dioxide suppression system is shown in thefigure below.

The carbon dioxide system consists of one cylinder bank and one pipingarrangement. Overhead protection is used in this instance. Local applicationmethods apply CO2 directly to the surface of the burning material, ratherthan flooding an enclosure. The CO2 discharge time shall be a minimum of30 seconds.

Essential to the success of the fire suppression system is the shutdown of allpumps, motorized conveyors and ventilation fans. If the dip tank has anexhaust duct, it must be dampered to allow sufficient CO2 concentration forfire suppression.

In some situations, the dipped parts are carried through an oven for drying.The authority having jurisdiction may require fire protection for the oven also.The oven can be protected by a separate CO2 system or by the dip tanksystem with a selector valve system.

Hazard Description



000951

Personnel safety must be provided for with alarms or warning deviceslocated in and around the hazard area. A pre-discharge alarm or time delaydevice may be required to allow personnel time to leave the hazard area.

Provisions must be made for venting the CO2 and determining the safety ofthe atmosphere prior to reoccupation of the hazard area after discharge, andconsideration given to low lying areas within the plant where CO2 may tendto settle.

Thermal detection for automatic system release is recommended.

Protection of a dip tank requires applying CO2 to ALL wetted sections of thehazard, including any conveyor system, drainboards and drip areas.

If cleaning tanks or flammable materials are stored in the vicinity of the diptank, they should also be protected.

If at all possible, enclose the hazard wherever production will permit.




IntroductionThe information contained in this guide provide the guidelines for designing, installing and inspecting fixed high pressure CO2fire suppression systems for the protection of wet benches and other processing tools used in the fabrication of semicon-ductor devices. This guide contains specific design methods and guidelines that apply to surface and subsurface protectionof open face wet benches. General design information is also included for protection of other areas of the wet benches or pro-cessing tools; however, for specific design methods of these areas, the designer should design in accordance with the latestedition of the National Fire Protection Association Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems (NFPA 12), Ansul’sCarbon Dioxide Systems Design Manual, the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), and customer specifi-cation as applicable.

Acceptance of any system is subject to the review and requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

In open style tools, the application of these guidelines are limited to tools with air exhaust flow rates not exceeding 150cfm/linear ft.

These guidelines apply to the fire suppression portion of the system only. To complete the system it is necessary to incor-porate a fire detection and control system with the appropriate ancillary equipment and devices. Only listed equipment thathas been specifically evaluated for this application may be used. Factory Mutual has Approved for fire detection in either anopen face wet bench or process equipment, the Fire Sentry Corporations’ Model FS7-130-SX controller module, the S7-2173-C flame detector using firmware version 3720-0006, and the FS7-2173 flame detector using firmware 3720-1001, alsoSanta Barbara Dual Spectrums’ Model PM-5SX and PM-9SBE flame detectors. Use of the detection and control equipmentshould be in accordance with the manufacturerís recommendations. Consult the Authority Having Jurisdiction for specificdetection and control requirements for the particular application. Note: An FMRC Approved Ansul control panel must be inter-faced with the wet bench fire detection system to be used as a releasing device control unit for the fire suppression system.

Wet bench protection utilizing high pressure CO2 uses the same design requirements as stated in the Design section for totalflooding and local application with additional limitations and conditions stated in this guide.

General Protection Requirements• The suppression system should be designed to discharge with the ventilation/exhaust system in continuous operation.

• Except for the electrical power necessary to maintain operation of the exhaust/ventilation system, the electrical powersupply to the tool must be interlocked to shut down upon system discharge.

• Total agent supply demand for each extinguishing system should be based on a one shot discharge of the system over theentire tool. The method of determining agent quantity and recommended duration of discharge can be found in the appro-priate section of this guide.

• It is recommended that each tool be protected by an individual fire extinguishing system; however, if acceptable to the AHJ,a single system may protect a group of tools if the agent supply is sized for the largest hazard and an equally sized con-nected reserve is provided.

• The AHJ should be consulted to determine connected reserve supply requirements.

• If acceptable to the AHJ, tools exceeding 8 ft. (2.4 m) in length may be zoned providing the working surface of a wet benchor other processing tool is not subdivided into multiple zones of discharge. A physical barrier is required to separate eachzone, and each zone should be provided with a separate agent supply and connected reserve or the system should besized for the entire bench and provided with an equally sized connected reserve.

• If acceptable to the AHJ, a maximum 30 second time delay prior to discharge of the extinguishing system over the workingsurface may be used.

• If acceptable to the AHJ, a maximum 30 second time delay prior to discharge may be used in other areas of a tool in a singleprotection zone system.

• Materials used in the installation of the system must be suitable for the type of environment that they will be located in. Allequipment and materials of construction are subject to approval by the customer and the AHJ. For corrosive environments(environments containing acids, solvents, etc.) only the Corrosion Resistant “D” nozzle should be used.* All pipe andhangers should be protected against corrosion by an appropriate protective coating or sheath. All pipe joints, hangers, andfasteners should be protected by an appropriate corrosion protected finish or covering. The protective coating or coveringshould be suitable for the particular environments that they will be subjected to. All pipe and fittings must be cleaned of allchips, oil, and dirt prior to installing.

General CO2 System Design GuidelinesThe tool subsurface (plenum) area should be protected using total flooding application only, designed to achieve a minimumconcentration of 50 percent within 1 minute. The quantity of CO2 required should be adjusted to compensate for the airexhaust flow rate of the processing equipment.*FM APPROVAL OF THE (CR) “D” NOZZLE IS LIMITED TO NON-CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENTS.

OPEN FACE WET BENCH AND PROCESSING TOOL PROTECTION GUIDEPage 1

2-14

General CO2 System Design Guidelines (Continued)

If the CO2 system is arranged to protect the working surface area and plenum simultaneously, the discharge rate for theplenum should be calculated in accordance with the 1998 Edition of NFPA 12 section 3-3.2.3.

For working surface open style tools, design the CO2 system on a local application basis, rate-by-volume method, for aminimum discharge time of 30 seconds. The basic system discharge rate of 1 LB/min/cu. ft. of assumed volume may be pro-portionately reduced to account for barriers that surround the working surface, such as: side panels, back walls, andheadcase, in accordance with the 1998 Edition of NFPA 12 section 3-5.3.1.

Use the Open Face Wet Bench CO2 System Design Guidelines in this guide in conjunction with the Ansul Carbon DioxideSystems Design Manual and the ANSCALC version 2 HYDRAULIC CALCULATION PROGRAM for total flooding applicationdesign of wet bench subsurface (plenum areas and local application design of open face wet bench working surfaces.

For tools provided with mini-environment enclosures, use the Ansul Carbon Dioxide System Design Manual and theANSCALC program to design the CO2 system on a total flooding basis to achieve a minimum concentration of 50 percentwithin 1 minute. The quantity of CO2 required should be adjusted to compensate for the air exhaust flow rate of the wet bench.Always use the CR “D” Nozzle and corrosion protected pipe, fittings, and hardware in corrosive environments or where cont-amination of the process is an issue.*

For protection of wet bench headcase and other compartments, use the Ansul Carbon Dioxide System Design Manual andthe ANSCALC program to design the CO2 system on a total flooding basis to achieve a minimum concentration of 50 percentwithin 1 minute in each compartment.

Open Face Wet Bench CO2 Fire Protection System Design GuidelinesOpen face wet bench protection utilizing high pressure CO2 uses the same design requirements as stated in the Design sec-tion of the Ansul “Carbon Dioxide Systems” manual for total flooding and local application with the additional limitations statedhere:

*FM APPROVALOF THE (CR) “D” NOZZLE IS LIMITED TO NON-CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENTS.

• Surface area of open face wet bench to be protected by using local application – rate by volume method only. Use onlythe CR “D” nozzle, Part Nos. 422647 through 422659.*

• Under bench area (Plenum) to be protected using total flooding application only. For non-corrosive environments, usethe standard “D” nozzle, Part Nos. 44651 through 44663. For corrosive environments, use the CR “D” nozzle, PartNos. 422647 through 422659. See component sheet F-96156 for chemical resistance guidelines.*

• 33 in. (84 cm) maximum height of surface area nozzle from lowest point of nozzle to working surface of wet bench.

• 8 ft. (2.4 m) maximum spacing between nozzles used for total flooding under bench (plenum). Nozzle to be mountedagainst side wall of plenum and aimed to discharge horizontally. Additional nozzles, if necessary, are to be spacedaccordingly.

• 600 psi (41.4 bar) minimum nozzle pressure required for both the local application and total flooding.

• When designing the local application – rate by volume method system, always use 0.1 ft. (0.3 m) as hazard height.

• Design concentration must be a minimum of 50%.

• Minimum of 60° F (16 °C) to a maximum of 80 °F (27 °C) storage temperature range.

• Maximum air exhaust flow rate of the wet bench cannot exceed 150 CFM/linear ft.


Open Face Wet Bench CO2 Fire Protection System Design Guidelines (Continued)

A sample problem is included to help explain the design procedure.

Hazard: Open Face Wet Bench

Work Area:Length: 7 ft. 7 in. (2.3 m)Width: 2 ft. 7 in. (.8 m)

Plenum Area:Length: 7 ft. 7 in. (2.3 m)Width: 2 ft. 7 in (.8 m)Height: 1 ft. 11 in. (.6 m)

First, determine the CO2 requirements for the work area. The design requirements will be calculated by the local application –Rate by Volume Method.

Working Surface Protection – Local Application – Rate of Volume MethodStep No. 1 – Determine volume – Length 7.6 ft. (2.3 m) x Width 2.6 ft. (.8 m) x Height 0.1 ft. (2.5 cm) = 1.9 cu. ft.(.05 cu. m).

Note: The height of 0.1 ft. (2.5 cm) is always used for calculation purposes.

Step No. 2 – Determine Assumed Volume – Based on standard design requirements, 2 ft. (.6 m) must be added to theheight of the hazard and 2 ft. (.6 m) must be added to the width. This is required because these are not enclosed by actualwalls.

Assumed Volume = Length 7.6 ft. (2.3 m) x Width 4.6 ft. (1.4 m) x Height 2.1 ft. (.6 m) = 73.4 cu. ft. (2.1 cu. m).

Step No. 3 – Determine % of closed perimeter – The % of closed perimeter is determined by dividing the actual closedperimeter by the total perimeter and then multiplying by 100.

The actual closed perimeter is 7.6 ft. (2.3 m) + 1.7 ft. (.5 m) + 1.7 ft. (.5 m) =11.0 ft. (3.4 m).

The assumed volume total perimeter is 7.6 ft. (2.3 m) + 7.6 ft. (2.3 m) + 4.6 ft. (1.4 m) + 4.6 ft. (1.4 m) = 24.4 ft. (7.4 m).

11.0 ft. (3.4 m) divided by 24.4 ft. (7.4 m) = 0.46 x 100 = 46% closed perimeter.

Step No. 4 – Determine Nozzle Discharge Rate – Refer to the chart in Figure 16, Page 6-12 of this section. As determined inStep No. 2, 46% closed perimeter requires a minimum flow rate of 0.66 #/min./CF.

Step No. 5 – Determine Total Agent Required – Based on the above steps, the total agent required for local application –rate by volume, can now by determined.

Total agent required = Assumed Volume x Flow Rate per Minute Per Cu. Ft. x 1.4 (liquid factor) x .5 (minimum discharge time)

73.4 cu. ft. (assumed volume) x 0.66 (flow rate per min. per cu. ft.) = 48.4 lb./minute.

48.4 lb./min. x 1.4 (liquid factor) x .5 (minimum discharge time in minutes) = 33.9 lbs of agent required.

Step No. 6 – Determine Number of Nozzles Required – Based on the limitation listed above, the maximum height from theface of the nozzle to the working surface of the wet bench is 33 in. (84 cm). In this example, the nozzle will be mounted at aheight of 30 in. (76 cm). Referring to Figure 9 on Page 6-6, at 30 in. (76 cm) height, the “D” nozzle has a FM flow rate of 20.0lb./minute.


1 FT.-8 IN.

(.5 m)

0 FT.-11 IN.

(.3 m)

1 FT.-11 IN.(.6 m)

7 FT.-7 IN.

(2.3 m)

0007582 FT.-7 IN.

(.8 m)

WET BENCH EXAMPLE:1000 CFM THRU BENCH

Open Face Wet Bench CO2 Fire Protection System Design Guidelines (Continued)Working Surface Protection – Local Application – Rate of Volume Method (Continued)48.4 (lb./min) divided by 20.0 (flow rate per nozzle) = 2.4 nozzles required. This number must be rounded up to the nextwhole number of 3.

Therefore, the surface protection requires 33.9 lbs. of agent and 3 nozzles. Nozzles are to be mounted and aimed per thestandard local application guidelines. See Section 6, Pages 6-5 – 6-6.

Now, determine the total flooding requirements for the plenum area (below bench).

Plenum Area Protection – Total FloodingStep No. 1 – Determine Hazard Volume – The under bench volume is Length 7.6 ft. (2.3 m) x Width 2.6 ft.(.8 m)) x Height 1.9 ft. (.6 m) = 37.5 cu. ft. (1.1 cu m).

Step No. 2 – Determine Initial Quantity of Agent Required – Refer to Volume Factors Chart on Page 6-2, Figure 2. Forvolumes up to 140 cu. ft. (3.9 cu. m), the volume factor of 0.072 must be used.

37.5 cu. ft. x 0.072 (volume factor) = 2.7 lbs. of agent

The next step is to increase the amount of agent if the minimum design concentration is greater than 34%. Referring to the lim-itations stated above, the minimum design concentration must be 50%.

Step No. 3 – Determine Adjusted Quantity of Agent Required – It is determined that a 50% design concentration isrequired. Based on the “Material Conversion Factors Chart” on Page 6-2, Figure 3, the conversion factor for 50% design con-centration is 1.6.

The adjusted quantity of agent required is determined by:

2.7 lbs. (agent quantity) x 1.6 (conversion factor) = 4.3 lbs. of agent required

Step No. 4 – Ventilation Requirements – This wet bench has 1000 CFM of air moving through it. The additional ventilationadjustment quantity is determined by:

Ventilation Adjustment Quantity = CFM x Volume Factor x Conversion Factor x Discharge Time in Minutes

1000 (CFM) x 0.072 (volume factor) x 1.6 (conversion factor) x .5 (discharge time) = 57.6 additional lbs. of agent required

Step No. 5 – Amount of Total Flooding Agent Required – Add the quantity of agent determined in Step Nos. 3 and 4.

4.3 lbs. + 57.6 lbs. = 61.9 lbs. required for total flooding system.

Step No. 6 – Determine Number of Nozzles Required – Based on the limitations stated above, the maximum spacing fortotal flooding wet bench nozzles is 8 ft.. This example hazard is 7.6 ft. (2.3 m) long, therefore one (1) nozzle is required. Basedon FM approval testing, the total flooding “D” nozzle should be mounted at the sidewall in the under bench area to dischargehorizontally. Additional nozzles are to be spaced no greater than 8 ft. (2.4 m) apart.

Total Wet Bench System RequirementsThe total quantity of agent required = 33.9 lbs. (local application) + 61.9 lbs. (total flooding) = 95.8 lbs. total.

Standard hydraulic calculations can now be performed to determine pipe sizes and nozzle orifice sizes.

NOTE: Verification shall be made from the hydraulic calculations that the minimum discharge nozzle pressure of 600 psi andthe flowrate as calculated for the specific height is achieved. A flowrate in excess of that calculated for the discharge nozzleheight may cause a splash hazard upon discharge of the carbon dioxide fire extinguishing system.

Installation Guidelines• Always use the “CR” D nozzle in corrosive type areas.*• Make certain blow off cap is in place on the installed nozzle. Use installation tool, Part No. 426206, for proper blow off cap

installation.• All piping joints (fittings) and piping located in the corrosive environment must be protected using extruded Teflon tubing

(TFE) or heat shrink tubing (TFE).• When using heat shrink tubing, make certain all exposed threads are covered.• If extruded Teflon or heat shrink tubing are not used, the recommended piping is stainless steel.• Follow all other installation piping requirements as stated in the Installation section of the Ansul Carbon Dioxide System

Design Manual. NOTE: Make certain all pipe and fittings are clean of any chips, oil, or dirt prior to installing.

InspectionInspection should be performed in accordance with the Ansul Carbon Dioxide System Design Manual and NFPA 12.

*FM APPROVAL OF THE (CR) “D” NOZZLE IS LIMITED TO NON-CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENTS.



1. PRODUCT NAMEAnsul Carbon Dioxide (CO2) FireSuppression System

2. MANUFACTURERAnsul IncorporatedOne Stanton StreetMarinette, WI 54143-2542Phone: (715) 735-7411FAX: (715) 732-3479

3. PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONThe Ansul Carbon Dioxide (CO2)

Fire Suppression System is an engi-neered system utilizing either afixed nozzle agent distribution net-work, hose reel(s), or a combinationof both. The system is UnderwritersLaboratories, Inc. (UL) listed,Factory Mutual (FM) approved, anddesigned in accordance with the lat-est revision of the National FireProtection Association (NFPA)Standard 12, ‘‘Carbon DioxideExtinguishing Systems.’’ When prop-erly designed, the carbon dioxidesystem will extinguish fire in ClassA, B, and C hazards by displacingthe air containing oxygen whichsupports combustion.

The system can be actuated bydetection and control equipment forautomatic system operation alongwith providing local and remote

manual operation as needed.Accessories are used to providealarms, delay discharge, ventilationcontrol, door closures, or other aux-iliary shutdown or functions.

Due to the method of extinguish-ment, personnel occupying areasprotected by carbon dioxide sys-tems must be evacuated prior to sys-tem discharge. For this reason, dis-charge time delays and alarms aremandatory for occupied hazards.Two or more hazard areas can beprotected with a single group ofagent storage containers (cylinders)by means of directional or selectorvalves.

A system installation and mainte-nance manual is available contain-ing information on system compo-nents and procedures concerningdesign, maintenance, and recharge.

The system is installed and ser-viced by authorized distributors thatare trained by the manufacturer.

Basic Use: The Ansul CarbonDioxide system is particularly usefulfor suppressing fires in hazardswhere an electrically non-conduc-tive medium is essential or desir-able; where clean-up of other agentspresents a problem; or where thehazard obstructions require the useof a gaseous agent. The followingare typical hazards protected by car-

bon dioxide systems:• Printing presses• Vaults• Open pits• Dip tanks• Spray booths• Ovens• Engine rooms• Coating machines• Process equipment• Hoods and ducts• Flammable gas or liquid storage

areas• Generators

Composition and Materials: Thebasic system consists of agent (CO2)stored in high strength alloy steelcylinders. Various types of actuators,either manual or automatic, areavailable for release of the agentinto the hazard area. The agent isdistributed and discharged into thehazard area through a network ofpiping and nozzles. Each nozzle isequipped with a fixed orificedesigned to deliver a uniform dis-charge to the protected area. Onlarge hazards, where three or morecylinders are required, a screwed orwelded pipe manifold assembly isemployed. The manifold assembly isconnected to each cylinder bymeans of a flexible discharge bendand check valve assembly.

Additional equipment includes:remote manual pull stations, cornerpulleys, door closures, pressuretrips, bells and sirens, transferswitches, time delays, pneumaticswitches, and weighing devices. Allor some are required when design-ing a total system.

CO2 Agent – Carbon dioxide is aneffective fire extinguishing agentthat can be used on many types offires. It is effective for surface fires,such as flammable liquids and mostsolid combustible materials. Itexpands at a ratio of 450 to 1 by vol-

SPECD

ATA®

This Spec-Data sheet conformsto editorial style prescribed byThe Construction SpecificationsInstitute. The manufacturer isresponsible for technical ac-curacy.

AN

SU

L®

AN

SU

L ®A

nsul IncorporatedFebruary 1991

FIRE

PRO

TECTIO

NC

arbon Dioxide Extinguishing System

s15

Ans

ul In

corp

orat

edFe

brua

ry 1

991

FIR

EPR

OTE

CTI

ON

Car

bon

Dio

xide

Ext

ingu

ishi

ng S

yste

ms

15

002690

The ten-point Spec-Data® format has been reproducedfrom publications copyrighted by CSI, 1964, 1965, 1966,1967, and used by permission of The ConstructionSpecifications Institute, Alexandria, VA 22314.

15300

ume. For fire suppression purposesthe discharge is designed to raise thecarbon dioxide concentration in thehazard. This displaces the air con-taining oxygen which supports com-bustion, and results in fire extin-guishment. Other attributes are itshigh degree of effectiveness, itsexcellent thermal stability, and free-dom from deterioration. It has a lowtoxicity classification by Under-writers Laboratories (Group 5a).

Cylinders – The cylinders are con-structed, tested, and marked inaccordance with applicable Dept.of Transportation (DOT) and theU.S. Bureau of Explosives specifica-tions.

Cylinder Assembly – The cylinderassembly is of steel constructionwith a red enamel or epoxy finish.Five sizes are available to meet spe-cific needs. Each is equipped with apressure seat-type CV90 valve. Thevalve is of forged brass and isattached to the cylinder providing aleak tight seal. The valve alsoincludes a safety pressure reliefdevice which provides relief at 2650to 3000 psi (18269 to 20682 kPa).Cylinder charging pressure is 850psi at 70 °F (5861 kPa at 21 °C) witha filling density of not more than68% of its water capacity. The cylin-ders are shipped with a mainte-nance record card and shipping capattached. The cap is attached to thethreaded collar on the neck of eachcylinder to protect the valve while intransit. The cylinder serial numberalong with the full and emptyweight capacities are stamped nearthe neck of each cylinder.

Electric Actuator – Electric actua-tion of an agent cylinder is accom-plished by an electric actuator inter-faced through an AUTOPULSE®

Control System. This actuator can beused in hazardous environmentswhere the ambient temperaturerange is between 0 °F and 130 °F(–18 °C and 130 °C). In auxiliary oroverride applications, a manualoverride valve actuator can beinstalled on top of the electric actu-ator. An arming tool is required toreset (arm) the electric actuator afteroperation.

Manual/Pneumatic Actuators –Several types of manual/pneumaticactuators are available for overridemanual/pneumatic actuation on theelectric actuator or direct manual/pneumatic actuation on the cylinder

valve. Manual actuation is accom-plished by pulling the hand lever onthe actuator. The lever design con-tains a forged mechanical detentwhich secures the lever in the openposition when actuated. A manual-local actuator is available to provideeither a manual or pneumaticmeans for a remote pressure releasefrom a remote pressure device.Direct manual actuation of thisactuator is accomplished by pullingthe ring pin and depressing the redpalm button on top of the actuator.

Detection System – TheAUTOPULSE Control System is usedwhere an automatic electronic con-trol system is required to actuate afixed carbon dioxide system. Thiscontrol system is used to control asingle fixed fire suppression oralarm system based on inputsreceived from fire detection devices.The detection circuits can be config-ured using cross, counting, indepen-dent or priority-zone (counting)concepts. The control system hasbeen tested to the applicable FCCRules and Regulations for Class AComputing devices.

Nozzles – Nozzles are designedto direct the discharge of carbondioxide in a liquid and gaseous stateusing the stored pressure from thecylinders. The system design speci-fies the orifice size to be used forproper flow rate and distributionpattern. The nozzle selectiondepends on the hazard and locationto be protected. Both low velocityand high velocity nozzles may beused for total flooding. Low velocitynozzles are generally used for directapplication to a flammable liquidfire. Both types of nozzles can beadapted for a specific hazard by siz-ing the orifice to achieve thedesigned flow rate and concentra-tion. Standard nozzles are paintedred or are natural brass, dependingon type. Optional chrome plating isalso available. All are corrosionresistant and, where the hazard war-rants, are equipped with blow-offcaps or sealing discs.

Limitations: The carbon dioxidesystem must be designed andinstalled within the guidelines of themanufacturer’s design, installation,recharge, and maintenance manual.The ambient temperature limitationsare 0 °F to 130 °F (–18 °C to 54 °C)for total flooding and 32 °F to 120 °F(0 °C to 49 °C) for local applica-

tions. All AUTOPULSE ControlSystems are designed for indoorapplications and for temperatureranges between 32 °F and 120 °F (0°C and 49 °C).

4. TECHNICAL DATAApplicable Standards: UL listed

under EX-2968; USCG approvedunder Approval No. 162.038/7/0;meets requirements of NFPAStandard 12 ‘‘Carbon DioxideExtinguishing Systems;’’ approvedby Factory Mutual ResearchCorporation; AUTOPULSE ControlSystem meets requirements of NFPA70 (Standard for National ElectricalCode) and NFPA 72 (Standard forProtective Signaling Systems).

5. INSTALLATIONAll system components and

accessories must be installed by per-sonnel trained by the manufacturer.All installations must be performedaccording to the guidelines stated inthe manufacturer’s design, installa-tion, recharge, and maintenancemanual.

6. AVAILABILITY AND COSTAvailability: The Ansul Carbon

Dioxide Systems are sold and ser-viced through an international net-work of independent distributorslocated in most states and many for-eign countries.

Cost: Cost varies with type of sys-tem specified, size, and design.

7. WARRANTYWarranty: The components of the

fire suppression system supplied byAnsul Incorporated (‘‘Ansul’’) arewarranted to you as the original pur-chaser for one year from the date ofdelivery against defects in work-manship and material. Ansul willreplace or repair any Ansul-suppliedcomponents, which, in its opinion,are defective and has not been tam-pered with or subjected to misuse,abuse, or exposed to highly corro-sive conditions provided that writtennotice of the alleged defect shallhave been given to Ansul within 30days after discovery thereof andprior to the expiration of one yearafter delivery, and further providedthat if Ansul so instructs, such articleor part thereof is promptly returnedto Ansul with shipping charges pre-paid.

Disclaimer of Warranty and

Limitation of Damage: The warrantydescribed above is the only onegiven by Ansul concerning this sys-tem. ANSUL MAKES NO OTHERWARRANTIES OF ANY KIND,WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESSFOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE.ANSUL’S MAXIMUM RESPONSI-BILITY FOR ANY CLAIMSWHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT,NEGLIGENCE, BREACH OF WAR-RANTY, OR STRICT LIABILITYSHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PUR-CHASE PRICE OF THE SYSTEM.UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCESSHALL ANSUL BE RESPONSIBLEFOR SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OFANY KIND. Ansul does not assumeor authorize any other person to

assume for it any additional liabilityin connection with the sale of thissystem.

For repairs, parts, and service ofthe Ansul fire suppression system,contact a local Ansul representative,or Ansul Fire Protection, Marinette,WI 54143-2542, (715) 735-7411.

8. MAINTENANCEMaintenance is a vital step in the

performance of a fire suppressionsystem. As such, it must be per-formed by an authorized Ansul dis-tributor in accordance with NFPA12 and the manufacturer’s design,installation, recharge, and mainte-nance manual. When replacingcomponents on the Ansul system,use only Ansul approved parts.

9. TECHNICAL SERVICESFor information on the proper

design and installation of the AnsulCarbon Dioxide System, contact alocal Ansul distributor. Ansul appli-cation engineering department isalso available to answer design andinstallation questions. Call Ansul at(715) 735-7411.

10. FILING SYSTEMSElectronic SPEC-DATA®

SPEC-DATA® IICarbon Dioxide Systems ManualAdditional product information

available upon request

ANSUL INCORPORATED, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90181 ©1991 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S.A.

2-91-2430

SECTION 15360CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Carbon Dioxide Fire Suppression System.

B. Related Sections:1. Section 13900 – Fire Suppression and Supervisory Systems.2. Section 16720 – Fire Alarm and Detection Systems.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):1. NFPA 12 – Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems.2. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code.3. NFPA 72 – Standard For Protective Signaling Systems.

B. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) – Fire Protection Equipment Directory.

C. Factory Mutual Insurance (FM) Approval Guide.

1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Design Requirements:1. Shall be the engineered type.2. Shall utilize [fixed nozzle agent distribution network.] [hose reel(s).] [combination of both fixed

nozzle agent distribution network and hose reel(s).]3. Shall be capable of automatic detection and [automatic] [remote manual] actuation.4. Additional equipment shall be available for fuel shut-off where required.

B. Performance Requirements:1. Shall be capable of extinguishing fire in Class A, B, and C hazards.2. CO2 agent shall dilute oxygen content of protected hazard to a point where it will not support

combustion.3. Detection system shall be tested to applicable FCC Rules and Regulations for Class ‘‘A’’ com-

puting devices.

Suitable for hazard areas such as printing presses, vaults, open pits, dip tanks, spray booths, ovens,engine rooms, coating machines, process equipment, hoods and ducts, flammable gas or liquidstorage areas, computer rooms/subfloors, generators, and other similar areas.

MANUSPEC

®

This Manu-Spec presents the manu-facturer’s suggested proprietaryspecification in conformance with theCSI 3-Part Section Format. The man-ufacturer is solely responsible forcontent and references.

SPEC-DATA® PROGRAMAN

SU

L®

AN

SU

L ®A

nsul IncorporatedFebruary 1991

FIRE

PRO

TECTIO

NC

arbon Dioxide Extinguishing

Systems

15A

nsul

Inco

rpor

ated

Febr

uary

199

1

FIR

EPR

OTE

CTI

ON

Car

bon

Dio

xide

Ext

ingu

ishi

ng S

yste

ms

15

The Manu-Spec® format has been reproduced from publicationscopyrighted by CSI and is herein used by permission of TheConstruction Specifications Institute, Alexandria, VA 22314. 15300

MANUFACTURER

Ansul IncorporatedOne Stanton StreetMarinette, WI 54143-2542Phone: (715) 735-7411FAX: (715) 732-3479

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit product data under provisions of Section [01300.] [01340.]

B. Shop Drawing: Submit drawings under provisions of Section [01300.] [01340.]

C. Quality Control Submittals:1. Design Data: Submit design calculations under provisions of Section [01300.] [01340.]2. Manufacturer’s Instructions: Submit manufacturer’s instructions for system maintenance and

recharge under provisions of Section [01300.] [01360.] [01700.] [01730.]

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Qualifications:1. Manufacturer: The manufacturer of the system components shall have a minimum of 10 years

experience in the manufacture and design of carbon dioxide fire suppression systems and relat-ed fire detection and control equipment.

2. Installer: The installer shall be authorized and trained by manufacturer to design, install, andmaintain carbon dioxide fire suppression systems.

B. Regulatory Requirements:1. Conform to [Applicable] [____________] building code for requirements specified herein.2. Codes and Permits: Conform to the local code requirements applicable to this section. Obtain

and pay any necessary permits prior to beginning work involved in this section.3. All system components must be UL listed as part of the manufacturer’s total system.4. All system components must be approved by Factory Mutual Insurance (FM).

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Acceptance at Site:1. Deliver materials to job site in sealed, original containers bearing the manufacturer’s labels.2. Materials arriving at site without labels, opened, damaged, or containing less material than

specified shall not be accepted for use.

B. Storage and Protection:1. Store, protect, and handle products at site under provisions of Section [01600.] [________.]2. Materials shall be stored in a well ventilated area at temperatures between 0 °F and 130 °F

(–18 °C and 54 °C).

1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Requirements:1. Carbon Dioxide System:

a. Total Flood System: 0 °F to 130 °F (–18 °C to 54 °C) ambient temperature range of pro-tected area.

b. Local Application: 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C) ambient temperature range of protectedarea.

2. AUTOPULSE® Control System:a. Indoor application only with 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C) ambient temperature range.

1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Coordinate work performed under this section with work specified in Section [13900.] [16720.][_____________.]

1.09 MAINTENANCE

A. Maintenance Service: Shall be provided by an authorized, factory trained representative in accor-dance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURER

A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Ansul Incorporated, One Stanton Street, Marinette, WI 54143-2542.

2.02 SYSTEM

A. Ansul Carbon Dioxide Fire Suppression System.

2.03 COMPONENTS

A. CO2 Agent:1. A clean, dry, non-corrosive, non-damaging, non-deteriorating chemical.

B. Cylinder:1. Constructed, tested, and marked in accordance with applicable Department of Transportation

(DOT) and U.S. Bureau of Explosives specifications.

C. Cylinder Assembly:1. Steel construction with a red enamel or epoxy finish available in five sizes, and equipped with

a pressure seat-type CV90 valve.2. Valve constructed of forged brass.3. Valve contains safety pressure relief device which provides relief at 2650 to 3000 psi (18269

to 20682 kPa).4. Cylinder charging pressure to be a minimum 850 psi at 70 °F (5861 kPa at 21 °C) with a filling

density of not more than 68% of its water capacity.5. Cylinder shipped with maintenance record card and shipping cap attached.6. Cylinder serial number, along with the full and empty weight capacities, stamped near neck of

cylinder.

D. Electric Actuator:1. Electrical actuation of agent cylinder to be accomplished by an electric actuator interfaced

through compatible control panel by system manufacturer.2. Actuator capable of being used in hazardous environments where ambient temperature range

is between 0 °F and 130 °F (–18 °C and 54 °C). An arming tool is required to reset the electricactuator after operation.

E. Manual/Pneumatic Actuator:1. Several types of manual/pneumatic actuators available for providing manual/pneumatic actua-

tion of cylinder valve. Manual actuation accomplished by pulling hand lever on the actuator.Pneumatic actuation accomplished by a remote pressure device.

F. Detection System:1. AUTOPULSE Control System used where an automatic electronic control system is required to

actuate a fixed carbon dioxide system.2. Used to operate a single fixed fire suppression or alarm system based on inputs received from

fire detection devices.3. Circuits to be configured using cross, counting, independent or priority-zone concepts.

G. Nozzles:1. Designed to direct discharge of carbon dioxide in a liquid or gaseous state.2. Orifice size determined by flow rate and system design required.3. Standard nozzles to be natural brass or painted red.4. Optional chrome plating available.5. All nozzles to be corrosion resistant and, if needed, equipped with blow-off caps or sealing

discs.

H. Distribution Piping:1. Meets requirements of ASTM [A53] [A106] specifications.2. Distribution lines up to 3/4 in. diameter shall be Schedule 40 seamless steel pipe, [black iron.]

[galvanized.]3. Distribution lines greater than 3/4 in. diameter shall be Schedule 80 seamless steel pipe, [black

iron.] [galvanized.]4. For pipe sizes up to 2 in. diameter, Class 300 [malleable] [ductile] iron fittings shall be used.

For pipe larger than 2 in. diameter, IPS and forged steel fittings shall be used.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verification of Conditions: The contractor shall verify that area being protected by carbon dioxidesystem meets requirements of NFPA 12.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. The contractor shall install system in accordance with manufacturer’s design, installation, recharge,and maintenance manual.

3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Tests: Field testing of system shall be conducted by personnel authorized and trained by themanufacturer.

3.04 DEMONSTRATION

A. Instruct owner’s personnel in the operation of [equipment] [system] under provisions of Section[01670.] [____________.]

3.05 SCHEDULES

A. System Component: Quality: Location:

________________________ ________________________ ________________________

________________________ ________________________ ________________________

________________________ ________________________ ________________________

END OF SECTION

Consult with the authority having jurisdiction or other qualified person for a recommendedformat.

Field testing can be waived by the authority having jurisdiction. Delete Article 3.03 if testing isnot required.

ANSUL INCORPORATED, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542 715-735-7411 Form No. F-90230 ©1991 Ansul Incorporated Litho in U.S.A.

2-91-2354

CARBON DIOXIDE

Carbon dioxide, as an extinguishing agent, has many desir-able properties. It will not damage equipment and leaves noresidue to be cleaned up. Since it is a gas, carbon dioxidewill penetrate and spread to all parts of the protectedhazard. It does not conduct electricity and, therefore, can beused on live electrical equipment. It can be effectively usedon most combustible material.

Carbon dioxide extinguishes fire by reducing the oxygenconcentration to a point where the atmosphere will nolonger support combustion. The carbon dioxide concentra-tion must be maintained for a sufficient period to allow themaximum temperature to be reduced below the auto-igni-tion temperature of the burning material. Carbon dioxide ismost effective against flammable liquid fires. For most flam-mable liquids, reduction of the oxygen concentration to 15%(from the normal 21%) will be sufficient to extinguish the fire.For Class A (wood, and paper) combustibles, a reduction to15% will control the fire. Some materials, such as acetyleneand ethylene oxide, require a greater reduction of oxygenconcentration for extinguishment. Still other materials, suchas cellulose nitrate and metal hydrides, which do not requireoxygen as they burn, cannot be extinguished by use ofcarbon dioxide.

PERSONNEL SAFETY

TYPES OF SYSTEMS

There are two basic types of systems: total flooding andlocal application.

Total Flooding

A total flooding system normally consists of a fixed supply ofcarbon dioxide connected to fixed piping with nozzles todirect the agent into an enclosed space about the hazard. Ina total flooding system, the space around the hazard mustbe tight enough to hold the required percentage of carbondioxide concentration long enough to extinguish the fire.

Local Application

A local application system consists of a fixed supply ofcarbon dioxide, piping, and nozzles to direct the agent at thehazard independent of any enclosure that may exist. Thenozzles are arranged to discharge the carbon dioxidedirectly onto the burning material.

TYPES OF ACTUATION

There are four basic types of actuation for carbon dioxidesystems: pneumatic, mechanical, electrical, and rate of rise(H.A.D.).

Pneumatic

Pneumatic actuation utilizes gas pressure from either aremote cartridge actuator or from a cartridge located in acontrol panel such as an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release. Apneumatic actuator is installed on top of the CV-90 cylindervalve. The gas pressure forces the piston of the pneumaticactuator down, which in turn forces the cylinder valve toopen, releasing the carbon dioxide from the cylinder,through the piping and out the nozzles.

On a CV-98 valve, a 1/4 in. actuation line is attached to the1/4 in. port on the side of the valve. Pneumatic pressurefrom the ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C or pilot cylinder opens thevalve through this port.

Mechanical

Mechanical actuation is accomplished by either alocal/manual override or a lever actuator mounted on top ofthe cylinder valve. By manually depressing the strike buttonon the local/manual override or rotating the lever on thelever actuator, the cylinder valve can be opened, allowingthe carbon dioxide to discharge through the piping andnozzles.

Section 46-19-98REV. 1

General Information

4-1

ANSUL

The discharge of carbon dioxide into an enclosed spacecan create a dangerous oxygen deficiency. It can alsoreduce visibility to a point where exits are difficult to locateby persons attempting to evacuate the area.

Any use of carbon dioxide in an occupied space shouldprovide for the prompt evacuation of personnel andresuscitation of anyone trapped in the hazard area. Timedelays, training, signs, alarms, and breathing apparatusshould be provided to the personnel involved.

CAUTION!

Section 4 – General Information6-19-98REV. 1

TYPES OF ACTUATION (Continued)

Electrical

Electrical automatic actuation of the CV-90 cylinder valve,through an approved control panel, can be accomplished byusing an HF electric actuator. Electrical automatic actuationof the CV-98 cylinder valve can be accomplished by using aCV-98 electrical actuator. NOTE: CV-98 and HF actuatorscannot be mixed on the same release circuit. Both styles ofactuator are energized by an electric signal from the detec-tion control panel. When using either style of electric actu-ator, pneumatic or mechanical actuating devices can alsobe attached as a secondary means of actuation.

Rate of Rise (H.A.D.)

Another type of automatic actuation can be accomplishedby the use of a heat actuated device (H.A.D.). This device isdesigned to sense abrupt changes in temperature causedby fire. This temperature rise causes a small increase inpressure in the pneumatic detection circuit which in turnactuates a mechanical device mounted on top of thecylinder valve.

TYPES OF DETECTION

There are three types of automatic detection available forcarbon dioxide systems. One type is pneumatic (H.A.D.),one type is electric (control panel), and the other type ismechanical (fusible link).

H.A.D. (Rate of Rise)

The H.A.D. detection system consists of a mechanical con-trol head mounted on the cylinder valve. Pneumatic tubingis run to a pneumatic detector. An increase in temperature ofthe air surrounding the detector will cause an increase inpressure in the pneumatic detection circuit, which in turn willcause the control head located on the cylinder valve toactuate the valve and release the carbon dioxide into thepiping network and out the discharge nozzles.

Electric

Electric operation of the carbon dioxide system is obtainedthrough the use of electronic control systems which monitorand control various system functions. Detection devicesavailable are: ionization smoke detectors, photoelectricsmoke detectors, fixed temperature detectors, rate-of-riseheat detectors, flame detectors, or combustible vapordetectors. When a detector senses a fire, a signal is sent tothe control panel. The panel in turn sends an electric signalto the actuator located on the cylinder valve. The actuatoropens the cylinder valve causing the carbon dioxide to bereleased into the piping network and discharged out thenozzles.

Mechanical (Fusible Link)

The mechanical detection system consists of a mechanicalrelease enclosure which houses the release mechanismand a nitrogen cartridge. The release mechanism is actu-ated when the fusible link wire rope network, normally undertension, is relaxed, due to the link separating because ofheat in the hazard area. When the link separates, therelease operates, puncturing the seal in the nitrogen car-tridge. This nitrogen pressure will then operate the pneu-matic actuator located on the cylinder valve. This will causethe carbon dioxide to be released into the piping networkand discharged out the nozzles.

4-2

One of the key elements for fire protection is to correctlydefine the hazard and choose the best application method.This section is divided into two sub-sections: ApplicationMethods and Hazard Analysis.

APPLICATION METHODS

Two types of approved application methods are availablewith the carbon dioxide system: total flooding and localapplication.

Total Flooding

Total flooding is defined as a system consisting of a fixedsupply of carbon dioxide permanently connected to fixedpiping, with fixed nozzles arranged to discharge carbondioxide into an enclosed space or enclosure about thehazard. The enclosure must be adequate to contain the dis-charge of agent to achieve the required carbon dioxide con-centration. Examples of this type of enclosure includerooms, vaults, and machine enclosures.

Local Application

Local application is defined as a system consisting of a fixedsupply of carbon dioxide permanently connected to asystem of fixed piping with nozzles arranged so as to dis-charge the agent directly into the fire. Local application sys-tems are used for the suppression of surface fires in flam-mable liquids, gases, and shallow solids where the hazardis not enclosed or where the enclosure does not conform tothe requirements for total flooding. Examples of hazardsthat may be successfully protected by local application sys-tems include dip tanks, quench tanks, oil-filled electrictransformer, etc. Local application systems are divided intotwo types: rate-by-area and rate-by-volume. Rate-by-areamethod of system design is used where the fire hazard con-sists primarily of flat surfaces or low-level objects associ-ated with horizontal surfaces. The rate-by-volume methodof system design is used where the fire hazard consists ofthree-dimensional irregular objects that cannot be easilyreduced to equivalent surface areas.

HAZARD ANALYSIS

A thorough hazard analysis is required to determine thetype and quantity of protection required. It is important tocover each element and accurately record the information.This information will be used to determine the size and typeof carbon dioxide system required and also to determine ata later date if any changes were made to the hazard after thesystem was installed. Record size of hazard, any obstruc-tions, unclosable openings, and anything else that wouldconcern system performance. Review each of the followingcriteria:

Hazard TypeBriefly describe the types of hazards being protected. If pro-tecting prefabricated booths or machines, record the manu-facturer model number and anything unique about thehazard.

Hazard DimensionsSketch hazard and record all pertinent dimensionsincluding all interior walls, location of doors and windows,and any permanent structures which may interfere withpiping or discharge pattern.

Unclosable OpeningsFor enclosures that have unclosable openings, the fol-lowing rules must be observed when total flooding:

For surface fires, such as occur with flammable liquids, thetotal area of unclosable openings must not exceed 3% ofthe volume of the enclosure. These unclosable openingsmust be compensated for by an additional quantity ofcarbon dioxide equal to the anticipated loss during a one-minute holding time.

If the hazard could result in a deep-seated fire, any openingthat cannot be closed at the time of extinguishment shall becompensated for by the addition of carbon dioxide equal involume to the expected leakage volume during the extin-guishing period. If leakage is appreciable, considerationshall be given to an extended discharge system.

Section 5

Planning

5-1

ANSUL

HAZARD ANALYSIS (Continued)

Unclosable Openings (Continued)

Openings leading to adjacent areas containing hazards canbe protected in several ways. The opening may beequipped with automatic closures operated by pressure tripdevices which close the openings upon system actuation.Or, screening nozzles may be installed at the opening areasto prevent fire from spreading through the opening to adja-cent areas. Any additional carbon dioxide required forscreening the opening must be adjusted if the temperaturesare outside the normal design range.

Types of Fires

Types of fires which can be extinguished by total floodingmay be divided into two categories: surface fires involvingflammable liquids, gases and solids, and deep-seated firesinvolving solids subject to smoldering. Local applicationsystems can be used only for surface fire protection.

SURFACE FIRES – Are the most common hazards particu-larly adaptable to extinguishment by total flooding systems.They are subject to prompt extinguishment when carbondioxide is quickly introduced into the enclosure in sufficientquantity to overcome leakage and provide an extinguishingconcentration for the particular materials involved.

DEEP-SEATED – For deep-seated fires, the required extin-guishing concentration shall be maintained for a sufficientperiod of time to allow the smoldering to be extinguishedand the material to cool to a point at which reignition will notoccur. The hazard should be inspected immediately after tomake certain extinguishment is complete. Cooking oils andgrease will require longer discharge.

Hazard Atmosphere

The carbon dioxide system can be used in most industrialenvironments. If the hazard is designed as explosion-proof,the control system, releasing devices and electric valveactuators (if not approved for hazardous environments)must be located away from the hazard area and the systemmust be remotely piped to the area. Only the detectors, dis-tribution piping, nozzles, or other nonelectrical parts may belocated in the hazard.

Hazardous Material

Carbon dioxide is an effective agent to suppress the fol-lowing types of fires:

CLASS A – SURFACE FIRES: These fires involve ordinarycombustible materials such as cloth, paper, rubber, andmany plastics.

CLASS B – FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND GAS FIRES –These fires involve such materials as oils, greases, tars, oil-based paints, lacquers, and gasoline. NOTE: Specific fuelmust be identified as it will determine total flood concentra-tion requirements.

CLASS C – ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTFIRES – Common Class C devices include control rooms,transformers, oil switches, circuit breakers, rotating equip-ment, pumps, and motors.

Carbon dioxide is NOT effective on the following types offires:

• Class D combustible metals such as sodium, potassium,magnesium, titanium, and zirconium.

• Chemicals containing their own oxygen supply, such ascellulose nitrate.

• Metal hydrides

Ventilation Considerations

The hazard ventilation system is very important when con-sidering total flooding application, but should also be con-sidered for local application. If possible, the ventilationsystem should be shut down and/or dampered before orsimultaneously with the start of the carbon dioxide dis-charge. If the ventilation system cannot be shut down, thevolume of air moved by the system during the dischargeperiod must be added to the enclosure volume if a totalflooding designed system is required.

Consider installing dampers wherever possible to restrictthe fire to the protected area and enhance the fire protec-tion.

Electrical Considerations

It is recommended that all electrical power sources associ-ated with the protected hazard be shut down before systemdischarge. This eliminates the potential of a fire being elec-trically-reignited.

In addition to the above, review the following statements:

LIVE UNINSULATED HIGH VOLTAGE WIRE – For min-imum clearances of live uninsulated high voltage wire, referto NFPA 12 “Electrical Clearances.’’ Reduced clearancecan result in line spikes being fed into the control system,releasing devices, or field wiring circuits.

120 VAC PRIMARY POWER SOURCE – Determine if a120 VAC primary power source is available for the controlsystem or releasing device operation. The control system orreleasing device requires an independent 120 VAC 50/60Hz circuit. System wiring must comply with all local codesand applicable NFPA Standards.

Section 5 – Planning

5-2

DISCHARGE TEST – Determine if a discharge test isrequired. A discharge test will require proper preparationand will affect your total cost estimate.

AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION – Contact the end-user or authority having jurisdiction to establish the require-ments for:

• Minimum/maximum detector spacing;

• Type of detection and control system that is acceptable;

• Final inspection or discharge test required;

• If reserve system is required;

• What audible and/or visual alarm devices may be required.

HAZARD ANALYSIS (Continued)

Temperature Range

The following temperature ranges must be determined andnoted to ensure proper placement and operation of thecarbon dioxide and detection control components:

HAZARD AREA –Determine the minimum and maximumtemperature of the hazard to be protected. This tempera-ture may be any temperature that the distribution piping anddetectors can withstand only if the agent tank, controlsystem, or accessories are located outside of the hazardarea.

For extreme temperature conditions, the following compen-sations must be made:

• If the enclosure temperature is above 200 °F (93 °C), thequantity of agent must be increased by 1% for each fivedegrees above 200° F (93 °C).

• If the temperature is below 0 °F (–18 °C), the agent quan-tity must be increased by 1% for each one degree below0 °F (–18 °C).

AGENT CYLINDER – The carbon dioxide cylinder must belocated in an area with a temperature range from 0 °F to130 °F (–18 °C to 54 °C).

DETECTION/CONTROL SYSTEM –The detection/controlsystem must be located in an area with a temperature rangefrom 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C).

Other Factors That Influence System Planning

The following additional factors require consideration toperform a thorough hazard analysis:HANDICAPPED PERSONNEL – Care should be taken thatproper signs and visual devices are placed so all personnelare aware that the system has been activated.RESPONSE TIME OF FIREFIGHTING SERVICE –Establish the maximum time required for firefighting serviceto respond to an alarm. This information can be used todetermine if a reserve system is required. The reservesystem can provide a second discharge in the event of a firereflash.RESERVE SYSTEM – If a reserve carbon dioxide system isrequired, determine if it should be permanently connected,or unconnected and located on the premises. The additionof a connected or unconnected reserve system will add toyour job cost estimate.CYLINDER AND ACCESSORY LOCATION – Establish alocation that is acceptable with the end-user and verify thefollowing:• Temperature range is acceptable;• Piping limitations are not exceeded;• Components are not subject to damage or vandalism.


5-3


5-4

NOTES:

After completing the hazard analysis sub-section inSection 5, Planning, proceed with the following ele-ments to work up a complete design and bill of materials.

APPLICATION METHOD

Choose one of the following approved applicationmethods. Depending on the hazard, it may be nec-essary to combine different application methods on thetotal system.

Total Flooding

HAZARD VOLUME – Determine the hazard volume byphysically measuring the enclosure and calculating itsvolume. Make a sketch noting any permanent installa-tions that would affect the flow of the agent into theenclosure or affect piping installation. Note any partiallyenclosed areas that require special consideration toensure complete flooding of the space. NFPA 12 states“in figuring the net cubic capacity to be protected, dueallowance may be made for permanent nonremovableimpermeable structures materially reducing thevolume.’’

CALCULATING % OF UNCLOSABLE OPENING – Thetotal area of unclosable openings must not exceed 3% ofthe total hazard area. To calculate the percent ofunclosable opening, first total the surface area of thehazard walls, floor, and ceiling. Then total the area of allthe unclosable openings. Once both totals have beenrecorded, divide the total area of all openings by the totalarea of the hazard and then multiply that number by 100.

Total Unclosable Opening Area divided by Total HazardArea x 100 = % of Unclosable Openings.

The number arrived at will be the percentage ofunclosable openings. If the number is above 3%,arrangements must be made to close some of theopenings upon discharge of the system.

AGENT QUANTITY – The quantity of agent required forextinguishment is dependent upon whether the fire is asurface-type or deep-seated.

• Surface Fires: It is assumed that extinguishment willoccur as soon as the necessary concentration isachieved. Minimum design concentration for manycommon flammable liquids are given in Figure 1.For materials not listed in this table, values must beobtained from a recognized source or obtained bytesting. The minimum design concentration used forany hazard must not be less than 34%.

Minimum Carbon Dioxide Concentrations ForExtinguishment

Theoretical MinimumMin. CO2 Design CO2Concen- Concen-

Material tration (%) tration (%)

Acetylene 55 66Acetone 27* 34Aviation Gas Grades 30 36115/145

Benzol, Benzene 31 37Butadiene 34 41Butane 28 34Butane-1 31 37Carbon Disulfide 60 72Carbon Monoxide 53 64Coal or Natural Gas 31* 37Cyclopropane 31 37Diethyl Ether 33 40Dimethyl Ether 33 40Dowtherm 38* 46Ethane 33 40Ethyl Alcohol 36 43Ethyl Ether 38* 46Ethylene 41 49Ethylene Dichloride 21 34Ethylene Oxide 44 53Gasoline 28 34Hexane 29 35Higher Paraffin 28 34HydrocarbonsCm H2m + 2m - 5

Hydrogen 62 75Hydrogen Sulfide 30 36Isobutane 30* 36Isobutylene 26 34Isobutyl Formate 26 34JP-4 30 36Kerosene 28 34Methane 25 34Methyl Acetate 29 35Methyl Alcohol 33 40Methyl Butene – I 30 36Methyl Ethyl Ketone 33 40Methyl Formate 32 39Pentane 29 35Propane 30 36Propylene 30 36Quench Lube Oils 28 34

NOTE: The theoretical minimum extinguishing concentrations in air for the above materialswere obtained from a compilation of Bureau of Mines Limits of Flammability of Gasesand Vapors (Bulletins 503 and 627). Those marked with * were calculated fromaccepted residual oxygen values.

FIGURE 1

6-1

Section 6

Design

ANSUL

Section 6 – DesignREV. 1

6-2

APPLICATION METHOD (Continued)

Total Flooding (Continued)

Because some carbon dioxide escapes from theenclosure with the displaced air, the actual amount ofagent required is greater than the theoretical amount.For example, to achieve a carbon dioxide concentrationof 34% would ideally require about one pound of carbondioxide per 26 cubic feet of space. However, in actualpractice, one pound of carbon dioxide is required per 22cubic feet of space to achieve 34% concentration.

For enclosures of less than 50,000 cubic feet, theminimum quantities of agent and volume factors given inFigure 2 must be adhered to.

Volume Factors

Volume of Volume Factor CalculatedSpace (cu. ft. (cu. ft. (lb. CO2 Quantity (lb.)inclusive) lb. CO2) cu. ft.) Not Less Than

Up to 140 14 .072 –141 - 500 15 .067 10501 - 1600 16 .063 351601 - 4500 18 .056 1004501 - 50000 20 .050 250Over 50000 22 .046 2500

FIGURE 2

The higher concentration achieved from using this tableis based on the assumption that the leakage from asmall enclosure will be greater on a volumetric basis,than from a large enclosure. If the minimum design con-centration is greater than 34% for the hazard, thevolume factor must be multiplied by the material con-version factor listed in Figure 3 to achieve the requiredgreater concentration.

Material Conversion Factors

FIGURE 3001858

Special conditions that may occur must be compen-sated for as follows:

– For ventilating systems that cannot be shut down,additional carbon dioxide shall be added to the spacethrough the regular distribution system in an amountcomputed by dividing the volume moved during theliquid discharge period by the flooding factor. Thisshall be multiplied by the material conversion factorwhen the design concentration is greater than 34percent.

– For extreme temperature conditions, the followingcompensations must be made:

If the enclosure temperature is above 200 °F (93 °C),the quantity of agent must be increased by 1% foreach five degrees above 200 °F (93 °C).

If the temperature is below 0 °F (–17 °C), the agentquantity must be increased by 1% for each onedegree below 0 °F (–17 °C).

To calculate the minimum agent quantity required for atotal flooding surface fire, complete the following steps:

1. Refer to Figure 1 to determine the correct designconcentration for the type of hazard material.Example: A 4500 cubic ft. hazard contains barrels ofJP-4 fuel. Referring to the table, JP-4 fuel requires acarbon dioxide concentration of 36%.

2. Refer to the “Volume Factors” in Figure 2. Using thepreviously calculated hazard volume, determine therequired amount of carbon dioxide by dividing thehazard volume (in cubic feet) by the Volume Factorfor cu. ft./lb. CO2 (or multiply by lb. CO2/cu. ft.) deter-mined in the table. Example: The sample hazard hasa volume of 4500 cubic feet. Dividing 4500 cubic feetby 18 (volume factor) equals 250 lbs. of carbon dio-xide required. If the sample hazard material had re-quired a design concentration of 34%, no additionalcalculation steps would be required to determine totalquantity of carbon dioxide. Because the examplehazard requires 36% design concentration, an addi-tional step must be completed to determine amount ofcarbon dioxide required. Continue with Step 3.

3. For materials requiring a design concentrationgreater than 34%, refer to Figure 3. After determiningthe amount of carbon dioxide required in Step 2, cal-culate the new amount required by following thegraph in this figure. Example: The sample hazardcontains JP-4 fuel. This fuel requires a design con-centration of 36%. Find 36% on the bottom of thegraph. Follow the line up until it intersects with thecurved line. At that point, read across to the left todetermine the conversion factor. In this case, theconversion factor is 1.1 on the left side of the graph.To complete the calculation, multiply the quantity ofcarbon dioxide determined in Step 2 (250 lbs.) by theconversion factor of 1.1 which equals 275. There-fore, 275 lbs. is the required amount of carbondioxide needed for this sample hazard.

MINIMUM DESIGN CO2 CONCENTRATION – %

CO

NV

ER

SIO

NF

AC

TO

R

6-3


FIGURE 4 001859

•Deep-Seated Fires: For deep-seated fires, the con-centration of agent must be maintained for a sub-stantial period of time, but not less than 20 minutes, toassure extinguishment. This consideration demandsthat the enclosure be relatively leak proof. Any leakagemust be given careful consideration. The agent con-centration is dependent upon the type of combustiblematerial present. See Figure 5 to determine the correctflooding factors for deep-seated fires.

Flooding Factors For Specific Hazards (Deep Seated)

Flooding FactorDesign (cu. (lb. Concen- ft./lb. CO2/trations % CO2 cu. ft.) Specific Hazard

50 10 .100 Dry electric,wiringinsulation hazardsin general. Spaces 0-2000 cu ft.

50 12 .083 Spaces greaterthan 2000 cu ft.

65 8 .125 Record (bulk paper)storage, ducts, andcovered trenches

75 6 .166 Fur storage vaults,dust collectors

FIGURE 5



After calculating the minimum amount of carbon dioxiderequired, add to it any additional carbon dioxide neededto compensate for loss through openings, extreme tem-perature ranges, etc., as stated in the beginning of thissection.

To determine the additional amount of CO2 required tocompensate for the loss through the unclosableopenings, refer to Figure 4. Determine the height fromthe top of the hazard down to the center of theunclosable opening.

Find this dimension on the bottom line of the chart. Readup the chart to the diagonal line representing the % ofCO2 being designed for. At that intersect point, read tothe left to determine the leakage rate in lbs. of CO2 perminute per sq. ft. of opening.

Finally, multiply this number by 1/2 of the sq. ft. area ofthe unclosable opening. This will now give the additionalamount of CO2 required which must be added to theprevious total. Remember, use only 1/2 of the totalopening area since it is presumed that fresh air will enterthrough one-half of the opening and the protective gaswill exit through the other half.

The following example will help understand this calcu-lation:

– Based on the previous example requiring 275 lbs. ofCO2, now assume that the hazard has one unclosableopening of 2 ft. x 3 ft. This is an area of 6 sq. ft. Thecenter of the opening is 8 ft. down from the ceiling ofthe hazard. The JP-4 fuel requires a carbon dioxideconcentration of 36%. Referring to the chart in Figure4, find 8 ft. on the bottom line. Follow up the line until itintersects approximately 36% on the diagonal line.Reading over to the left gives a leakage rate of approx-imately 20 lbs. per min. per sq. ft. of opening. Now mul-tiply 20 lbs. x 3 sq. ft. (1/2 the total opening area) = 60lbs. 60 lbs. of additional CO2 must now be added to theoriginal amount of 275 lbs. for a new total of 335 lbs.

Feet Height of Atmosphere Above Center of Opening1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100

Leak

age

Rat

e in

lbs.

CO

2/m

in./s

q. ft

.

10090807060

50

40

30

20

109876

5

4

3

2

1

For SI Units1 ft. = 0.302 m

1 lb./min./ft.2 = 4.89 kg/min./m2

100% CO 2

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

Section 6 – Design

6-4

When locating the nozzles, draw a sketch of the hazardand place the location of the nozzles on it. Dimensionthe location of the nozzles from the walls or major com-ponents in the hazard area. These locations and dimen-sions will be used later to determine piping lengths andnumber of fittings.

NOZZLE TYPE – Again, there is no exact science whenchoosing a nozzle for total flooding. Some style nozzlesare better suited for certain type of hazards than others.Listed below are the styles of available total floodingnozzles and a short description of their discharge char-acteristics and possible usage:

• A or D Type Nozzle – Produces a soft discharge.Generally used in sub-floor areas where a too strong ofdischarge would drive the carbon dioxide out of thearea.

• Sealed Type Nozzle – Sealed to prevent dirt or vaporsfrom getting into the piping network. Generally used inducts, hoods, or enclosed machinery spaces.

• Regular Type Nozzle – Produces a high velocity spraytype pattern. Generally used in ducts and smallenclosed hazards.

• Baffle Type Nozzle – Fan shape pattern. Spreadsagent rapidly. Most commonly used nozzle for roomsand enclosed spaces. Usually mounted near ceiling.

EXTENDED RATE OF APPLICATION – Where leakageis appreciable and the design concentration must beobtained quickly and maintained for an extended periodof time, carbon dioxide provided for leakage compen-sation may be applied at a reduced rate using smallorifice nozzles.

• This type of system is particularly applicable toenclosed rotating electrical apparatus, such as gener-ators, motors, and convertors, but it may also be usedon ordinary total flooding applications where suitable.

The minimum design concentration shall be obtainedwithin the limits specified below:

• For surface fires, the design concentration shall beachieved within 1 minute.

• If a part of the hazard is to be protected by totalflooding, the discharge rate for the total floodingportion shall be computed by dividing the quantityrequired for total flooding by the factor 1.4 and by thetime of the local application discharge in minutes.

• For deep-seated fires, the design concentration shallbe achieved within 7 minutes, but the rate shall be notless than that required to develop a concentration of 30percent in 2 minutes.



Special situations must be given the same considera-tions previously mentioned under “special conditions,”Page 6-2. If the agent concentration must be maintainedfor an extended period of time, the agent discharge timemust be increased accordingly to maintain the minimumconcentration required.

For unusually tight enclosures, venting may be requiredto prevent a dangerous buildup of pressure within theenclosure. Small leaks in normal enclosures have beenfound to provide adequate venting in most cases.

To calculate the minimum agent quantity required for adeep-seated fire, complete the following steps:

1. Refer to Figure 5 to determine the correct design con-centration for the type of material being protected.Example: 4000 cubic foot fur storage vault is beingprotected. This requires a concentration of 75%.

2. Again, referring to Figure 5, note the correct “FloodingFactor” to use for the type of material being protected.In this example, the correct flooding factor for a furstorage vault is 6.

3. To determine the required amount of carbon dioxideneeded, divide the total hazard volume by the floodingfactor volume. Example: The total hazard volume ofthis example is 4000 cubic feet. The required floodingfactor is 6. Therefore, 4000 divided by 6 equals 667lbs. of carbon dioxide required to protect this hazard.

After calculating the minimum amount of carbon dioxiderequired, add to it any additional amount needed to com-pensate for loss through openings, extreme tempera-tures, ventilating systems, etc., as stated in thebeginning of this section.

NUMBER OF NOZZLES – There is no exact sciencewhen it comes to placing discharge nozzles in a hazardarea. Some of the rules that should be followed are:

• 20 ft. maximum spacing between nozzles – totalflooding only

• Not more than 10 ft. from a wall or major obstruction –total flooding only

• Try not to locate the nozzle near an unclosableopening – unless using for screening

• Make certain nothing interferes with the dischargepattern of the nozzle

• Make certain the nozzle is not located so that it causesunduly splash of flammable liquids or creates dustclouds that might extend the fire, create an explosion,or otherwise adversely affect the contents of theenclosure.

6-5


DETERMINE NOZZLE PLACEMENT – Local appli-cation carbon dioxide fire suppression systems employoverhead type nozzles. Each nozzle is rated for a spe-cific flow rate at a given height over the protectedsurface. The nozzle is also rated to protect a specificsquare area based on a side-of-square dimension at agiven height and flow rate. The overhead nozzles arenot restricted to placement exactly perpendicular to thesurface they are protecting. These nozzles may beinstalled at angles between 45° and 90° (perpendicular)from the plane of the hazard surface. See Figure 6 and7. The following chart lists the aiming factors for angularplacement of nozzles, based on a 6-inch freeboard.

Discharge Angle (1) Aiming Factor (2)45° - 59° 1/460° - 74° 1/4 - 3/875° - 89° 3/8 - 1/290° (Perpendicular) 1/2 (Center)

(1) Degrees from plane of hazard surface(2) Fractional amount of nozzle coverage side-of-square

FIGURE 6001860

FIGURE 7001861



The extended rate of discharge shall be sufficient tomaintain the minimum concentration.

For enclosed rotating electrical equipment, a minimumconcentration of 30% shall be maintained for the decel-eration period, but not less than 20 minutes.

HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS – For estimating pur-poses, see Figure 18 to approximately determine thesize of piping required for carbon dioxide discharge.Consult your piping sketch and determine flow rate andapproximate pipe sizes. These pipe sizes are not to beused for final hydraulic system design. The designermust have knowledge of and access to the ANSULANSCALC Version 2.0 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONPROGRAM. See Appendix section of this manual.

Local Application

DISCHARGE TIME – The discharge time for local appli-cation systems is a minimum of 30 seconds. Thisapplies to normal fuels such as quench oil. When pro-tecting fuels with an auto-ignition point below its boilingpoint, such as paraffin wax or cooking oils, the effectivedischarge time is increased to 3 minutes. This increaseis to permit cooling of the fuel to prevent reignition.

RATE OF DISCHARGE – Nozzle discharge rates shallbe determined by either the area method or the volumemethod:

• The area method of system design is used where thefire hazard consists of flat surfaces or low level objectsassociated with horizontal surfaces.

• The volume method of system design is used wherethe fire hazard consists of three-dimensional irregularobjects that cannot be easily reduced to equivalentsurface areas.

NOTE: Distance “X” and the flow rate are the same in both cases; only the aiming point for thenozzle changes.

Local Application Nozzle Ranges

Local Application Nozzle Ranges

90° 60°X IN.

X IN.

MOST COMMONLY USED

PROTECTED SURFACE

6MD

“A”

“D”

CONE

42 IN. MIN.(106.6 cm)

72 IN.MAX.(182.8 cm)

91 1/2 IN.MAX.(232.4 cm)

108 IN.MAX.(274.3 cm)

132 IN.MAX.(335.2 cm)

144 IN.MAX.(365.7 cm)

120 IN.MAX.(304.8 cm)

18 IN. MIN.(45.7 cm)

15 IN. MIN.(38.1 cm)

36 IN. MIN.(91.4 cm)

6MDL

LL

L4

L2


6-6

“D” Nozzle

UL FM Side of SquareHeight Flow Rate Liquid Wetted(in.) (lb./min.) (ft.) (ft.)15 11.0 11.0 1.58 1.8718 12.5 12.8 1.71 2.0021 14.3 14.6 1.85 2.1724 16.0 16.4 1.97 2.3227 17.5 18.2 2.11 2.5130 19.0 20.0 2.24 2.6533 20.5 21.8 2.24 2.6536 22.0 23.6 2.24 2.6539 23.3 25.4 2.24 2.6542 24.7 26.0 2.24 2.6545 26.0 26.6 2.24 2.6548 27.5 27.2 2.24 2.6551 29.0 27.8 2.24 2.6554 30.5 28.4 2.24 2.6557 32.0 29.0 2.24 2.6560 33.5 30.7 2.24 2.6563 35.0 32.4 2.24 2.6566 36.5 34.1 2.24 2.6569 38.0 35.8 2.24 2.6572 39.5 37.5 2.24 2.6575 40.8 39.2 2.24 2.6578 42.2 40.9 2.24 2.6581 43.6 42.6 2.24 2.6584 45.0 44.3 2.24 2.6587 46.4 46.0 2.24 2.6590 47.8 47.7 2.24 2.6591 1/2 48.5 48.5 2.24 2.65NOTE: These tables shall not be extrapolated beyond the upper or lower limits shower.

FIGURE 9


Local Application (Continued)

The nozzle height above the hazard will determine flowrate and number of nozzles required, therefore, basedon what the hazard configuration will allow, place thenozzles as close to the hazard as possible. This will thenallow for the least number of nozzles and the least totalamount of agent.

DETERMINE NOZZLE TYPE – Figure 8 through Figure12 show the overhead nozzle ratings for flow rate andside-of-square for specific heights above the surfacebeing protected. For liquid or wetted surfaces, (rate byarea) 6 in. Multi-Discharge, Type "A", Type "D", or Conenozzles are normally used. For rate by volume, the 6 in.Multi-Discharge is normally used. Be sure to compareall nozzles and choose the most efficient one.

“A” NozzleUL FM

Flow Side of Flow Side ofRate Square Rate Square

Height (lb./ Liquid Wetted (lb./ Liquid Wetted(in.) min.) (ft.) (ft.) min.) (ft.) (ft.)18 14.0 1.58 1.87 13.7 1.58 1.8721 16.0 1.70 2.00 15.5 1.73 2.0524 18.0 1.82 2.15 17.2 1.88 2.2127 19.9 1.91 2.27 19.0 2.03 2.3930 21.7 2.02 2.40 20.7 2.07 2.4533 23.6 2.13 2.51 22.5 2.12 2.5136 26.0 2.24 2.65 24.3 2.16 2.5739 27.5 2.32 2.74 26.0 2.21 2.6342 29.5 2.40 2.85 28.3 2.25 2.6645 31.4 2.48 2.95 33.7 2.25 2.6648 33.0 2.57 3.03 38.0 2.25 2.6651 35.1 2.64 3.13 39.4 2.25 2.6654 37.0 2.72 3.23 40.9 2.25 2.6657 38.9 2.80 3.30 42.3 2.44 2.9060 41.0 2.88 3.41 43.8 2.63 3.1163 42.8 2.96 3.51 45.2 2.81 3.3364 1/2 44.0 3.00 3.55 45.9 2.90 3.4466 44.8 3.00 3.55 46.6 3.00 3.5569 46.6 3.00 3.55 48.1 3.00 3.5572 48.5 3.00 3.55 49.5 3.00 3.55

NOTE: These tables shall not be extrapolated beyond the upper or lower limits shown.

FIGURE 8




CONE NOZZLE

UL/FM Side of SquareHeight Flow Rate Liquid Wetted(in.) (lb./min.) (ft.) (ft.)42 21.0 2.47 2.9145 26.5 2.67 3.16 48 31.5 2.86 3.39 51 37.0 3.03 3.5954 41.5 3.20 3.7857 46.5 3.36 3.9760 51.5 3.51 4.1463 57.0 3.65 4.31 66 62.0 3.80 4.4869 67.0 3.92 4.6372 72.0 4.05 4.7875 77.0 4.17 4.9478 82.0 4.29 5.0881 87.0 4.41 5.2384 92.0 4.53 5.3687 97.0 4.64 5.4990 102.0 4.75 5.6193 107.0 4.85 5.7596 112.5 4.96 5.8699 117.0 4.98 5.89102 122.0 5.00 5.91105 127.0 5.00 5.91108 132.0 5.00 5.91

Note: These tables shall not be extrapolated beyond the upper or lower limits shown.

FIGURE 10

6MD Nozzle

UL/FM Side of SquareHeight Flow Rate Liquid Wetted(in.) (lb./min.) (ft.) (ft.)36 28.5 2.26 2.6639 31.0 2.32 2.7442 33.0 2.38 2.8145 35.5 2.43 2.8848 38.0 2.49 2.9551 40.0 2.55 3.0254 42.5 2.61 3.0857 45.0 2.66 3.1560 47.0 2.72 3.2163 49.5 2.77 3.2866 52.0 2.83 3.3569 54.0 2.88 3.4172 56.5 2.93 3.4675 58.5 2.98 3.5278 61.0 3.03 3.5981 63.5 3.08 3.6584 66.0 3.13 3.7087 68.0 3.18 3.7690 70.5 3.23 3.8193 73.0 3.27 3.8796 75.5 3.32 3.9299 77.0 3.36 3.97

102 79.5 3.40 4.02105 82.0 3.43 4.06108 84.5 3.47 4.11111 86.5 3.53 4.18114 89.0 3.53 4.18117 91.5 3.53 4.18120 94.0 3.53 4.18123 96.0 3.53 4.18126 98.0 3.53 4.18129 100.5 3.53 4.18132 103.0 3.53 4.18NOTE: These tables shall not be extrapolated beyond the upper or lower limits shown.

FIGURE 116MDL Nozzle

UL/FM Side of SquareHeight Flow Rate Liquid Wetted(in.) (lb./min.) (ft.) (ft.)120 86.0 3.39 4.01123 89.0 3.48 4.11126 91.5 3.56 4.22129 94.0 3.64 4.31132 97.0 3.71 4.39135 100.0 3.80 4.48138 102.5 3.88 4.58141 105.0 3.95 4.67144 108.0 4.02 4.76NOTE: These tables shall not be extrapolated beyond the upper or lower limits shown.

FIGURE 12

6-7


6-8

SAMPLE PROBLEMS –The following two sampleproblems, rate by area, and rate by volume, are struc-tured to lead you, step by step, through each of therequired areas for designing a local application system.

• Rate by area: A typical dip tank (9 ft. long x 3 ft. wide)and drainboard (6 ft. long x 3 ft. wide) is to be pro-tected by means of a local application carbon dioxidesystem. The parts to be dipped are fed into the diptank by means of an overhead conveyor system.Attached to the dip tank is a drainboard to reclaim anyexcess from the dripping operation. To allow for main-tenance to the conveyor, tank, or drain, the customerrequests that the overhead nozzles be placed nocloser than 30 inches from the surface being pro-tected. Since the conveyor system runs along thecenter line of the dip tank and drain, the conveyor mayinterfere with the effectiveness of overhead nozzlesplaced directly over the protected surface. Thesolution to the problem, then, is to place overheadnozzles on either side of the conveyor and orientatethem by means of the Aiming Factor Chart, Figure 7.This orientation of the nozzles will not affect the agentquantity required, but merely provide an aiming pointon the protected surface for installation purposes.

Once the placement of the nozzles have been deter-mined, the nozzle type and number is required.

Referring to the Nozzle Range Table, Figure 8, it isnoted that both the “A” Type and the “D” Type nozzlewill permit placement in a range that is acceptable forthe sample problem.

It should be noted that even though all the overheadnozzles meet the criteria of the example problem, thefurther the nozzle is from the hazard surface, thehigher the flow rate must be; and, therefore, moreagent is require.

The following table compares the “A” and “D” Typenozzles for the liquid surface protection of the diptank:

Side-of TotalNozzle Height Flow Rate Square Number FlowType (in.) (lb./min.) (ft.) Required* (lb./min.)“A” 30 21.7 2.02 10 217“D” 30 19.0 2.24 8 152

*Number Required = Linear Length x Linear WidthSide-Of-Square Side-Of-Square



DETERMINE NUMBER OF NOZZLES – The number ofnozzles required is based on the length and width of thehazard area. After the type of nozzle has been chosenand the height above the hazard has been determined,refer to the appropriate figure (Figures 8-12) for thatnozzle and record the listed “side-of-square.” Then, usethe following formula to determine total number ofnozzles required:

Number ofNozzles Required = Linear Length x Linear Width

Side-Of-Square Side-Of-Square

AGENT QUANTITY – In the case of local applicationtype carbon dioxide fire suppression systems, only theliquid portion of the discharge is considered effective.The calculated quantity of agent, then, shall always beincreased by 40%. This is done through the use of a mul-tiplier with a value of 1.4 (140%).The agent quantity formula is as follows:

Amount of Agent Required = Number of Nozzles x Flow Rate

Per Nozzle x 1.4 x DischargeTime Required

The number of cylinders required is obtained by dividingthe total pounds of agent required by the size of theagent storage container to be used and then roundingthe result up to the next whole number.

6-9


Wetted Surfaces = 6 “D” Nozzles x 19.0 lbs./min./Quantity nozzle x 1.4 x .05 minutes.

= 79.8 lbs. of carbon dioxide required

Total Agent = 106.4 lbs. + 79.8 lbs. = 186.2Required Total lbs.

Using 100 lb. cylinders.

Number of = Agent Required = 186.2 lbs. = 2-100 lb.Cylinders Cylinder Size 100 lb./cyl. cylinders

Since the agent supply is larger than required, the dis-charge time will be somewhat greater than 30 seconds.

NOTICEDo not increase flow rate as this maycause splashing of fuel.

Another type of local application system is the rate byvolume method. This type should be considered whenthe fire hazard consists of three-dimensional irregularobjects that cannot be easily reduced to equivalentsurface areas.

Rate by volume (assumed enclosure): When attemptingto design a system using this approach, several factorsmost be considered:

• The total discharge rate of the system shall be basedon the volume of an assumed enclosure entirely sur-rounding the hazard.

• The assumed enclosure shall be based on an actualclosed floor unless special provisions are made totake care of bottom conditions, such as local appli-cation or rate by area design applied from underneath.

• The assumed walls and ceiling of the enclosure shallbe at least 2 ft. from the main hazard unless actualwalls are involved and shall enclose all areas of pos-sible leakage, splashing, or spillage.

• No reduction shall be made for solid objects within thevolume.

• A minimum dimension of 4 ft. shall be used in calcu-lating the volume of the assumed enclosure.

• If the hazard may be subject to winds or forced drafts,the assumed volume shall be increased to com-pensate for losses on the windward sides.

• The total discharge rate for the basic system shall beequal to 1 lb./min./cu. ft. of assumed volume.



With this comparison, it can easily be seen that of thetwo types of nozzles, the “D” type nozzle will provide theprotection required with the fewest number of nozzlesand the least amount of agent.

For the liquid surface of the dip tank, the “D” typenozzle at a height of 30 in. will protect an area having aside-of-square of 2.24 feet. The number required toprotect the dip tank is:

Number Required = Linear Length x Linear WidthSide-Of-Square Side-Of-Square

= 9.0 ft. x 3.0 ft.2.24 ft. 2.24 ft.

= 4.0 x 1.34= 4 x 2= 8 "D" Nozzles at 30 in. and

19.0 lb./min.flow rate each.

For the wetted surface of the drainboard, the “D” typenozzle at a height of 30 in. will protect an area having aside-of-square of 2.65 feet. The number required toprotect the drainboard is:

Number Required = Linear Length x Linear WidthSide-Of-Square Side-Of-Square

= 6.0 ft. x 3.0 ft.2.65 ft. 2.65 ft.

= 2.26 x 1.13= 3 x 2= 6 "D" Nozzles at 30 in. and

19.0 lb./min. flow rate each.

Now that the type, number and flow rate of each nozzlehas been determined, the quantity of agent may now becalculated.

It should again be noted that only the liquid portion ofthe discharge is considered effective. The quantity ofagent must, therefore, be increased by 40%. To do this,the calculation includes a multiplier of 1.4 (140%).

Also, the discharge time for local application systemsprotecting hazards containing normal fuels shall be aminimum of 30 second (0.5 minutes).

Given the above parameters the following calculationsfor agent quantity can be made:

Quantity of Agent = Number of Nozzles x Flow Rateper Nozzle x 1.4 x Discharge Time

Liquid Surface = 8 “D” Nozzles x 19.0Quantity lbs./min./nozzle x 1.4 x .05

minutes.


6-10

The next step is to determine the total amount of carbondioxide required. This is done by multiplying the totalvolume x the flow rate per minute per cu. ft. x the liquidcarbon dioxide factor of 1.4 x the minimum dischargetime of 30 seconds. In this example the total volume is420 cu. ft., the flow rate per minute per cu. ft. is 1 lb.when no reduction is figured in for walls, therefore, theformula is:

420 (volume in cu. ft.) x 1 (flow rate per minute) x 1.4(liquid factor) x .5 (minimum discharge time) = 294 lbs.of agent required.

The next step is to determine the number of cylindersrequired. This is accomplished by dividing the totalamount of agent by the size of cylinder chosen and thenrounding up to the next whole number.

294 (total carbon dioxide) divided by 100 (size ofcylinder chosen) = 2.94 or 3 cylinders required(rounded up).

Now, review the hazard to determine where to locate thenozzles and how many nozzles will be required. There isno exact science for locating local application nozzles.Choose as many nozzles as you feel it may take to ade-quately cover the assumed volume. The nozzles shouldbe mounted around the perimeter of the assumedvolume and pointed at the hazard. In this example, fournozzles have been chosen. Nozzles should be placed tokeep agent in assumed enclosure.

Next step is to determine flow rate per nozzle by dividingthe total amount of agent by the number of nozzles:

294 (total lbs. of agent) divided by 4 (total number ofnozzles) = 73.5 lbs./min. flow rate.

If no other rate by volume designs were to be looked at,then the next step would be to sketch the piping configu-ration and proceed to the hydraulic calculation programto determine pipe sizes. In this example though, we willcontinue on and look at additional types of rate byvolume designs for this same hazard.

Example 2: The next approach to this hazard would beto consider what the system requirements would be bydesigning the system utilizing the actual walls which areon two sides of the hazard.



• If the assumed enclosure has a closed floor and ispartly defined by permanent continuous wallsextending at least 2 ft. above the hazard (where thewalls are not normally a part of the hazard), the dis-charge rate may be proportionately reduced to notless than 0.25 lb./min./cu. ft. actual walls completelysurrounding the enclosure.

Rate by volume is normally a less cost efficient way toprotect a hazard but this approach should be consideredif no other appropriate means of protection is available.

The first approach to look at in designing a rate byvolume system is to design the system assuming thereare no walls around or near the hazard. This approachrequires increasing the hazard size by 2 ft. all around(assume volume) and designing the system for thisincreased size.

The following example will take you through the nec-essary steps.

Example 1: The hazard in question is a back-up gen-erator located in a corner of a warehouse. The generatoritself is 6 ft. long x 3 ft. wide x 4 ft. high. When utilizing thefirst approach to designing a rate by volume system, add2 ft. completely around the hazard. This then gives atotal hazard size of 10 ft. long x 7 ft. wide x 6 ft. high. Thisincrease in size now gives an assumed volume of 420 cu. ft. See Figure 13.

FIGURE 13001862

6 FT.(1.82 m)

6 FT.(1.82 m)

10 FT.(3.04 m)7 FT.

(2.13 m)

3 FT.(.91 m)

4 FT.(1.21 m)

6-11


Next, determine the % of closed perimeter (actual walls)compared to the total perimeter (total of assumed wallsand actual walls). This is done by adding the actual walllengths and dividing that number by the total of all walls(both actual and assumed). In this example, the actualwalls total 25 ft. (14 + 11) and the total perimeter totals50 ft. (14 + 14 + 11 + 11). See Figure 15.

FIGURE 15001864

% of enclosure = 25 ft. divided by 50 ft. = .5.5 x 100 = 50% perimeter closed



The following steps detail this type of local application,rate by volume, approach:

The first step is to determine the new assumed volume.This is done by adding two ft. to the sides of the hazardwhich are not enclosed by actual walls and using theactual distance that the hazard is from the actual walls.Again, in determining volume, two ft. must also beadded to the height of the actual hazard. Determine theassumed volume by multiplying the length, width, andheight together. See Figure 14.

14 ft. long x 11 ft. wide x 6 ft. high = 924 cu. ft.

FIGURE 14001863

14 FT.(4.26 m)

11 FT.(3.35 m)

6 FT.(1.82 m)

6 FT.(1.82 m)

14 FT.(4.26 m)

3 FT.(.9 m)

2 FT.(.61 m)

2 FT.(.61 m)

2 FT.(.61 m)

4 FT.(1.21m)

6 FT.(1.82 m)

6 FT.(1.82 m)

11 FT.(3.35 m)


6-12

Example 3: Once again, we are dealing with the samevolume as Example 2 (924 cu. ft.) but this time thehazard has been enclosed on the two open sides by theaddition of a concrete block wall. See Figure 17. Theonly wall opening that exists now is a 3.5 ft. opening foraccess to the generator. Remember, the additional wallmust only be 2 ft. higher than the actual hazard.

FIGURE 17001865

Now, determine the % of closed perimeter (actual walls)compared to the total perimeter (total of assumed wallsand actual walls). This is accomplished by adding theactual wall lengths and dividing that number by the totalof all walls (both actual and assumed). In this example,the actual walls total 46.5 ft. (14 + 11 + 14 + 7.5) and thetotal perimeter totals 50 ft. (14 + 14 + 11 + 11).

% of enclosure = 46.5 ft. divided by 50 ft. = .93

.93 x 100 = 93% perimeter closed

Referring to the “Rate By Volume” – AssumedEnclosure Chart,” Figure 16, 93% closed perimeterallows a discharge rate of .31 lb./min./cu. ft. Knowingthis, the total amount of carbon dioxide required cannow be calculated by the following formula:

Total agent required = Volume x Flow Rate perMinute Per Cu. Ft. x 1.4 (liquid factor) x .5 (minimumdischarge time)

924 cu. ft. x .31 lb./min./cu. ft. x 1.4 x .5 = 200 lb. ofcarbon dioxide required.

As you can see, by having the customer install a fairlyinexpensive wall, the hazard can be protected by 2-100lb. cylinders instead of the next least amount of three ascalculated in Example 1.



Now, knowing that 50% of the perimeter is closed, referto the “Rate By Volume – Assumed Enclosure Chart,”Figure 16, to determine the required nozzle dischargerate.

Rate By Volume (Assumed Enclosure)Perimeter Closed Discharge Rate

0% 1#/min./CF10% .925#/min./CF15% .8875#/min./CF

20% .85#/min./CF25% .8225#/min./CF30% .775#/min./CF




80% .40#/min./CF85% .3625#/min./CF90% .325#/min./CF93% .310#/min./CF95% .290#/min./CF

100% .25#/min./CF

FIGURE 16

Referring to the chart, 50% closed perimeter allows adischarge rate of .625 lb./min./cu. ft. Knowing this, thetotal amount of carbon dioxide required can now be cal-culated by the following formula:

Total agent required = Volume x Flow Rate per minuteper cu. ft. x 1.4 (liquid factor) x .5 (minimum dischargetime).

924 cu. ft x .625 lb./min./cu. ft. x 1.4 x .5 = 404 lb. ofcarbon dioxide required.

At this point, it appears that this approach is not as costeffective as Example No. 1 using the assumed volumemethod with no walls. But, if the closed perimeterapproach is looked at by having the customer installsome inexpensive, non-combustible concrete blockwalls around the open side of the hazard, the resultsmay be considerably different.

Assume that the customer will install 6 ft. high wallsaround the open sides of the hazard, calculate theamount of agent required by following the steps inExample 3.

14 FT.(4.26 m)11 FT.

(3.35 m)

6 FT.(1.82 m)

3 FT. 6 IN.(1.1 m)



HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS – For estimating pur-poses, the following Figure 18 can be used to approxi-mately determine the size of piping required for carbondioxide discharge. Consult your piping sketch anddetermine flow rate and approximate pipe sizes. Thesepipe sizes are not to be used for final hydraulic systemdesign.

Nominal FlowWith Average Maximum Flow

Pipe Size Conditions With Short Runs(in.) Schedule (lbs./min.) (lbs./min.)

1/2 40 60 1003/4 40 150 200

1 80 250 3001 1/4 80 500 6001 1/2 80 800 900

2 80 1300 16002 1/2 80 2300 2500

3 80 3500 4000

NOTE: This table is for estimating purposes only. Flow calculations are required for allsystem installations.Check valves or selector valves may be chosen through the use of this table.

FIGURE 18

The designer must have knowledge of and access to theANSUL ANSCALC Version 2.0 HYDRAULIC CALCU-LATION PROGRAM. See Appendix Section of thismanual.

Hand Hose Lines

Hand hose line systems may be used to supplementfixed fire protection systems or to supplement first aidfire extinguishers for the protection of specific hazardsfor which carbon dioxide is a suitable extinguishingagent. These systems shall not be used as a substitutefor other fixed carbon dioxide fire extinguishing systemsequipped with fixed nozzles, except where the hazardcannot adequately or economically be provided withfixed protection. The decision as to whether hose linesare applicable to the particular hazard shall rest with theauthority having jurisdiction.

Hand hose lines stations shall be placed such that theyare easily accessible and within reach of the mostdistant hazard which they are expected to protect. Ingeneral, they shall not be located such that they areexposed to the hazard nor shall they be located insideany hazard area protected by a total flooding system.

The rate and duration of discharge and consequentlythe amount of carbon dioxide shall be determined by thetype and potential size of the hazard. A hand hose lineshall have a sufficient quantity of carbon dioxide topermit its use for at least 1 minute.

The carbon dioxide supply shall be located as close tothe hose reel as possible so that liquid carbon dioxidewill be supplied to the hose line with a minimum of delayafter actuation.

Refer to UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory, undersection titled Carbon Dioxide System Units, Hand HoseLine (FYWZ) for equivalent lengths of hose line compo-nents.

DETECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

Refer to ANSUL AUTOPULSE Detection and ControlInstallation, Programming, and Maintenance Manual.

Mechanical Detectors (Fusible Links)

The fusible link detection system can be used where aself-contained, unsupervised, mechanical detectionsystem is desired or required. The detection systemallows for automatic detection by means of specificrated fusible links, which, when the temperaturereaches the rating of the link, the link separates,allowing the release mechanism to actuate.

Ansul’s recommendations for quantity and placement offusible link detectors are directly related to the hazardtype and application method used as followed:

TOTAL FLOODING APPLICATION–Maximum spacingper detector is 100 sq. ft. and 5 ft. from a wall and 10 ft.between detectors with a maximum height (abovehazard) of 14 ft.

On ceiling heights above 14 ft. up to 20 ft. high, themaximum spacing per detector is 64 sq. ft. and 4 ft. froma wall and 8 ft. between detectors.

NOTE: For sloped ceiling (peaked type or shed type)installations, refer to NFPA-72, “National Fire AlarmCode” for detailed spacing requirements.

LOCAL APPLICATION – OVERHEAD (DETECTORSPACING) – Maximum spacing per fusible link detectoris 36 sq. ft. (3.3 sq. m or 3 ft. (.9 m) from edge of hazardand 6 ft. (1.8 m) between fusible link detectors.

When a detector(s) is mounted more than 1 ft. (.3 m)below ceiling or in an open area, heat trap(s) is recom-mended. Detectors should be mounted overhead atnozzle height or as close to the hazard as possible with-out interference, not to exceed 10 ft. (3 m).

Detectors should not be located where they will be sus-ceptible to damage during the normal work operation.

6-13



6-14

ACTUATION REQUIREMENTS

Three types of actuation are available for the CarbonDioxide system: manual, pneumatic, and electric.

Manual Actuation

Manual actuation can be used with or without automaticdetection. When no detection is required, the leveractuator can be mounted on top of the carbon dioxidecylinder valve. The manual lever release actuator pro-vides a manual means of agent cylinder actuation bydirect manual actuation of its pull lever or cable actu-ation when used in conjunction with a remote manualpull station. In a two cylinder system, the remainingcylinder is actuated by the pressure generated withinthe distribution manifold. In three or more cylindersystems, two lever actuators are required, and a con-necting link is used to provide simultaneous actuation ofboth manual cable-pull actuators. The maximum lengthof actuator cable which may be used in the remote line is150 ft. The maximum number of corner pulley elbows is10.

The second means of manual actuation can be accom-plished by using a manual/pneumatic actuator. Thisactuator can be also used if pneumatic pressure or anelectric signal is being supplied by the control panel ofthe automatic detection system. Manual actuation isaccomplished by removing the ring pin and depressingthe red palm button. One manual/pneumatic actuator isrequired in single or two cylinder systems.

Pneumatic Actuation

Pneumatic actuation is used with pneumatic valve actu-ators located on the carbon dioxide cylinder valves. Thepressure is supplied from an LT-30-R nitrogen cartridgelocated in the ANSUL AUTOMAN and ANSULAUTOMAN II-C release. The pressure pneumaticallyopens the cylinder valves. One pneumatic actuator isrequired in single or two cylinder systems and two actu-ators are required in systems with three or morecylinders. The maximum length of 1/4 in. Schedule 40pipe is 150 ft. If it is necessary to have an actuation piperun which exceeds the maximum allowable 1/4 in. piperequirements, 1/4 in. stainless steel tubing with a wallthickness of 0.065 can be used for the actuation line.When this size tubing is used, a maximum of 300 ft., withno reductions for elbows or tees, is allowed.

DETECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

Mechanical Detectors (Fusible Links) (Continued)

LOCAL APPLICATION – TANKSIDE (DETECTORSPACING) – Detectors can be located either near theinner tank wall and flammable liquid surface or abovethe tank. If located above the tank, the rules for localapplication overhead would apply. If located on the tankwall, the detectors can be mounted horizontally or verti-cally in the freeboard area, but must be protected fromdamage during normal working operation. Detectorsshould be located at a maximum spacing per detector of3 ft. (.9 m) from edge of hazard and 6 ft. (1.8 m)between detectors on the long side of the tank.

FUSIBLE LINK SELECTION – In order to determine thenormal operating temperature at the fusible linklocation, utilize a maximum registering thermometer,Part No. 15240.

Select correct fusible link(s) for installation in detector(s)according to the temperature condition chart below:

Temperature To Be Used WhereFusible Link Rating Temperature DoesPart No. (See Figure 20) Not Exceed415739 165 °F (74 °C) 100 °F (38 °C)415740 212 °F (100 °C) 150 °F (66 °C)415741 280 °F (138 °C) 225 °F (107 °C)415742 360 °F (182 °C) 290 °F (143 °C)415743 450 °F (232 °C) 360 °F (182 °C)56816 500 °F (260 °C) 400 °F (204 °C)

FIGURE 19000171

BEAMS AND CEILING OBSTRUCTIONS–Beams andceiling obstructions may be present which couldobstruct detector placement over the hazard. Additionaldetectors may be required to provide adequate pro-tection and to avoid obstructions.

Lay Out the Detection and Control Components onthe Hazard Sketch

Now that you have analyzed the hazard and selectedthe detection and control hardware, you can complete asketch. The sketch should show the placement of theaccessories as well as the detection, control, and elec-trical components.

TEMPERATURERATING STAMPEDON FUSIBLELINK BODY

K STYLE ML STYLE500 °F (200 °C) ONLY

000676b

ACTUATION REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

Electric Actuation

Electric actuation is used with the HF electric actuatormounted on the carbon dioxide cylinder valve and anAUTOPULSE control system. See appropriateAUTOPULSE manual for detailed wiring information.The AUTOPULSE control system also provides a super-vised method of tank actuation without limits on the tanklocation. In auxiliary or override applications, a manual-local override valve actuator or a lever actuator can beinstalled on top of the HF actuator.

A means of electric actuation of a selector valve is by theuse of a solenoid actuator assembly, Part No. 73111.See appropriate AUTOPULSE manual for detailedwiring information.

ACCESSORIES

Specific selection and placement of accessories thatmay be used with the carbon dioxide are:

Electric or Mechanical Manual Pull

The electric or mechanical manual pull station allowsthe carbon dioxide system to be manually operated atsome point distant from the control system or cylinders.The pull station should be installed at a maximum heightof 60 in. and located in the path of exit.

The total length of wire rope used for each mechanicalmanual pull station within a system must not exceed150 ft.

The maximum number of pulley elbows that may beused per pull station is 10.

Parts that are required for installation of a remotemanual pull station, either electric or mechanical are:

Description Part No.Latch Type Pull Box 45062Type A Break Glass Pull Box 41527Pair of Legs for Pull Box 415421/16 in. Cable W/Swaged End Fitting-50 ft. 421041/16 in. Cable W/Swaged End Fitting-100 ft. 421091/16 in. Cable W/Swaged End Fitting-150 ft. 421131/16 in. Cable W/Swaged End Fitting-200 ft. 42128Aluminum Corner Pulley (Use With EMT) 45771Brass Corner Pulley-Nylon Wheel-Watertight 42678Brass Corner Pulley-Brass Wheel-Watertight 45515Dual/Triple Control Box 42784Pull Cable Equalizer 42791Pull Cable Equalizer (Sector Valves) 431661/16 in. Cable Clamp 45333Flared End Fitting 40060Pulley Adaptor Right and Left Hand 40696(Brass Pulley Only)Electric Manual Pull Station, SPST–N.O. 78420(Indoor Use Only)

Electric Manual Pull Station, SPST–N.O. 24741(Indoor Use Only)

Electric Manual Pull Station, DPST–N.O. 24742(Indoor Use Only)

Dual Action Electric Manual Pull Station, 78101DPST–N.O. (Indoor Use Only)

Surface Mount Back Box 24871(Fits Part No. 24741 and 24742)Electric Manual Pull Station, Weatherproof, 34822SPST–N.O. (Includes Surface Mount Back Box)

Selector Valves

Selector valves are used to direct the flow of carbondioxide into a single hazard of a multiple hazard system.

6-15



6-16


Direction/stop valves are used to either manually controlthe flow of carbon dioxide into a hazard area or to man-ually control the flow into one of several hazards beingprotected by a common bank of carbon dioxidecylinders. These valves are operated manually, eitherby the use of a handle attached directly to the valve or bymeans of a remote pull box which operates a sectorattached to the valve. Directional/stop valves can beused as a safety feature, keeping the flow of carbondioxide from entering a hazard area, either because of afalse discharge or to allow the occupants enough time toexit the area prior to the valve being manually opened.

When installing a remote pull station to operate thesector on a direction/stop valve, the maximum allowablelength of 1/16 in. cable is 150 ft. and the maximumallowable number of pulley elbows is 10.

Parts that may be used with direction/stop valve instal-lation are:Description Part No.1/2 in. Direction/Stop Valve (Valve Only) 414513/4 in. Direction/Stop Valve (Valve Only) 411021 in. Direction/Stop Valve (Valve Only) 413541 1/4 in. Direction/Stop Valve (Valve Only) 413381 1/2 in. Direction/Stop Valve (Valve Only) 41424

Handle–Normally Open (For Use With 402381/2 in. Valve)Handle–Normally Open (For Use With 3/4 in. 40239and 1 in. Valves)

Handle–Normally Open (For Use With 1 1/4 in. 40259and 1 1/2 in. Valves)

Handle–Normally Closed (For Use With 402481/2 in. Valve)

Handle–Normally Closed (For Use With 402673/4 in. and 1 in. Valves)

Handle–Normally Closed (For Use With 463931 1/4 in. and 1 1/2 in. Valves)

Sector (For Use With 1/2 in. Valve) 40276Sector (For Use With 3/4 in. and 1 in. Valves) 40279Sector (For Use With 1 1/4 in. and 402811 1/2 in. Valves)

ACCESSORIES (Continued)

Selector valves can be operated by either pneumatic pres-sure, an electric signal to operate a solenoid valve attach-ment, remote cable pull, or manually at the valve. Selectorvalves range in size from 1/2 in. to 4 in. When installingcable operated selector valves, the maximum length of1/16 in. cable that may be run to operate the selector valveis 150 ft. with a maximum of 10 pulley elbows.

All style of selector valves can be actuated manually orby remote cable when adding a lever actuator to the topof the valve.

Parts that may be used for installation of selector valvesare:Description Part No.1/2 in. Electric Operated Selector Valve 427643/4 in. Electric Operated Selector Valve 427651 in. Electric Operated Selector Valve 427661 1/4 in. Electric Operated Selector Valve 427671 1/2 in. Electric Operated Selector Valve 427682, 2 1/2, 3 in. Electric Operated Selector Valve 461954 in. Electric Operated Selector Valve 46202Electric Discharge Plug Connector 45535Electric Discharge Plug 77237

1/2 in. Pressure Operated Selector Valve 574283/4 in. Pressure Operated Selector Valve 574291 in. Pressure Operated Selector Valve 574301 1/4 in. Pressure Operated Selector Valve 574311 1/2 in. Pressure Operated Selector Valve 574322, 2 1/2, 3 in. Pressure Operated 57433Selector Valve

4 in. Pressure Operated Selector Valve 57445

1/2 in. Lever Operated Selector Valve 433483/4 in. Lever Operated Selected Valve 463861 in. Lever Operated Selector Valve 433491 1/4 in. Lever Operated Selected Valve 433501 1/2 in. Lever Operated Selector Valve 43351

2, 2 1/2, 3 in. Lever Operated Selector Valve 461944 in. Lever Operator Selector Valve 462011/2 in. Solenoid Operated Selector Valve 4152213/4 in. Solenoid Operated Selector Valve 4152221 in. Solenoid Operated Selector Valve 4102231 1/4 in. Solenoid Operated Selector Valve 4152241 1/2 in. Solenoid Operated Selector Valve 4152252, 2 1/2, 3 in. Solenoid Operated 415226Selector Valve

4 in. Solenoid Operated Selector Valve 415227

Lever Release (With Handle and Pin, 42484For Local Control)

Lever Release (No Handle, No Pin, 42486For Remote Control)


Siren

The pressure operated siren is used to warn personnelof a system discharge. The siren is operated with thecarbon dioxide pressure from the system. The piping tothe siren is normally run from the system distributionmanifold. The minimum decibel level at 10 ft. is 90 dB.The design requirements are as follows:

Required Pipe: 1/4 in., Schedule 40

Flow Rate: 11 lb. per minute

Maximum Sirens: 4

Maximum Pipe Length: 200 ft. (61m) minus 1 ft. (.3m) forevery elbow used.

NOTICEDesign of system must include agentused through siren if siren is not locatedin the hazard area.

Pressure operated siren that may be use on the systemis:

Description Part No.

Pressure Operated Siren 43118

Pressure Switch

The pressure switch is operated off the carbon dioxidepressure when the system is discharged. The piping tothe pressure switch is normally run from the distributionmanifold. The pressure switch can be used to open orclose electrical circuits to either shut down equipment orturn on lights or alarms.

The piping required to connect from the system manifoldto the pressure switch is 1/4 in. Schedule 40. There is nomaximum length requirement for this piping as thecarbon dioxide will be drawn back through the distrib-ution piping and out the nozzles.

Pressure switches that may be used on system are:Description Part No.Pressure Switch–DPST 46250Pressure Switch–DPDT (Explosion-Proof) 43241Pressure Switch–3PST 42344The pressure switches are rated as follows:Part No. 46250 – 2 HP @ 240VAC/480 VAC or 2 HP

@ 250 VDC, 30A 250V AC/DC 5A 480V AC/DC

Part No. 43241 – 10A @ 125 VAC, 5A @ 250 VACPart No. 42344 – 30A @ 240 VAC, 20A@ 600 VAC,

3 HP @120 VAC, 7.5 HP @ 240 VAC,15 HP @ 600 VAC, 3 Phase AC

Pressure Trip

The pressure trip is connected to the actuation or dis-charge line of a carbon dioxide system. By either pneu-matic or manual actuation, the pressure trip can releasespring or weight powered devices to close doors andwindows, open fuel dump valves, close fire dampers orclose fuel supply valves.

The piping required to connect from the system manifoldto the pressure trip is 1/4 in. Schedule 40. This is nomaximum length requirement for this piping as thecarbon dioxide will be drawn back through the distrib-ution piping and out the nozzles.

Pressure trip that may be used on system is:


Pressure Trip 5156

Pneumatic Time Delay

In some applications the system discharge must bedelayed for a short time following actuation. This isusually in areas where it is necessary to evacuate per-sonnel prior to carbon dioxide discharge. The time delayuses the carbon dioxide pressure to power thefactory-set delay mechanism. The time delay is installedin the discharge piping either directly after the control(pilot) cylinder or further along the piping. See Figure 22.A manual release is incorporated on the time delayvalve to allow instant override of the time delay. After thedischarge is completed, pressure in the time delayslowly returns to normal and the time delay valve againcloses. The length of time delay is factory set and notadjustable. The time delay is available in delay settingsof 10, 30, and 60 seconds.

FIGURE 22001867

NOTICEDelay time listed are at 70 °F (21 °C).Actual delay times may vary withambient conditions and installation vari-ations.

6-17



6-18


Pneumatic Time Delay (Continued)

Time delays used with the system are:


Pneumatic Time Delay – 60 Seconds 54168Pneumatic Time Delay – 30 Seconds 54169Pneumatic Time Delay – 10 Seconds 54170

Alarms

Several types of electric alarms are available. Each ofthese operate on 24 VDC and must be used on the alarmcircuit of an AUTOPULSE Control System. Refer toappropriate AUTOPULSE installation, maintenance,and recharge manual for detailed design information.

RESERVE SYSTEM

Normally the authority having jurisdiction will determinewhether a hazard requires a back up reserve set ofcarbon dioxide cylinders, either connected or spares.

IRI (Industrial Risk Insurers) requires the following:

“In high pressure systems an extra full complement ofcharged cylinders (connected reserve) manifolded andpiped to feed into the automatic system should be pro-vided on all installations. The reserve supply isactuated by manual operation of the main/reserveswitch on either electrically operated or pneumaticallyoperated systems.

A connected reserve is desirable for four reasons:

–Protection should reflash occur.

–Reliability should the main bank malfunction.

–Protection during impairment when main tanks arebeing replaced.

–Protection of other hazards if selector valves areinvolved and multiple hazards are protected by thesame set of cylinders.

If a full complement of charged cylinders cannot beobtained or the empty cylinders recharged, deliveredand reinstalled within 24 hours, a third complement offully charged spare cylinders should be maintained onpremises for emergency use. The need for sparecylinders may depend upon whether or not the hazardis under protection of automatic sprinklers.”

NFPA 12, Standard on Carbon Dioxide ExtinguishingSystems, 1989 Edition, states, “Both primary andreserve supplies for fixed storage systems shall be per-manently connected to the piping and arrange for easychangeover, except where the authority having juris-diction permits an unconnected reserve.”

When designing a system, always determine if, andwhat kind of, reserve system is required.

DEVELOP BILL OF MATERIALS

After completing the subsections of the design section,finalize the system design by completing a bill ofmaterial for each hazard area being protected. The billof material, hazard sketches, hydraulic calculations,and any notes, should be kept on file for future ref-erence.

SAMPLE PROBLEM

Refer to Section 12 for examples of typical applications.By reviewing these examples, it may help answer somequestions concerning the total design process.

Section 7

Installation

7-1

All installations are to be performed in accordance withthe parameters of this manual and all appropriate codesand standards from the local, state, and federal authorityhaving jurisdiction.

Before the carbon dioxide system is installed, the qual-ified installer should develop installation drawings inorder to locate the equipment, to determine an actuationand distribution piping routing, and to develop a bill ofmaterial.

For successful system performance, the carbon dioxidesystem components must be located within theirapproved temperature ranges. The ambient temper-ature ranges are 0 °F to 130 °F (–18 °C to 54 °C) for totalflooding and 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C) for localapplications. All AUTOPULSE Control Systems aredesigned for indoor applications and for temperatureranges between 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C).

MOUNTING COMPONENTS

Cylinder/Bracket Assembly

Carbon dioxide cylinders may be located inside oroutside the protected space, although it is preferable tolocate them outside of the space. They must not belocated where they will be exposed to a fire or explosionin the hazard. When they are installed within the spacethey protect, a remote manual control must be installedto release the system safely from outside the hazardarea.

The cylinders should be installed so that they can beeasily removed after use or for weighing and inspection.Do not install the cylinders where they are exposed todirect sun rays.

See Figures 1 thru 7 for detailed mounting height infor-mation for all cylinder bracketing.

Clamp Installation – CV90 Cylinder Assembly

CylinderSize Dim. A Dim. B Dim. C Dim. DIb. (kg) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm)25 (11.3) 6 (15) 12 (31) 9 3/4 (25) 12 3/4 (32)35 (15.9) 9 (23) 18 (46) 9 3/4 (25) 12 3/4 (32)50 (22.7) 12 (31) 26 (66) 9 3/4 (25) 12 3/4 (32)75 (34.0) 12 (31) 29 (74) 10 1/2 (27) 13 1/2 (34)100 (45.4) 12 (31) 31 (79) 12 (31) 15 1/8 (38)

FIGURE 1001868a/001868b

Bracketing Installation – CV90 Cylinder Assembly

Cylinder Size Dimension A Dimension BIb. (kg) in. (cm) in. (cm)25 (11.3) 15 (38) 11 (28)35 (15.9) 21 (53) 11 (28)50 (22.7) 31 (79) 11 (28)75 (34.0) 34 (86) 11 1/2 (29)

100 (45.4) 36 (91) 13 (33)

FIGURE 2002260a/002260b

ANSUL

Bracketing Without Uprights – Single Cylinder

D

2 IN. X 3/16 IN. STEEL STRAPS

1/2 IN. X 1 1/4 IN.BOLTS AND HUTS(BOLT HEADS WELDEDTO CHANNELS)

2 IN. X1 IN. 3/16 IN.STEEL CHANNELS

MOUNTING HOLES – 2HAVING 11/16 IN. DIAMETER

A

B

C

Bracketing Without Uprights – Single Row

12 IN.(31 cm)

5 IN.(13 cm)

B

A

Section 7 – Installation

7-2

MOUNTING COMPONENTS (Continued)

Cylinder/Bracket Assembly (Continued)


Cylinder Size Dimension A Dimension BIb. (kg) in. (cm) in. (cm)25 (11.3) 15 (38) 21 (53)35 (15.9) 21 (53) 21 (53)50 (22.7) 31 (79) 21 (53)75 (34.0) 34 (86) 22 1/2 (57)

100 (45.4) 36 (91) 26 (66)

FIGURE 3001869a/001869b


Cylinder Size Dimension A Dimension B Dimension CIb. (kg) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm)25 (11.3) 15 (38) 25 (64) 80 (203)35 (15.9) 21 (53) 25 (64) 80 (203)50 (22.7) 31 (79) 25 (64) 80 (203)75 (34.0) 34 (86) 26 (66) 80 (203)

100 (45.4) 36 (91) 29 (74) 80 (203)

FIGURE 4001870


Cylinder Size Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Dimension DIb. (kg) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm)25 (11.3) 15 (38) 14 (36) 46 (117) 8 (20)35 (15.9) 21 (53) 14 (36) 56 (142) 8 (20)50 (22.7) 31 (79) 14 (36) 72 (183) 8 (20)75 (34.0) 34 (86) 14 1/2 (37) 77 (196) 8 (20)

100 (45.4) 36 (91) 16 (41) 79 1/2 (202) 8 (20)

FIGURE 5002253

(DISTANCE TOWEIGH RAIL)

D

Bracketing Without Uprights – Single Row

*Dimensions are based on using weigh scale, Part No. 74241, and Lifting Yoke, Part No. 69877.

B

12 IN.(31 cm)

Bracketing Without Uprights – Back To Back

7 IN.(19 cm) C

A

5 IN.(13 cm)

B

Bracketing Without Uprights – Double Row

12 IN.(31 cm)

B

12 IN.(31 cm)

7 1/2 IN.(19 cm)

C*

A

B


7-3




Cylinder Size Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Dimension D Dimension EIb. (kg) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in (cm)

25 (11.3) 15 (38) 24 (61) 46 (117) 8 (20) 11 (28)35 (15.9) 21 (53) 24 (61) 56 (142) 8 (20) 11 (28)50 (22.7) 31 (79) 24 (61) 72 (183) 8 (20) 11 (28)75 (34.0) 34 (86) 25 1/2 (65) 77 (196) 8 (20) 11 (28)

100 (45.4) 36 (91) 29 (74) 79 1/2 (202) 8 (20) 11 (28)

FIGURE 6002271


Cylinder Size Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Dimension DIb. (kg) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm)25 (11.3) 15 (38) 25 (64) 46 (117) 8 (20)35 (15.9) 21 (53) 25 (64) 56 (142) 8 (20)50 (22.7) 31 (79) 25 (64) 72 (183) 8 (20)75 (34.0) 34 (86) 26 (66) 77 (196) 8 (20)

100 (45.4) 36 (91) 29 (74) 79 1/2 (202) 8 (20)

FIGURE 7001873


7 1/2 IN.(19 cm)

12 IN.(31 cm)

Bracketing With Uprights – Double Row

Bracketing With Uprights – Double Row Back To Back

D

B

E

C*

A


1/2 IN.(31 cm)

7 1/2 IN.(19 cm)

DD

BA

C*

Section 7 – Installation6-1-98REV. 1

7-4



1. Mount each carbon dioxide cylinder by completingthe following:

a. Assemble bracket components. See Parts List, F-9127, F-9128, and F-9129, located in theAppendix Section, for details of cylinder brack-eting and component assembly.

b. If a reserve system is being installed, mount thereserve cylinder(s) directly next to the mainsystem cylinder(s).

c. Securely mount bracketing to rigid wall orsupport.

d. Fasten cylinder(s) securely in bracketing.e. The actuated pilot valves must be located in the

distribution manifold as far from the manifoldoutlet as possible.

Releasing Devices

Different types of Releasing/Detection systems areavailable with the carbon dioxide system:

– ANSUL AUTOMAN mechanical release using fusiblelink detectors with pneumatic actuation.

– ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release using thermaldetectors with pneumatic actuation.

– AUTOPULSE Control System using electric detectionwith electric actuation.

– AUTOPULSE Control System with electric detectionutilizing an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release for pneu-matic actuation.

For detailed information on detection systems, refer tothe following:

– Ansul Detection and Control Application Manual

– NFPA 12 Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems

– NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code

INSTALLING ACTUATION PIPING

Before installing any actuation piping, the piping designmust be determined. This will confirm that the lengths ofactuation piping does not exceed the maximumallowable.

General Piping Requirements1. Use only 1/4 in. Schedule 40 black iron, hot-dipped

galvanized, chrome-plated, or stainless steelpipe/braided hose and fittings conforming to ASTMA120, A53, or A106.

2. Before assembling the pipe and fittings, makecertain all ends are carefully reamed and blownclear of chips and scale. Inside of pipe and fittingsmust be free of oil and dirt.

3. The piping and fitting connections must be sealedwith pipe tape. When applying pipe tape, start at thesecond male thread and wrap the tape (two turnsmaximum) clockwise around the threads, away fromthe pipe opening.

NOTICEDo not allow tape to overlap the pipeopening, as this could cause possibleblockage of the gas pressure. Threadsealant or compound must not be used.

4. Cast iron pipe and fittings are not acceptable.5. Actuation piping must be rigidly supported by UL

listed hangers as described on Page 7-6.

CAUTION!

Do not remove the safety shipping caps at thistime. They are provided to prevent accidentalactuation and discharge during shipping andhandling. If valve assembly is accidentallyoperated, velocity of unrestricted escaping gas isforceful enough to cause injury, especially aboutthe face and head.

CAUTION!

Proper fasteners must be used when mountingcylinder bracketing to wall or support. Failureto mount properly could cause cylindermovement upon discharge.


7-5

INSTALLING ACTUATION PIPING (Continued)

Actuation Piping Installation

1. Install 1/4 in. Schedule 40 pipe from gas outlet porton the ANSUL AUTOMAN release or ANSULAUTOMAN II-C release to cylinder location. Use oneof the 1/2 in. (1.3 cm) knockouts provided in the top,bottom, or side of the enclosure to exit the piping.

NOTICEIf system requires a manual pneumaticactuator, install a 1/4 in. check valve,Part 25627, in the 1/4 in. actuationpiping outside the release mechanismand a 1/4 in. check valve near the pneu-matic actuator.

2. Maximum length of all 1/4 in. actuation piping cannotexceed 150 ft. (45.7 m).

3. If pneumatic operated accessories are required tobe operated from the actuation pressure, branch offthe 1/4 in. actuation piping and run to eachaccessory.

4. Install 1/4 in. tee in the actuation piping approxi-mately 24 in. (61 cm) before first carbon dioxidecylinder and install vent plug, Part No. 42175. SeeFigure 8.

5. Install actuation hose, Part No. 31809, 32335, or32336 (depending on length required) betweenactuation piping and either the pneumatic actuatoror the CO2 valve. A 1/4 in. male connector, Part No.32338, is required on each end of the actuationhose. See Figure 8.

FIGURE 8001874

INSTALLING DISTRIBUTION PIPING

Hanger Applications

Install the pipe hangers in accordance with good pipingpractice as well as the following:1. The maximum spacing between hangers must not

exceed those listed below.Maximum Spacing

Pipe Size Between Hangersin. NPT ft. (m)1/4 4 (1.2)1/2 6 (1.8)3/4 8 (2.4)1 12 (3.7)11/4 12 (3.7)1 1/2 and larger 15 (4.6)

2. A hanger should be installed between fittings whenthe fittings are more than 2 ft. (.6 m) apart.

3. A hanger should be installed at a maximum of 1 ft.(.3 m) from the nozzle.

4. The hangers must be UL listed and rigidly sup-ported. The Hanger Application Table and Figure 9list some typical hangers used for different mountingsurfaces.

APPROX. 24 IN. (61 cm)

12 IN. (30 cm)

1/4 IN.VENT PLUG,PART NO.842175

CHECKVALVE,PART NO. 25627

PRESSURE TRIP,PART NO. 805156

PRESSURE SWITCH(SEE COMPONENTSECTION)

Section 7 – InstallationREV. 1

7-6

INSTALLING DISTRIBUTION PIPING (Continued)

Hanger Application Table

HangerType Application

No. 1 For attaching to wood beams

No. 2 On level ceilings of sufficient thickness topermit proper fastening

No. 3 For 2 in. and smaller pipe under slopingceilings and roofs

No. 4 For special cases where punching is moreeconomical than using clamps

No. 5 For sheathed ceilings of wood constructionwith sufficient thickness

No. 6 For most cases except where plastering isdone after installation

No. 7 For attaching to concrete beams

No. 8 For attaching to lower flange of beam or truss

No. 9 To keep piping closer to beam than is pos-sible with clamp and ring

No. 10 Suitable for 3/4 to 2 in. pipe where necessaryto hang pipe at a distance from wall

No. 11 For attaching to channel iron

No. 12 For attaching to bottom of steel beams

FIGURE 9001875/3 rows

General Piping Requirements1. Pipe shall conform to ASTM specifications A53 or

A106.2. A120 pipe SHALL NOT BE USED.3. All pipe up to and including 3/4 in. size to be

standard weight black, stainless, or galvanized steel(Schedule 40).

4. All pipe over 3/4 in. size to be extra heavy black,stainless, or galvanized steel (Schedule 80).

5. Extra heavy galvanized malleable iron or ductile ironfittings should be used through 2 in. size; and galva-nized forged steel fittings in all larger sizes.

6. Refer to NFPA 12, “Carbon Dioxide ExtinguishingSystems” for detailed piping requirements.

7. Cylinder and piping to be securely bracketed espe-cially at the fittings and nozzles.

8. Ream, clean, and blow out all pipe before installing.9. All dead end pipe lines to be provided with a 1/2 in.

capped nipple, 2 in. long. See Figure 10.

FIGURE 10001876

10. After assembly, blow out entire pipe system beforeinstalling discharge nozzles.

NO. 1 NO. 2 NO. 3 NO. 4 NO. 5

NO. 6 NO. 7 NO. 8 NO. 9

NO. 10 NO. 11 NO. 12

Section 7 – InstallationREV. 2

7-7

INSTALLING DISTRIBUTION PIPING (Continued)

Distribution Manifold And Piping

1. Starting with the cylinder manifold, securely mountthe manifold at the appropriate height as shown inFigure 11. Make certain that if accessories piping isto be done later that the end of the manifold containsa tee instead of an elbow. The outlet of the tee willlater be reduced down to 1/4 in. for piping to theaccessories.

2. Continue piping remainder of the distribution piping,following piping sketch and computer design com-pleted in System Design Section.

NOTICEAll piping shall be laid out to reducefriction losses to a reasonable minimumand care shall be taken to avoid possiblerestrictions due to foreign matter orfaulty fabrication.

3. Before installing nozzles, blow air through completepiping system to determine there is no blockage.

4. Install discharge nozzles as specified on the com-puter design piping output sheet.

5. Install male end of flexible discharge bend, Part No.427082, into each manifold inlet. Wrench tighten.

6. With cylinders securely mounted in bracket, attachfemale end of flexible discharge bend unto cylindervalve outlet. Wrench tighten.

7. If accessory piping is required, see Installing Acces-sories, for detailed piping information.

MAIN/RESERVE SYSTEM

NFPA 12, Standard on Carbon Dioxide ExtinguishingSystems, 1989 Edition, states, "Both primary andreserve supplies for fixed storage systems shall be per-manently connected to the piping and arranged for easychangeover, except where the authority having juris-diction permits an unconnected reserve."

When piping a connected reserve system, the reservecylinders must be segregated from the pressure of themain system. This is accomplished by adding checkvalves in the distribution manifold. It is also necessary toinstall a header vent plug on each side of the manifold.This is required because of the addition of the checkvalves in the manifold. See Figure 12.

FIGURE 12004306

Header Installation – Cylinder AssemblyCylinder Size Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Dimension D Dimension EIb. (kg) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm)25 (11.3) 38 1/2 (98) 39 (99) 12 (31) 12 (31) 12 (31)35 (15.9) 48 1/2 (123) 49 (125) 12 (31) 15 (31) 12 (31)50 (22.7) 64 1/2 (164) 65 (165) 12 (31) 12 (31) 12 (31)75 (34.0) 69 1/2 (177) 70 (178) 12 (31) 12 (31) 12 (31)

100 (45.4) 72 (183) 72 1/2 (184) 12 (31) 12 (31) 12 (31)100 (LC) (45.4) 72 1/2 (184) 73 (185) 12 (31) 12 (31) 12 (31)

FIGURE 11001878

HEADER SUPPLY PIPE

FLEXIBLEDISCHARGEBEND,PART NO.427082



E

C

E

SUPPLY PIPE

1 CYLINDER

2 CYLINDERS 3 CYLINDERS

"Y" FITTING

SUPPLY PIPE

CYLINDERVALVE

1/2 IN. ELBOW

AB A

CAUTION!

Make certain flexible discharge bend is attached tovalve outlet and NOT the fill port inlet. The valveoutlet port is the higher of the two threaded ports.

DC

E

SELECTORVALVES

HEADERSAFETYHEADER

VENT

HEADERVENT

CHECK VALVES

MAIN/RESERVE SYSTEM WITH SELECTOR VALVES


7-8

INSTALLING DETECTION/ACTUATION SYSTEM

Several types of detection systems are available for usewith the Ansul carbon dioxide extinguishing system.Some detection systems offer supervised input andoutput circuits and battery back-up while other typesoffer unsupervised mechanical, electrical, or pneumaticdetection. The type of hazard or the authority havingjurisdiction will determine the detection system require-ments.

NFPA 12 states, “Supervision of automatic systemsshall be provided unless specifically waived by theauthority having jurisdiction. Interconnections betweenthe components that are necessary for the control of thesystem and life safety, such as detection, actuation,alarms, power sources, etc., shall be supervised. Anopen circuit, ground fault condition, or loss of integrity inthe pneumatic control lines that would impair full systemoperation shall result in a trouble signal. The alarm andtrouble signals shall be transmitted by one of the fol-lowing methods:

a. Local alarm service which will cause an audio andvisual signal at a constantly attended location(NFPA 72)

b. Proprietary alarm service (NFPA 72)c. Remote alarm service (NFPA 72), ord. Central station alarm service (NFPA 71)

Exception: High pressure pneumatic operated slavecylinder connections immediately adjacent to pilotcylinder need not be supervised.”

AUTOPULSE Control System With Electric Actuator

The AUTOPULSE Control System is an electronicdevice incorporating an internal power supply, “on-line”emergency batteries, and solid-state electronics. Thesystem can incorporate either ionization, photoelectric,heat, flame, or combustible vapor detectors.

The AUTOPULSE Control System offers electric valveactuation by the use of the Ansul HF Actuator, Part No.73327 for the CV-90 valve cylinders and by the use of theCV-98 electric actuator, Part No. 423684, for the CV-98 valve cylinder.

For detailed installation instructions, refer to the appro-priate AUTOPULSE Control Systems Manual and theHF Electric Actuator Application and Installation Sheet,Part No. 73330, and CV-98 Electric Actuator InstructionSheet, Part No. 426003.

AUTOPULSE Control System With ANSULAUTOMAN II-C With Pneumatic Actuation

In some cases it is advisable to have electric superviseddetection with pneumatic valve actuation. This can beaccomplished by incorporating an AUTOPULSE ControlSystem for the detection and an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-Crelease for the pneumatic actuation.1. See the appropriate AUTOPULSE Control Manual

for detailed installation instructions.2. Once the electrical portion of the detection system is

completed, mount the ANSUL AUTOMAN II-Crelease in a convenient location to both theAUTOPULSE panel and the carbon dioxidecylinders.

3. Complete wiring required between theAUTOPULSE control panel and the ANSULAUTOMAN II-C release. See Figure 13.

FIGURE 13001879

4. See Actuation Piping Requirements listed on Page7-4.

NOTICEIt is only required to actuate two pilotcylinders in the total system. Theremainder of the cylinders will beactuated by back-pressure from the pilotcylinders. In a connected reservesystem, two pilot cylinders are requiredon the main and two on the reserve.

*AUXILIARY ALARMING DEVICES, SEE S1 RATINGS**FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE, BLOWER MOTOR, DOOR CLOSER, ETC., SEE S1 RATINGS***POLARITY SHOWN IN THE ALARM CONDITIONS

THESE SWITCH CONTACTS TRANSFERUPON ACTUATION OF RELEASE

HIGH"ANSUL AUTOMAN" II-C

LOW

TB1

S1

S2

N.C.

D1

N.C.

SOL1D2J1

Rx

ACCESSORYPOWERSOURCE

AUTOPULSERELEASECIRCUIT***

USE JUMPERPARTNO.17761(12.5--30VDC)


7-9

INSTALLING DETECTION/ACTUATION SYSTEM(Continued)

H.A.D. Detection With Mechanical Actuation

This type of system is actuated automatically by meansof heat actuated detectors (H.A.D.) located in the pro-tected space. Copper tubing connects the detectors tothe control head located on the cylinder valve. Thissystem may also be actuated from a remote pull stationconnected by cable to the automatic control head or bythe local manual release located on the control head.

H.A.D. COMPONENT CONNECTION1. Mount heat actuated detectors on ceiling of hazard

area in accordance with location determined in theSystem Design Section.

2. Install 4 in. sq. junction boxes and 1/2 in. conduit asrequired by system layout. Provide smooth, roundedbends to allow pulling of 1/8 in. air tubing. Fastenconduit securely at 6 ft. (1.8 m) intervals.

3. Feed 1/8 in. air tubing through conduit leavingseveral inches surplus at each junction box anddetector to provide for expansion and contraction.Runs of air tubing should not be pulled tight, butlooped as shown in Figure 14.

4. Terminate conduit at junction box mounted nearcontrol head. Using union fitting, run 3/16 in. airtubing to control head leaving a loop of tubing toallow for removal of control head from cylindervalve. See Figure 14.

FIGURE 14001881

TWO WAY FITTING

HEAT ACTUATOR

JUNCTION BOX (COVERREMOVED) MOUNTEDON WALL ABOVE CONTROL HEADS

1/8 IN. AIR TUBING

1/2 IN. CONDUIT

3/16 IN. X 1/8 IN. UNIONFITTING PART NO. 41397

TUBING TEE

HEAD WITHOUT VENT USEDONLY ON SYSTEMS WITH 3OR MORE CYLINDERS

HEAD WITHVENT USEDON ALLSYSTEMS

HEAT ACTUATOR PLAN VIEW OFJUNCTION BOX(COVER REMOVED)

THREE WAY FITTINGTWO WAY FITTING

3/16 IN. AIR TUBING

RATE-OF-RISE CONTROL HEAD


7-10


H.A.D. Detection With Mechanical Actuation (Continued)

MOUNTING THE CONTROL HEAD

1.

Make certain control head is in the “SET” positionand ring pin is inserted through manual release leverand secured with visual inspection seal.

2. Remove actuation shipping cap from top threads ofcylinder valve.

3. Thread the control head onto top threads of cylindervalve. Do not exceed 10 ft.lb. (13.6 Nm) torque.

Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release With FusibleLink

When the system design allows for unsupervised,mechanical detection with pneumatic actuation, themechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN release can be used.The fusible link detection operates the release mech-anism which in turn pneumatically operates the cylindervalve.

To properly install the mechanical detection system:1. Based on the requirements listed in the System

Design Section, mount the detectors in their prede-termined locations.

2. Run 1/2 in. conduit from the release mechanism triphammer assembly knockout hole to locationsselected for mounting the detectors.When changing the direction of conduit, use onlyAnsul approved pulley elbows.Ansul offers two styles of detector bracket assem-blies. Part No. 56837 and 56838 are the "clip on"style series and terminal detector assemblies.These detector assemblies use a "clip on" stylelinkage assembly and do not require the wire rope tobe threaded through the linkage assembly while it isbeing fed through the detection system.Part No. 15373 and 15375 are the "hinged" styleseries and terminal detector assemblies. Thesedetector assemblies use a detector linkageassembly which requires the wire rope to bethreaded through each linkage assembly while therope is being fed through the detection system.

“CLIP-ON” STYLE LINKAGE INSTALLATION1. Secure the conduit to the detector bracket using the

two 1/2 in. steel compression fittings on the seriesdetector bracket or the single 1/2 in. steel com-pression fitting on the terminal detector bracket. SeeFigure 15.

FIGURE 15000306

NOTICEDo not use zinc die cast compressionconnectors on the detection conduitlines as these will not withstand the nor-mally high temperatures experienced inthe hazard area.

2. For a terminal detector located in a duct or headeropening, secure both sides of the detector bracketwith conduit, as shown in Figure 16.

FIGURE 16000307

COMPRESSION FITTING NUT

1/2 IN. STEEL COMPRESSIONFITTING

CAUTION!

Make certain control head is in the "SET" positionwith ring pin in place before installing onto cylindervalve. Failure to comply could result in an acci-dental cylinder actuation.


7-11


Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release With FusibleLink (Continued)

“CLIP-ON” STYLE LINKAGE INSTALLATION (Continued)

3. Starting at the release assembly, feed the wire ropethrough the hole in the release mechanism lockingclamp, allowing the excess wire rope to hang down.Do not tighten set screws in locking clamp at thistime. See Figure 17.

FIGURE 17000309

4. From the release assembly, run the stainless steelwire rope through the conduit, pulley elbows anddetector brackets to the terminal detector.

NOTICEIf wire rope requires splicing, makecertain splice is at least 12 in. (30.5 cm)away from any pulley elbow or conduitadaptor to avoid interference.

5. Feed the wire through the terminal detector bracketas shown in Figure 18 or as shown in Figure 19 if theterminal detector is mounted within a duct or headeropening, and install the stop sleeve approximately 2to 3 in. (5 to 8 cm) from the end of the wire rope. SeeFigure 20. Use the National Telephone SupplyCompany Nicopress Sleeve Tool (Stock No. 51-C-887) or equal to properly crimp the stop sleeve.

FIGURE 18000310

FIGURE 19000311

FIGURE 20000312

6. To give a constant tension on the wire rope duringinstallation of the detector linkage, hang a vise gripor other weighted device on the excess stainlesssteel wire rope, leaving an adequate length of sparewire rope between the locking clamp and theweighted device.

NOTICEWhen attaching the weighted device tothe excess wire rope, allow approxi-mately 3 in. (8 cm) of wire rope for eachdetector linkage for proper installation.

Example: If the system has six detectors, thereshould be approximately 18 in. (46 cm) ofexcess wire rope between the lockingclamp and the weighted device, which willbe utilized when the linkage is put in place.

7. Start at the terminal detector, place the small tab ofthe detector linkage onto the wire rope. See Figure21.

FIGURE 21000313

8. With the tab positioned on the wire rope, press andsnap the detector linkage onto the wire rope. SeeFigure 22.

FIGURE 22000314

2-3 IN. (5–8 cm)

LOCKING CLAMP

Section 7– Installation6-19-98REV. 1

7-12




9. Place the tab of the other half of the detector linkageon the opposite side of the wire rope and press thelinkage until it snaps onto the rope. See Figure 23.

FIGURE 23000315

NOTICEThe hook portions of the detectorlinkage should now face away from eachother.

10. Next, rotate both halves of the detector linkageupside down, with the detector linkage groove overthe wire rope. See Figure 24.

FIGURE 24000316

11. After fitting the pivot point of the two detector linkagehalves together, squeeze the two halves and placethe correctly rated Ansul approved fusible link overboth detector hooks. See Figure 25.

FIGURE 25000317

12. Position the assembled linkage onto the detectorbracket. See Figure 26. For optimum detection,make certain the solder joint is in the down position.

FIGURE 26000318

NOTICEWhen positioning the linkage in thebracket, it is recommended to locate thelinkage slightly off center, toward the ter-minal detector side.

13. Install the linkage and the correct Ansul approvedfusible link in the remainder of the detector brackets.

14. Insert cocking lever, Part No. 14995, on the left sideof the release mechanism, with the movable flangeresting securely against the corner of the cartridgereceiver and spring housing, and with the notchedlever portion engaging the cocking pin on both sidesof the release mechanism. See Figure 27.

FIGURE 27000319

BRACKET LINKS

COCKING LEVER

COCKING PIN


7-13




15. With a downward motion of the cocking lever, raisecocking pin until the trip lever indented surfacemoves underneath the pin and locks the pin in the upposition. See Figure 28.

FIGURE 28001882

16. Remove cocking lever and insert lock bar, Part No.14985, on left side of the cable lever, over the twoshouldered projecting stud extensions, and slide barforward into locking position. The release mech-anism cannot be actuated, nor can enclosure coverbe replaced until the lock bar is removed. See Figure29.

FIGURE 29000321

17. Make certain tension lever is in the “UP” position.See Figure 30.

FIGURE 30000322

18. Verify each detector linkage assembly, with correctfusible link, is in the detector bracket, located slightlytoward the terminal detector side.

NOTICEDue to the close adjustment betweenthe triphammer and cable lever assem-blies, use only the particular fusiblelink(s) selected for installation in eachdetector, to ensure correct adjustmentwhen performing Steps 19 and 20.

19. Raise trip hammer 3/8 in. to 1/2 in. (9.5 to 12.7 mm),pull all slack out of wire rope, and tighten set screwson locking clamp.

20. Lower tension lever to “DOWN” position and inspectthe base of the wire rope clamping device to makecertain that there is a minimum of 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) toa maximum of 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) clearance betweenthe base of the trip hammer assembly and the cablelever assembly. See Figure 31. If clearance is not1/4 in. (6.4 mm) minimum to 3/8 in. (9.5 mm)maximum, raise tension lever, loosen set screws onlocking clamp and repeat Steps 19 and 20.

FIGURE 31000323

21. Test detection system in accordance with theTesting and Placing in Service Section of thismanual.

22. When testing has been completed, cut off excesswire rope in the release assembly, leaving approxi-mately 2 in. (5.1 cm) of wire rope below the clampingdevice.

LOCK BAR PROPERLYINSTALLED

TENSION LEVER IN“UP” POSITION

TRIP HAMMERASSEMBLY

TRIP HAMMERBASE

1/4 IN. MINIMUM(6.4 mm)1/2 IN. (12.7 mm)MAXIMUM

CAUTION!

Do not install cartridge at this time as an acci-dental actuation could cause system discharge.


7-14



“HINGED” STYLE LINKAGE INSTALLATION1. Secure the conduit to the detector bracket using 1/2

in. steel compression fittings. Thread the com-pression fitting into the detector bracket and thensecure by using the lock nut supplied with the fitting.See Figure 32.

FIGURE 32000330

NOTICEDo not use zinc die cast compressionconnectors on the detection conduitlines as zinc will not withstand the nor-mally high temperatures experienced inthe hazard area.

2. Starting at the release assembly, feed wire rope upthrough hole in release mechanism locking clamp,allowing excess wire rope to hang down. Do nottighten set screws in locking clamp at this time. SeeFigure 33.

FIGURE 33000309

3. From the release assembly, run the stainless steelwire rope through the conduit, pulley elbows, and tothe first detector.

4. Before continuing on past the detector bracket, feedthe wire rope through the detector linkage assembly.See Figure 34.

5. Continue running the wire rope through the conduitand pulley elbows and feed it through each detectorlinkage assembly at each additional bracket.

6. At the terminal detector, feed wire rope through theterminal detector clamping device. Allow 2-3 in. (5-8cm) of wire rope to extend beyond the clampingdevice and wrench tighten the set screws. SeeFigure 34.

FIGURE 34000332

7. To give a constant tension on the wire rope duringpositioning of the detector linkage(s), hang a visegrip or other weighted device on the excessstainless steel wire rope, leaving an adequate lengthof spare wire rope between the locking clamp andthe weighted device.

NOTICEWhen attaching the weighted device tothe excess wire rope, allow approxi-mately 3 in. (8 cm) of wire rope for eachdetector linkage for proper installation.

Example: If the system has six detectors, thereshould be approximately 18 in. (46 cm) ofexcess wire rope between the lockingclamp and the weighted device, which willbe utilized when the linkage is put in place.

8. Starting at the terminal detector, squeeze thelinkage together and place the correctly rated Ansulapproved fusible link over both detector hooks. Foroptimum detection, make certain the solder joint is inthe down position. Locate the linkage in the center ofthe detector bracket. See Figure 35.

FIGURE 35000333

1/2 IN. STEELCOMPRESSIONFITTINGS

1/2 IN. COMPRESSIONFITTING NUT

LOCKINGCLAMP

2–3 IN.(5–8 cm)


7-15

INSTALLING DETECTION/ACTUATION (Continued)


“HINGED” STYLE LINKAGE INSTALLATION (Continued)

9. Proceed to install the remainder of the Ansulapproved fusible links on the detector hooks andposition the linkage in the center of each bracket.

10. Insert cocking lever, Part No. 14995, on left side ofrelease mechanism with the movable flange restingsecurely against the corner of cartridge receiver andspring housing, with the notched lever portionengaging the cocking pin on both sides of therelease. See Figure 36.

FIGURE 36000319

11. With a downward motion of the cocking lever, raisethe cocking pin until trip hammer indented surfacemoves underneath the pin. See Figure 37.

FIGURE 37001882

12. Remove the cocking lever and insert lock bar, PartNo. 14985, on the left side of the cable lever, overthe two shouldered projecting stud extensions, andslide the bar forward into the locking position. Therelease mechanism cannot be actuated, nor canenclosure cover be replaced until the lock bar isremoved. See Figure 38.

LOCK BAR PROPERLY INSTALLED

FIGURE 38000321

13. Make certain tension lever is in the “UP” position.See Figure 39.

TENSION LEVER IN“UP” POSITION

FIGURE 39000322

14. Verify each detector linkage assembly, with correctfusible link, is approximately centered in thedetector bracket.

NOTICEDue to the close adjustment betweenthe trip hammer and cable lever assem-blies, use only the particular fusiblelink(s) selected for the installation ineach detector, including the terminaldetector, to ensure correct adjustmentwhen performing Steps 15 and 16.

15. Raise trip hammer 3/8 in. to 1/2 in. (9.5 to 12.7 mm),pull all slack out of wire rope, and tighten set screwon locking clamp.

COCKING LEVER

COCKING PIN


7-16



“HINGED” STYLE LINKAGE INSTALLATION (Continued)16. Lower tension lever to “DOWN” position and inspect

the base of wire rope clamping device to makecertain that there is a minimum of 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) to3/8 in. (9.5 mm) maximum clearance between thebase of the trip hammer assembly and cable leverassembly. See Figure 40. If clearance is not 1/4 in.(6.4 mm) minimum to 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) maximum,raise tension lever, loosen set screws on lockingclamp and repeat Steps 15 and 16.

FIGURE 40000323

17. Test detection system in accordance with theTesting and Placing in Service Section of thismanual.

18. When all testing has been completed in the Testingand Placing in Service Section, cut off excess wirerope in the release assembly, leaving approximately2 in. (5.1 cm) of wire rope below the clampingdevice.

INSTALLING ACTUATORSWhen installing actuators on the carbon dioxide valve,different styles are available depending on the require-ments of the system design or type of valve. Actuatorscan be stacked to get the options of manual, pneumatic,and electric actuation.

Quartzoid Bulb Actuator (QBA-5)

The Quartzoid Bulb Actuator (QBA-5) release actuatesthe carbon dioxide system pilot cylinder by releasing thecarbon dioxide in its cylinder through 1/8 in. pipe. TheQBA-5 is available in three temperature ratings. The unitshould be mounted directly above the hazard. The unit isequipped with a mounting bracket. See Figure 41.

FIGURE 41001400

The maximum length of 1/8 in. pipe between theQuartzoid Bulb Actuator and the carbon dioxide pilotcylinders is 100 ft. (30.5 m).

In order to determine the normal operating temperatureat the QBA-5 location, utilize a maximum registeringthermometer, Part No. 15240.

Part No. Description

42267 QBA-5 Assembly with bracket 135 °F (57 °C)



41893 QBA-5 Assembly without bracket135 °F (57 °C)

41894 QBA-5 Assembly without bracket 175 °F (79 °C)

41895 QBA-5 Assembly without bracket250 °F (121 °C)

TRIP HAMMER ASSEMBLY

TRIP HAMMER BASE

1/4 IN. (6.4 mm)MINIMUM3/8 in. (9.5 mm)MAXIMUM

SAFETY RELIEFBURSTING DISC

QUARTZOIDBULB

NAMEPLATE

CARBON DIOXIDECYLINDER

NAMEPLATE

1/4 – 18 NPT OUTLET

RELEASE MECHANISM

1/4 IN. X 1/8 IN. REDUCER(NOT SUPPLIED)

BRACKETTEMPERATURERATING STAMPEDHERE


7-17

INSTALLING ACTUATORS (Continued)

Pneumatic – CV-90 Valve

The manual/pneumatic actuator, Part No. 32094, is usedwhere a system design requires manual-local overrideat the cylinder. The manual actuator can be mounteddirectly to the release attachment port of the cylindervalve. Operation is accomplished by either removing thering pin and depressing the red palm button or by sup-plying a minimum of 100 psi (690 kPa) from an ANSULAUTOMAN II-C Release to the inlet port. A swivel con-nection is provided to facilitate orientation of the inletport. See Figure 42.

FIGURE 42002261

The other pneumatic actuator, Part No. 32096, is used wherea system design requires only pneumatic actuation at thecylinder. The pneumatic actuator can be mounted directly tothe release attachment port of the valve. Operation is accom-plished by supplying a minimum of 100 psi (690 kPa) from anANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Release to the inlet port. A swivelfitting is provided for orientation of the piping. See Figure 43.

FIGURE 43001884

Pneumatic Actuation – CV-98 Valve

To install pneumatic actuation, complete the followingsteps:1. Remove the 1/4 in. pipe plug from the 1/4 in. actu-

ation port. See Figure 44.2. Attach 1/4 in. high pressure hose to 1/4 in. actuation

port. See Figure 44. Securely tighten.

REMOVE 1/4 IN. PLUG

FROM ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C ORPRESSURE SOURCE100 PSI (6.9 Bar) MINIMUM

FIGURE 44002349

3. Connect high pressure actuation piping to ANSULAUTOMAN II-C outlet port.

4. When utilizing multiple cylinder pneumatic actu-ation, a maximum of 15 CO2 secondary pilotcylinders can be actuated through the 1/4 in. actu-ation port. See Figure 44a.

FIGURE 44a002714

CYLINDER VALVE

SWIVEL NUT

INLET PORT 1/4 IN. NPTFEMALE PIPE THREAD

CYLINDER VALVE

SWIVEL NUT

INLET PORT 1/4 IN. NPTFEMALE PIPE THREAD

16 IN. STAINLESSSTEEL HOSE, PARTNO. 31809 (TYP.)

TEE, PART NO.418359 (TYP.)

MALE ELBOW,PART NO. 832334(TYP.)

ADAPTOR, PARTNO. 73236 (TYP.)


7-18


Manual

Along with the manual means of actuation on the manual/pneumatic actuator, three styles of lever actuators areavailable which offer manual actuation at the cylinder andcan be connected to a remote manual pull station. Manualactuation is accomplished by pulling the valve hand lever.The lever design contains a forged mechanical detentwhich secures the lever in the open position whenactuated.

See Figure 45 for installation details.

FIGURE 45001849

If the system requires two lever actuators, use con-necting link, Part No. 42514, to tie the two together. SeeFigure 46.

FIGURE 46001885

Three styles of actuators are available for the CV-90valve:– Part No. 70846, Manual cable-pull actuator (handle

and pin; for local control)– Part No. 70847, Manual cable-pull actuator (handle,

no pin; for remote control with three or more cylinders)– Part No. 32098, Manual cable-pull actuator (no

handle, no pin; for use with three or more cylinders)

Two styles of actuators are available for the CV-98 valve:– Part No. 423309, manual cable-pull actuator (handle

and pin; for local control)– Part No. 423311, manual cable-pull actuator (no

handle, no pin; for remote control)

Electric – CV-90 Valve

Electric actuation of a carbon dioxide cylinder is accom-plished by either an HF electric actuator or a solenoid actuatorinterfaced through an AUTOPULSE Control System. Amaximum of two HF electric actuators can be used on asingle AUTOPULSE release circuit. The HF actuator, PartNo. 73327, mounts directly to the release attachment port ofthe carbon dioxide valve. See Figure 47.

Connect electrical circuit for the HF actuator to thecontrol system by following wiring instructions in the“HF” Electric Actuator Application and InstallationSheet, Part No. 73330.

MUST BE IN THE SET POSITIONBEFORE INSTALLING

SWIVEL NUT

CYLINDER VALVE

CAUTION!

Before mounting the lever actuator(s) on the cylindervalves, make certain the lever actuator is in the “SET”position. If the lever actuator is not in the “SET”position, cylinder will discharge when lever actuatoris installed.

CONNECTINGLINK


7-19


Electric Actuator – CV-98 Valve

A maximum of two CV-98 electric actuators can beinstalled on a single AUTOPULSE release circuit.

1. Attach actuator to top thread of CV-98 valve.Securely tighten.

2. Connect electric circuit for actuator to ControlSystem. Refer to appropriate AUTOPULSE Manualand CV-98 Electric Actuator Application andInstallation Sheet, Part No. 426003 for detailedwiring.

FIGURE 47001851

Stacking Actuators

Some system designs require more than one type ofactuation means. Actuators can be stacked, one on topof the other, to accomplish this. Figure 48 shows the dif-ferent ways the actuators can be arranged.

FIGURE 48

ELECTRIC (NO OVERRIDE)001847

ELECTRIC WITH MANUAL-LOCAL OVERRIDE (PNEUMATIC CAPABILITY) 001886

ELECTRIC WITH MANUAL/CABLE OVERRIDE 001887

MANUAL LOCAL OVERRIDE (PNEUMATIC CAPABILITY) 001888

MANUAL CABLE PULL (ORLOCAL OVERRIDE) 001848

RATE OF RISE CONTROLHEAD 001890

RATE OF RISE CONTROL HEADWITH REMOTE CABLE RELEASE

001891

PNEUMATIC SLAVE001889

CV-90 ORCV-98 VALVE

CV-90 ORCV-98 VALVE

CV-90VALVE

CV-90VALVE

CV-90VALVE

CV-90VALVE

CV-90VALVE

CV-90 ORCV-98 VALVE

HF ELECTRICACTUATOROR CV-98ELECTRICACTUATOR

CO2 CYLINDER

CAUTION!

Before installing electric actuator to top of CV-98valve, make certain piston in bottom of actuator isfree to move up and down. If piston is in the downposition, DO NOT INSTALL.

CAUTION!

Make certain all electric power from the panel to theactuator has been disconnected. Failure to dis-connect power may cause system to accidentally dis-charge.


7-20

INSTALLING ACCESSORIES

Manual Pull Station

Depending on the type of actuation being used, there are anumber of different pull stations available. Remote pull sta-tions can be either mechanical, pneumatic, or electric.

MECHANICAL PULL STATION TO ANSUL AUTOMANRELEASE – To install a mechanical pull station com-plete the following steps:1. Make certain the release assembly enclosure cover

is detached and lock bar is properly inserted withinthe release mechanism.

NOTICEFailure to follow these instructions maylead to system actuation.

2. Verify that cartridge has been removed from releaseassembly and that the release assembly is in thecocked position.

3. Select a convenient location in the path of exit formounting the pull station(s) to the wall. Height andlocation of pull station should be determined inaccordance with authority having jurisdiction.The total length of the wire rope used for eachmanual pull station within a system must not exceed125 ft. (38 m).The maximum number of pulley elbows that may beused per system is 18 of Part No. 423250 and415670.

4. If junction box(es) is used, fasten a 4 in. (10 cm)junction box to wall or in wall where pull station is tobe mounted, with mounting screws positioned sothat when pull station cover is positioned in place,the printing will appear right side up and readable.

ALTERNATE METHOD OF CONNECTION:a. Thread 3/4 x 1/2 in. reducing coupling to bushing

on back of each cover assembly.b. Mount pull station cover(s) directly to wall at

selected location so that printing is right side upand readable.

5. Install and secure 1/2 in. conduit, pulley tee (ifrequired), and pulley elbows from each pull stationto release assembly as necessary. See Figures 49and 50.

If a pulley tee is used, it must be installed between therelease assembly and first pulley elbow. The ambienttemperature range of the pulley tee is between 32 °F to130 °F (0 °C to 54 °C).

FIGURE 49001892

FIGURE 50001893

6. Feed wire rope from each pull station throughconduit and each pulley elbow to cable lever locatedat release assembly.

NOTICEMake certain that wire rope rides on topand in center of pulley sheave. If thewire rope has been spliced to accom-modate a longer run, do not allow thespliced ends to be within 12 in. (30 cm)of any pulley elbow or conduit adaptor.

7. Fasten pull station assembly to each junction box (ifjunction box is used).

8. Slide oval crimp sleeve onto wire rope. Loop wirerope through cable lever guide holes and backthrough the oval crimp sleeve. See Figure 49.

REMOTE MANUAL PULL STATION SINGLE APPLICATION

REMOTE MANUAL PULL STATION DUAL APPLICATION

PULLEY ELBOW

PULLEY ELBOW

PULLEY TEE

RELEASE MECHANISM

RELEASEMECHANISM

OVAL SLEEVE

OVALSLEEVE

WIRE ROPE

WIRE ROPE

LOCK BAR

LOCK BAR

RING HANDLE

CABLELEVER

CABLELEVER

REMOTE MANUALPULL STATION

REMOTEMANUAL PULLSTATION

REMOTEMANUAL PULLSTATION

JUNCTION BOX (NOTSUPPLIED BY ANSUL)

JUNCTIONBOX (NOTSUPPLIEDBY ANSUL)

BREAK ROD

SIDESTUD

COCKED


7-21

INSTALLING ACCESSORIES (Continued)

Manual Pull Station (Continued)

9. Pull slack out of each wire rope and crimp sleeve.(Use the National Telephone Supply CompanyNicopress Sleeve tool Stock No. 51-C-887 or equalto properly crimp stop sleeve.) See Figure 49.

MECHANICAL PULL STATION TO ANSUL AUTOMANII-C RELEASE – To install a mechanical pull stationcomplete the following steps:1. Insert ring pin in ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release.

See Figure 51.

FIGURE 51001894

2. If necessary, remove cartridge and install safetyshipping cap on cartridge.

3. Select a convenient location in the path of exit formounting the pull station(s) to the wall. Height andlocation of pull station should be determined inaccordance with authority having jurisdiction.The total length of the wire rope used for eachmanual pull station within a system must notexceed 125 ft. (38 m).The maximum number of pulley elbows that may beused per system is 18 of Part No. 423250 and415670.





5. Install and secure 1/2 in. conduit, pulley tee (ifrequired), and pulley elbows from each pull stationto release assembly as necessary. See Figures 49and 50.

If a pulley tee is used, it must be installed betweenthe release assembly and first pulley elbow. Theambient temperature range of the pulley tee isbetween 32 °F to 130 °F (0 °C to 54 °C).

6. Feed wire rope from each pull station throughconduit and each pulley elbow to cable lever locatedat release assembly.



8. Thread wire rope through rear guide hole in manualtrip lever on release. See Figure 49.

9. Pull all slack out of wire rope and thread end throughsleeve, Part No. 4596.

10. Loop the wire rope back up around and through topof sleeve.

11. Position sleeve approximately 1/2 in. (1.3 cm) andcrimp to secure wire rope. (Use the NationalTelephone Supply Company Nicopress Sleeve toolStock No. 51-C-887 or equal to properly crimp stopsleeve.) See Figure 52.

MECHANICAL PULL STATION TO LEVER RELEASE– To install a mechanical pull station complete the fol-lowing steps:1. Select a convenient location in the path of exit for

mounting the pull station(s) to the wall. Height andlocation of pull station should be determined inaccordance with authority having jurisdiction.The total length of the wire rope used for eachmanual pull station within a system must not exceed125 ft. (38 m).The maximum number of pulley elbows that may beused per system is 18 of Part No. 423250 and415670.


RESET LEVER

RING PIN


7-22


Manual Station (Continued)




3. Install and secure 1/2 in. conduit, dual/triple junctionbox, and pulley elbows from each pull station torelease assembly as necessary.

4. Feed wire rope from pull station through conduit andeach pulley elbow to cable lever located at releaseassembly.



6. Wire or pin the actuator lever in the “SET” position toprevent accidental discharge when installing thecable. See Figure 52.

7. Feed cable through hole in actuator lever and fastenwith cable clamp. See Figure 52.

8. When installing, make certain there is at least 7 in.(17.8 cm) of free cable between the cable clamp andthe flared end fitting for proper operation of lever.See Figure 52.

FIGURE 52001895

9. Remove wire or pin that was used to hold the lever inplace during cable installation.

MECHANICAL PULL STATION TO H.A.D. MECH-ANICAL HEAD – CV-90 VALVE ONLY – To install amechanical pull station complete the following steps:1. Select a convenient location in the path of exit for

mounting the pull station(s) to the wall. Height andlocation of pull station should be determined inaccordance with authority having jurisdiction.The total length of the wire rope used for eachmanual pull station within a system must not exceed125 ft. (38 m).The maximum number of pulley elbows that may beused per system is 18 of Part No. 423250 or 415670.





CABLE CLAMP

CONDUITPULL CABLE

PULL CABLE

CORNER PULLEY

TEMPORARILYPIN OR WIRELEVER IN “SET”POSITIONWHILEINSTALLINGCABLE

FLARED ENDFITTING

CAUTION!

Wire or pin the actuator lever in the “SET” positionbefore connecting the cable to the lever. Failureto comply could result in accidental agent dis-charge.

7 IN. (17.8 cm)MINIMUM


7-23



3. Install and secure 1/2 in. conduit, dual/triple junctionbox, and pulley elbows from each pull station torelease assembly as necessary. See Figures 49 and50.

4. Feed wire rope from pull station through conduit andeach pulley elbow to cable lever located at releaseassembly.



6. Remove nameplate cover from front of control head.7. Place control head adjacent to valve actuation con-

nection so that the length of the cable and theflexible conduit will be the same as if the controlhead was actually installed on the valve.

8. Remove pipe plug and install flexible conduit, AnsulPart No. 42788, from control head to conduit run.See Figure 53.

001896a

FIGURE 53001896b

9. Pull on end of cable to take up slack in conduit.10. Insert cable into mounting block and secure with set

screws. On systems requiring two control heads (3or more cylinders), run cable completely through tosecond control head. Make certain to secure bothset screws in both control heads. See Figure 54.

11. Cut cable not more than 1/2 in. (13mm) beyond thecable mounting block. See Figure 54.

FIGURE 54001897

(1–2 CYLINDER SYSTEMS)

(3 OR MORE CYLINDER SYSTEMS)

1/2 IN. (1.3 cm)

1/2 IN.(1.3 cm)

SET SCREWS

CABLE BLOCK

CONDUIT

CABLE PULL

CORNERPULLEY

LONG FLEXIBLE CONDUIT

LONG FLEXIBLE CONDUIT

SHORT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT

NAMEPLATE REMOVEDSWIVEL NUT

RATE-OF-RISECONTROLHEAD

3 OR MORE CYLINDER SYSTEMS

VENTED CONTROL HEAD

VENTED CONTROL HEAD

CONTROL HEADWITHOUT VENT

LONG FLEXIBLECONDUITFLEXIBLE CONDUIT

PART NO. 45500

LOCAL MANUALRELEASE

LOCALMANUALRELEASE

FLEXIBLECONDUIT

CORNERPULLEY

CONDUIT

PULL CABLE

(1–2 CYLINDER SYSTEMS)

CAUTION!

Do not attempt to install control cable whencontrol head is attached to cylinder valve. Failureto comply could result in accidental agent dis-charge.


7-24



12. Reinstall nameplate cover onto front of control head.

13. Make certain control head is in the “SET” position.Indicator arrow on reset control must point to “SET.”

14. Make certain ring pin is inserted through manualrelease lever and is secured with visual inspectionseal.

15. Remove actuation shipping cap from top thread ofcarbon dioxide cylinder valve.

16. Thread the control head onto top thread of carbondioxide cylinder valve. Do not exceed 10 ft. lb. (13.6Nm) torque.

ELECTRIC PULL STATION TO AUTOPULSECONTROL PANEL – The electric pull station must bemounted in an area where it will not be exposed tophysical abuse or a corrosive environment. The pullstation should be mounted no higher than 60 in. (153cm) from the floor, or what the authority having juris-diction requires. See AUTOPULSE Installation,Operation, and Maintenance Manuals, Part No. 74255,77498, 77513, or 69970 for detailed wiring instructions.

PNEUMATIC STATION TO PNEUMATIC CYLINDERVALVE – To install a manual pneumatic actuator com-plete the following steps:1. Select a convenient location in the path of exit for

mounting the pull station(s) to the wall. Height andlocation of pull station should be determined inaccordance with authority having jurisdiction.The total length of 1/4 in. piping used for eachmanual pull station within a system must not exceed125 ft. (38 m).

2. Weld or bolt mounting bracket to the selectedsurface. See Figure 55.

NOTICEWhere bolting the mounting bracket ispreferred, use 3/8 in. (corrosion-resistant) bolts of appropriate length,with lockwashers and nuts.

FIGURE 55001898

3. Unscrew the RED actuator button from the actuatorstem and slide actuator body through mounting holeon bracket. See Figure 56.

4. Rotate actuator body for desired location of actu-ation piping outlet connection. Screw locknut firmlyonto actuator body and insert ring pin. Reassemblebutton onto the stem. See Figure 56.

FIGURE 56001899

MOUNTINGBRACKET

ACTUATORBODY

RING PIN ANDCHAIN

MOUNTINGBRACKET

LOCK NUT

RED ACTUATORBUTTON

3/8 IN.CORROSION-RESISTANTTYPEWELD

CAUTION!

Make certain that control head is in the "SET"position with ring pin in place before installingonto discharge valve. Failure to comply couldresult in accidental agent discharge.


7-25



5. Affix the appropriate operating nameplate adjacentto the manual actuator so that it is visible toattending personnel. See Figure 57.

6. Make certain ring pin is inserted through the REDactuator button to ensure safe cartridge installation.See Figure 57.

FIGURE 57001900

7. Seal ring pin to actuator stem with visual inspectionseal, Part No. 197. Make certain visual inspectionseal is looped through ring pin and around actuatorstem. Do not wrap seal around the boot cover. SeeFigure 58.

FIGURE 581901

8. Install 1/4 in. actuation piping from manual actuatorto pneumatic actuator(s) on cylinder valve(s). Makecertain safety vent plug, Part No. 42175, is installedin actuation line.

9. Install nitrogen cartridge in actuator body.

Alarms

Several types of alarms are available for use with thecarbon dioxide system. Some require 24 VDC powerand others require 120 VAC. Make certain that the alarmchosen is compatible with the detection system controlpanel used.

24 VDC ALARMS – All alarms used with theAUTOPULSE Control System require 24 VDC power.See the Component Index in the appropriateAUTOPULSE Installation, Operation, and MaintenanceManual for description of available alarms.

120 VAC ALARMS – This type of alarm bell can only beutilized with an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Release or amechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release. It can not beused on an AUTOPULSE Control System.

To properly install the 120 VAC alarm, complete the fol-lowing:

NOTICEAll wiring installations must comply withlocal, state, and federal codes and mustbe completed by a licensed electrician.

1. Install the alarm by first selecting a mountinglocation and installing a 4 in. octagon or 4 in. squarejunction box.

2. Run 1/2 in. conduit from the releasing device to thejunction box.

3. Feed lead-in wires from release and power supplyjunction box.

4. Refer to appropriate wiring diagrams and connectwires in release junction box.

5. Disassemble alarm by removing bolt from face ofbell housing.

6. Connect lead-in wires to leads from rear of alarmplunger mechanism.

7. Secure alarm plunger mechanism mounting plate tojunction box.

8. Reassemble bell housing to alarm mechanism.

Selector Valves

Before installing the selector valves, it is necessary todetermine the required size. This must be calculated inthe Design Section by the Ansul ANSCALC Computerprogram. The location of the selector valve should havebeen determined on the piping sketch and approved bythe authority having jurisdiction.

NAMEPLATE

RING PIN

BOOT COVER

RED ACTUATORBUTTON

WIRE

PLACE WIRE BETWEEN REDACTUATOR BUTTON ANDBOOT COVER

NOTE: DO NOT APPLY WIREAROUND BODY COVER


7-26


Selector Valves (Continued)

For installing selector valves, complete the following:

1/2 IN. THRU 1 1/2 IN. SIZE VALVES – These sizevalves are equipped with a threaded body. The valvesare normally supplied for local pressure operation butcan be ordered special for remote pressure operation.1. At the location where the valve(s) are to be

mounted, make certain they will not be subject todamage or corrosion.

2. Install valve(s) in the distribution piping makingcertain there is enough room above the valve toinstall the required actuation component. Also,make certain flow direction arrow on valve body is inthe correct orientation.

NOTICEIf valve is very heavy, precautions mustbe taken to properly support the weightof the valve in the distribution pipingnetwork.

3. With valve properly installed and supported, attachactuation component to top threads of valve andpipe or wire back to detection panel, releasingdevice, or discharge manifold. See Figure 59.

4. If required, run 1/4 in. piping from the auxiliary outleton the valve flange to remote pressure operateddevices, such as remote discharge indicator,pressure trip, or pressure switch.

2 IN. THRU 4 IN. SIZE VALVES – These selector valvesare flanged and require carbon dioxide pressure foractuation. Depending on the location of the top plate, thecarbon dioxide pressure is received either locally (fromthe valve inlet through a specially machined port in thevalve) or remotely (piped into the remote inlet from aremote pressure source).

It is important to determine the type of valve needed inthe installation (local or remote) and to identify whichtype of valve it is.

To determine which type of valve you have, carefullyexamine the location of the top cover plate and itsposition on the valve body casting. The body casting hasa 1/4 in. pipe port labeled “Remote Inlet” on the topflange casting directly above the valve outlet flange. Thetop cover plate has a 1/4 in. pipe port labeled “AuxiliaryOutlet” on the side of the plate.

If the “Auxiliary Outlet” port is directly above the "RemoteInlet" port, the valve is a LOCAL type.

If the “Auxiliary Outlet” port is 180 opposite the “RemoteInlet” port, the valve is a REMOTE type.

NOTICEThe top plate has an unmarked 1/4 in.plug which should never be used.Connection of any piping to this port willresult in valve malfunction.

(OPEN POSITION) (CLOSED POSITION) (CLOSED POSITION)

HAND LEVER

AIR VENT

PIPE

FIGURE 59001902c

(OPEN POSITION)

SOLENOIDVALVE

AIRVENT

(CLOSED POSITION)

HAND LEVER

(OPEN POSITION)

LOCKING PINAND CHAIN

RESETKNOB

AIRVENT

ACTUATORNAMEPLATE

CAUTION!

Make certain directional arrow on valve bodypoints in the direction of agent flow. If valve isincorrectly installed, system will not discharge.

CAUTION!

The incorrect selection of a valve in a installation willresult in valve malfunction during actuation.

001902a 001902b

HAND LEVERLOCKING PINAND CHAIN

RESETKNOB

ACTUATORNAMEPLATE


7-27


Selector Valves (Continued)

Complete the following steps to ensure that the valve willfunction as required:1. Identify valve as previously indicated (local or

remote).2. Install valve in carbon dioxide distribution piping.

The 2, 2 1/2, 3, and 4 in. valves require 3 in. x 2 in., 3in. x 2 1/2 in., 3 in. x 3 in., or 3 in. x 4 in. flangesrespectively to mate with the valve bolting circle.Flanges must be ASA 600 lb. class only.

3. If valve is a REMOTE type, connect the remotepressure piping to the valve “Remote Inlet” port.

4. If auxiliary piping is required, connect piping to the1/4 in. “Auxiliary Outlet” port on the valve top coverplate. This port becomes pressurized when thevalve is actuated. (A typical use for this is pressureswitch connection to activate a discharge alarm.)

5. With valve properly installed and supported, attachactuation component to top threads of valve andpipe or wire back to detection panel of releasingdevice. See Figure 59.

NOTICEWhen using an electric solenoid valvefor selector valve actuation, only onesolenoid valve is allowed perAUTOPULSE circuit. See “SolenoidValve RetroFit Instructions ForSelection Valves,” Part No. 415846, fordetailed installation instructions.

Lock Handle Stop Valves

The lock handle stop valves are threaded ball valves.The valve must be installed in the direction of the flowlabel. When installing the valve, make certain thethreads on the mating pipe are free from grit, dirt, orburrs. Care must be taken to assure that any pipesealants used are not so excessively applied to the pipethreads that the valve cavity becomes obstructed. Thevalves are equipped with a monitoring switch to provideconstant supervision of the valve at the control panel.Each valve shipping assembly includes detailed wiringinstructions.


Directional valves can be manually actuated in twoways; either at the valve with the hand lever or remotelywith a manual cable pull station attached to a sectorlocated on the directional valve.

Before installing the valve in the carbon dioxide dis-charge piping, make certain there is enough clearancefor either the hand lever to swing freely or the sector torotate properly. See Figure 60 for dimension infor-mation.

NOTICEMaximum distance a manual cable pullstation can be located from the sectoron the directional valve is 125 ft.(38.1 m). Operating force must be amaximum of 40# and require no morethan 14 in. (35 cm) of travel to openvalve.

CAUTION!

The use of any flange other than specified in Step2 will cause a mismatch of bolting circles. This willresult in a hazardous application which couldcause personal injury due to the high pressuresinvolved in the carbon dioxide system.

CAUTION!

Pre-discharge alarms, which warn personnel ofan impending carbon dioxide discharge, must notbe connected to this port. This port only becomepressurized when the valve is activated.


7-28


Detection/Stop Valves (Continued)

Valve A B C D ESize in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm) in. (cm)

1/2 in. 10 (25.4) 9 3/8 (23.8) 4 3/4 (12) 7/8 (2.2) 215/16 (7.4)3/4 in. 14 (35.5) 12 3/4 (32.3) 5 5/8 (14.2) 1 1/8 (2.8) 3 5/8 (9.2)1 in. 14 (35.5) 12 3/4 (32.3) 6 3/8 (16.1) 1 7/16 (3.6) 41/8 (10.4)1 1/4 in. 17 (43.1) 15 5/8 (39.6) 7 7/8 (20) 1 11/16 (4.2) 5 (12.7)1 1/2 in. 17 (43.1) 15 5/8 (39.6) 8 1/4 (20.9) 1 7/8 (4.7) 5 1/2 (13.9)

Valve A B C DSize in. (cm) in. (cm) in (cm) in (cm)

1/2 in. 4 3/4 (12) 3 (7.6) 7/8 (2.2) 2 15/16 (7.4)3/4 in. 5 5/8 (14.2) 3 5/8 (9.3) 1 1/8 (2.8) 3 5/8 (9.2)1 in. 6 5/16 (16) 4 1/8 (10.4) 1 7/16 (3.6) 4 1/8 (10.4)1 1/4 in. 8 1/8 (20.6) 5 1/4 (13.3) 1 11/16 (4.2) 5 (12.7)1 1/2 in. 8 1/4 (20.9) 5 3/8 (13.6) 1 7/8 (4.7) 5 1/2 (13.9)

FIGURE 60

“THIS DIMENSION WITHVALVE IN OPEN POSITION”

HANDLE INNORMALLYCLOSEDPOSITION

E

C

B

A

PIPED

HANDLE INOPENPOSITION

4 3/4 IN.(12 cm)

1/8 IN. STAINLESS STEELOR MONEL CABLE TOPULL BOX

3/8 IN. FLAREDEND FITTING

INOPENPOSITION

ATTACH CABLEIN “FIGURE 8 (LOOP)”BEFORE FASTENING CLAMP

CABLE CLAMP

3 3/8 IN.(8.5 cm)

7 11/16 IN.

(19.5 cm)

30°

PROVIDE A STOP FORSECTOR A THIS POINT

CABLE TO HAVE ASLIGHT SLACK WHENVALVE IS INCLOSED POSITION

001871

001872

A

B

D

6 13/16 IN.(17.3 cm)


7-29


Pressure Trip

Pressure trips are used to actuate spring loaded or weightedmechanisms generally used to close doors or windows. Thepressure trip should be securely mounted in the appropriatelocation and piped with 1/4 in. actuation piping back to therelease device.

Pressure trips can be piped off the carbon dioxide dis-charge piping, which is the preferred method, or if thesystem is utilizing an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C ormechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN release device, thepressure trip can be piped off the actuation line. SeeFigure 61.

Pressure trips can be piped in series and the lastpressure trip must contain a 1/4 in. plug in the outlet port.See Figure 61. Maximum of two pressure trips in a singleactuation line. Operating pressure must be a minimumof 75 psi (517 kPa) with a maximum load of 70 lbs. (31.8kg).

FIGURE 61001903

Pressure Switch

Pressure switches are used to pneumatically operateelectrical circuits which, in turn, will operate alarms,lights, or turn on or turn off equipment.

Pressure switches can be piped off the carbon dioxidedischarge manifold, which is the preferred method, or ifthe system is utilizing an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C ormechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN release device, thepressure switch can be piped off the actuation line. SeeFigure 64.1. Mount pressure switch(es) in desired location(s)

with appropriate fasteners.2. Install piping from main actuation line or from the

carbon dioxide distribution manifold to pressureswitch fitting. Piping to be 1/4 in. Schedule 40, blackor galvanized steel pipe. The piping must bereduced from 3/8 in. NPT to 1/8 in. NPT to assembleto pressure switch (3/8 in. to 1/8 in. reducing cou-pling not furnished).

Wire each pressure switch to other compatible compo-nents in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. AQUALIFIED ELECTRICIAN should connect all electricalcomponents in accordance with the authority havingjurisdiction.

Time Delay

The time delay is available in settings of 10, 30, and 60second delays. The time delay should be installed in thecarbon dioxide system distribution piping. On one or twocylinder systems, the time delay should be mounted asclose to the cylinder as conveniently possible. On mul-tiple cylinder systems, the time delay should be mountedin the discharge manifold, between the pilot cylindersand the slave cylinders. See Figure 62. The time delaycan be mounted in any position, vertical, horizontal, orany angle in between. The time delay has 3/4 in. NPTinlet and outlet threads which will require reducing cou-plings if the manifold is smaller than 3/4 in. pipe.

FIGURE 62001867

Pressure Operated Siren

The pressure operated siren operates off the carbondioxide of the system. The siren should be piped with 1/4in. Schedule 40 piping coming off the system dischargemanifold.

A maximum of four sirens are allowed on a singlesystem.

The maximum pipe length is 200 ft. (61 m) minus 1 ft.(0.3 m) for every elbow used.

Sirens and piping should be securely mounted with theproper fasteners.

PLUG LASTPRESSURE TRIP

PRESSURE TRIPINSTALLATION

PRESSURE SWITCH(SEE COMPONENTSECTION)

PRESSURETRIP, PARTNO. 805156

1/4 IN. VENT PLUG,PART NO. 842175


7-30

NOTES:

TESTING H.A.D. SYSTEM

After H.A.D. system has been properly installed, thesystem must be tested to ensure safe and reliable oper-ation.

To test the H.A.D. system, complete the following steps:1. Remove automatic control head(s) from cylinder(s).

In the case of three or more cylinders on the system,make certain to remove both control heads.

2. Submerge H.A.D. in container of boiling water andcheck control head to see that it has operated.

NOTICEMake certain control head is reset priorto reinstalling on cylinder. Indicatorarrow must be in “SET” position. Failureto reset will cause accidental dischargeof the system. (Allow H.A.D. to cool forat least five minutes before resettingcontrol head(s).)

3. Reset control head(s) and reinstall on cylinder(s).Do not exceed 10 ft. lb. (13.6 Nm) torque.

TESTING PULL STATION

To test a remote electric pull station, refer to appropriateAUTOPULSE system installation, operation, and main-tenance manual.

To test a remote cable pull station to ANSUL AUTOMANrelease, complete the following steps:

1. With the gas cartridge removed, remove lock barfrom release assembly cable lever.

2. Remove glass break rod from pull station byremoving set screw on side of stud and slide glassbreak rod out.

3. Pull ring handle on pull station. If the releaseassembly is tripped easily, the remote cable pullstation is properly installed.

If the release assembly does not trip, remove pulleytee (if provided) and each pulley elbow cover tomake certain wire rope is resting on the pulleysheave. If this does not correct the problem, there istoo much slack in the cable and it must be retight-ened.

4. If retightening or realignment was necessary, retrypull station. If release assembly operates properly,cut off any excess wire rope 3/4 in. (2 cm) aboveoval sleeve.

5. Recock release assembly using cocking lever, PartNo. 14995, and reinstall lock bar, Part No. 14985.

6. Slide glass break rod through stud and ring handle.Tighten set screw into stud.

To test a remote cable pull station to cylinder leverrelease(s), complete the following steps:

1. Remove lever actuator(s) from cylinder valve.

NOTICEAfter removing actuator(s) from cylindervalve, securely support actuator(s) inorder for it to operate when pull stationis pulled.

2. Pull remote cable pull station. Lever actuator shouldmove to the tripped position.If lever actuator does not trip, remove each pulleyelbow cover to make certain wire rope is resting onthe pulley sheave. If this does not correct theproblem, there is too much slack in the cable and itmust be retightened.

3. If retightening or realignment was necessary, retrypull station.

Section 8

Testing and Placing in Service

8-1

ANSUL

CAUTION!

When testing pull station, make certain cartridge is notinstalled in ANSUL AUTOMAN release. Failure toremove cartridge will cause system actuation. Makecertain shipping cap is installed on cartridge.

CAUTION!

Make certain lever actuator(s) are removed fromcylinder valves prior to testing pull station. Failure todo so will cause cylinder discharge.

TESTING PULL STATION (Continued)]

4. If pull station operated properly, reset lever actuator.

5. Reinstall lever actuator on cylinder valve. Wrenchtighten.

To test a remote cable pull station to H.A.D. controlhead, complete the following steps:

1. Remove control head from cylinder valve.

NOTICEAfter removing control head fromcylinder valve, securely support controlhead in order for it to operate when pullstation is pulled.

2. Pull remote cable pull station. Check controlhead(s) to see that they have operated.If control head(s) do not operate, remove eachpulley elbow cover to make certain wire rope isresting on the pulley sheave. If this does not correctthe problem, there is too much slack in the cable andit must be retightened.

3. If retightening or realignment was necessary, retrypull station.

4. If pull station operated properly, reset control head.

5. Reinstall control head on cylinder valve. Wrenchtighten.

TESTING ELECTRIC DETECTION SYSTEM –AUTOPULSE CONTROL SYSTEM – CV-90 VALVE

In order to properly test the electric detection and actua-tion system, refer to the appropriate AUTOPULSEInstallation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual, andthe HF Electric Actuator Application and InstallationSheet, Part No. 73330.

TESTING CV-98 ELECTRIC DETECTION/ACTUATIONSYSTEM – AUTOPULSE CONTROL SYSTEM

In order to properly test the electric detection and actua-tion system, refer to the appropriate AUTOPULSEControl System Installation, Operation, and Main-tenance Manual, and the CV-98 Electric ActuationApplication and Installation Sheet, Part No. 426003.

When CV-98 electric actuator is actuated correctly, thepiston in the bottom of the actuator will be locked in thedown position. It will be locked in that position by theinternal discharged METRON PROTRACTOR. TheMETRON PROTRACTOR must be replaced before re-installing actuator to valve. See Recharge Section forreplacement instructions.

TESTING ELECTRIC DETECTION SYSTEM – ANSULAUTOMAN II-C RELEASE

When utilizing an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release forelectric detection or in combination with anAUTOPULSE Control System, refer to ANSULAUTOMAN II-C Releasing Device Installation,Operation, and Maintenance Manual, Part No. 17788, orfor explosion-proof version, Part No. 31496, for detailedinformation.

Section 8 – Testing and Placing in Service6-19-98REV. 1

8-2

CAUTION!

Make certain lever actuator is in the “SET” posi-tion before reinstalling on cylinder valve. Failureto do so will cause actuation when reinstalling.

CAUTION!

Make certain control head(s) are removed fromcylinder valve(s) prior to testing pull station. Failure todo so will cause cylinder discharge.

CAUTION!

Make certain control head is reset before rein-stalling on cylinder valve. Indicator arrow mustbe in “SET” position. Failure to reset will causeaccidental system discharge.

CAUTION!

Electric HF actuators, Part No. 73327, must not beinstalled on carbon dioxide CV-90 cylinder valveduring test. If installed, testing of the electric detectionsystem will cause actuation and discharge of the firesuppression system.

CAUTION!

Electric CV-98 actuator, Part No. 423684, must not beinstalled on carbon dioxide CV-98 cylinder valveduring test. If installed, testing of the electric detectionsystem will cause actuation and discharge of the firesuppression system.

TESTING MECHANICAL – ANSUL AUTOMAN RELEASEWITH FUSIBLE LINK

1. If installed, remove cartridge.2. Test detection system by completing the following

steps:

a. Raise release mechanism tension lever to the“UP” position. See Figure 1.

TENSION LEVERIN “UP” POSITION

FIGURE 1000322

b. Remove fusible link from terminal detector andinstall a test link, Part No. 15751. See Figure 2.

TEST LINK

FIGURE 2000363

c. Locate detector linkage and center in eachbracket. For “clip on” style linkage, locate linkageslightly toward terminal detector side.

d. Lower mechanism tension lever to “DOWN” posi-tion and remove lock bar.

e. Using a wire cutter, cut the test link at the terminaldetector to simulate automatic actuation.

f. If system actuates successfully, go to Step 5.

3. If release mechanism does not actuate, check thefollowing components and remedy any disorder:a. Check the detector linkage for correct posi-

tioning.b. Check the wire rope for knotting or jamming.c. Check pulley elbows to see that wire rope is free

and centered in pulley sheaves. If any evidenceof pulley elbow deformation is found, replace thepulley elbow.

d. Make certain the lock bar is removed.e. Make certain that release mechanism is cocked.f. Make certain that tension lever is in “DOWN”

position.4. Re-test the system by completing the following

steps:a. Make certain release is cocked and lock bar is

inserted.b. Raise the release mechanism tension lever to the

“UP” position.c. Install a new test link, Part No. 15751, on the ter-

minal detector.d. Lower the release mechanism tension lever to

the “DOWN” position.e. Check for 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) minimum to 3/8 in.

(9.5 mm) maximum clearance between the triphammer assembly and the cable lever assembly.See Figure 3.

FIGURE 3000323

f. Remove the lock bar.g. Using a wire cutter, cut the test link at the terminal

detector to simulate automatic actuation.


8-3

TRIP HAMMERBASE

1/4 IN. (6.4 mm)MINIMUM3/8 IN. (9.5 mm)MAXIMUM

TRIP HAMMER ASSEMBLY

CAUTION!

Do not install cartridge at this time. If installed, testingof the mechanical detection system will cause actua-tion and discharge of the fire suppression system.


TESTING MECHANICAL – ANSUL AUTOMAN RELEASEWITH FUSIBLE LINK (Continued)5. Upon successful actuation of the system, complete

the following steps:a. Raise tension lever to “UP” position and install a

properly-rated fusible link in the terminaldetector.

b. Cock release mechanism using cocking lever,Part No. 14995, and insert lock bar, Part No.14985.

c. Lower tension lever to “DOWN” position.d. Locate detector linkage and center in each

bracket. For “clip on” style linkage, locate linkageslightly toward terminal detector side.

e. Make certain the 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) minimum to 3/8in. (9.5 mm) maximum clearance was maintainedbetween the base of the trip hammer assemblyand the cable lever assembly. See Figure 3.

NOTICEReset any electrical equipment that mayhave been affected by the system actu-ation.

If no additional components are installed, pro-ceed with Step f. through i. If additional compo-nents require testing, test per instructions listed.

f. Install LT-30-R cartridge into the release mecha-nism receiver. Hand tighten firmly.

g. Remove lock bar.h. Install cover on release assembly, insert visual

seal, Part No. 197, and secure.i. Record installation date on tag attached to unit

and/or in a permanent file.

TESTING 60 SECOND TIME DELAY

To determine if the time delay is functioning properly,test per the following steps:

1. Fill the test cylinder and allow it to stabilize for a min-imum of 48 hours for cylinders of 50 lb. capacity and72 hours for larger cylinders. The test cylinder mustbe equipped with a siphon tube.

NOTICEThe test cylinder should be adequatelysized to allow for a minimum of 50 lbs.for the delay plus an additional 11lbs./min. for each siren in the systemplus the additional carbon dioxideneeded for the expected delay at thetest cylinder temperature.

2. Install a pressure gauge between the test cylinderand the time delay device. The gauge should be cal-ibrated with a capability of at least 1500 psi withincrements of 10 psi.

3. Disconnect the piping from the outlet of the timedelay and install another pressure gauge, similar tothe type specified in Step 2. See Figure 4.

FIGURE 4000927

NOTICEThe timing cycle should begin whencarbon dioxide is introduced into thetime delay device inlet and should endwhen the pressure gauge in the outlet ofthe time delay reads 50 psi.

4. Open the test cylinder to allow flow into the inlet ofthe time delay and simultaneously begin timing.

5. Observe the pressure gauge approximately 2-3 sec-onds after opening the test cylinder and record thepressure reading.

6. Observe the pressure gauge on the outlet of thetime delay. When the gauge reads 50 psi, stoptiming. Record the time delay period measured.

SIREN

TEST CYLINDER

8-4

CAUTION!

Disconnect all system cylinders from actuation anddistribution piping before running time delay test.Failure to disconnect system cylinders could causecylinder actuation during time delay test.


8-5

9. If the actual delay period falls within the range deter-mined in Step 8, the time delay is acceptable.

TESTING 60 SECOND TIME DELAY (Continued)

7. Referring to Figure 5, relate the pressure recordedin Step 5 to the actual temperature of the carbondioxide test cylinder. For example, if the recordedpressure is 600 psi, the carbon dioxide test cylindertemperature is approximately 48 °F.

FIGURE 5000928

8. Refer to the Time vs Temperature Chart in Figure 6,and record the acceptable time delay range for thetemperature determined in Step 7. For example, at48 °F, the acceptable range is 57.0 to 77.5 seconds.

FIGURE 6000929

°F

180

170

160

150

140

130

120

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

-10

-20

-30

-40

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600 3800PRESSURE – LBS. PER SQ. IN.

PER CENT FILLING = LB. CO2 IN CYLINDER

LB. H2O IN CYLINDERx 100

130

120

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

TEMPERATURE (DEGREES °F)

TIM

E(S

EC

ON

DS

)

TEMPERATURE CORRECTIONFOR 60 SECOND TIME DELAYANSUL PART NO. 54168

THIS CURVE SHOWS THE PRESSURE IN CARBON DIOXIDECYLINDERS WHEN FILLED TO 60% OF THEIRWATER CAPACITY

THIS CURVE SHOWS THE PRESSURE IN CARBON DIOXIDECYLINDERS WHEN FILLED TO 68% OF THEIRWATER CAPACITY

Section 8 – Testing and Placing in Service

8-6

NOTES:

9-1

CLEAR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

Refer to AUTOPULSE installation, operation, and main-tenance manuals for detailed instructions on resettingthe electric detection system.

NOTICEIf AUTOPULSE Control System is uti-lizing an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-Creleasing device for pneumatic actu-ation, AUTOPULSE panel will remain introuble condition until ANSULAUTOMAN II-C is recocked.

If utilizing an ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release withthermal detectors, detectors must be cooled down,below their set point, before release can be reset.

Refer to ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C Installation, Operation,and Maintenance Manuals, Part No. 17788 and 31496,for detailed instructions.

CHECK ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT

Piping and Nozzles

A fire condition could cause damage to the piping andnozzles and possibly support members. Check all rigidpipe supports and all fitting connections. Take the noz-zles off the piping, inspect for damage, corrosion, orobstructions, clean and reinstall, making certain they areaimed correctly.

Mechanical Detection System

Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMAN Release:1. Raise tension lever to “UP” position. See Figure 1.


FIGURE 1000322

2. Cock release mechanism using cocking lever, PartNo. 14995, and install lock bar, Part No. 14985. SeeFigure 2.

LOCK BARPROPERLYINSTALLED

FIGURE 2000321

3. Remove empty cartridge from release assembly.

4. Install properly-rated fusible links in all detectorsexcept the terminal detector.

NOTICEIf actuation was caused by a fire situ-ation, all fusible links must be replaced.

5. Install test link, Part No. 15751, in terminal detector.6. Lower tension lever to “DOWN” position.7. Remove lock bar.8. Using wire cutter, cut test link at the terminal

detector to simulate automatic actuation.9. After successful actuation, raise the tension lever to

“UP” position.10. Install properly-rated, Ansul approved, fusible link

in terminal detector.11. Cock release mechanism and install lock bar, Part

No. 14985.12. Locate detector linkage and correctly position in

each bracket.

Section 9REV. 1

Resetting and Recharge

ANSUL

CAUTION

Do not install replacement cartridge at this time orsystem may be actuated.

!

9-2

CHECK ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT(Continued)

Mechanical Detection System (Continued)

13. Lower tension lever to “DOWN” position. SeeFigure 3.

14. Inspect base of wire rope clamping device to makecertain there is a minimum of 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) to 3/8in. (9.5 mm) maximum clearance between the baseof the trip hammer assembly and the cable leverassembly. See Figure 3.

FIGURE 3000323

NOTICEIf clearance is not 1/4 in. (6.4 mm)minimum, raise tension lever to “UP”position, raise trip hammer 3/8 to 1/2 in.(9.5 to 12.7 mm), loosen and retightenset screws, and repeat Steps 13 and 14.

15. Remove lock bar.16. Manually test release mechanism by operating the

remote manual pull station.17. Recock release mechanism and insert lock bar.18. Reset all devices which were affected by system

actuation.

Electric Detection System

ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C RELEASING DEVICE – Forcomplete resetting instructions, refer to Installation,Operation, and Maintenance Manuals, Part No. 17788and 31496.

ANSUL AUTOPULSE CONTROL SYSTEM – For com-plete resetting instructions, refer to the appropriateinstallation, operation, and maintenance manual, andHF Electric Actuator Application and Installation Sheet,Part No. 73330.

H.A.D. Detection System

To properly reset the H.A.D. system, complete the fol-lowing:1. Check the condition of all H.A.D. heads and all

tubing runs in the hazard area. Make certain nodamage has been caused to them from the fire.

2. Remove the control head from the dischargedcarbon dioxide cylinder.

3. The carbon dioxide cylinder can now be removed forrecharge.

4. Reset the control head by moving the control headindicator to the “SET” position. Indicator arrow onreset control must point to “SET.”

5. If H.A.D. control head was actuated manually, resetmanual release lever, insert ring pin, and securewith visual inspection seal.

Pressure Switch

Reset the pressure switch by completing the followingsteps:1. Make certain all pressure in the line to the switch

has been properly relieved.2. Push in red knob on end of pressure switch plunger.3. Make certain electrical function has been correctly

reset.

PLACE SYSTEM BACK IN SERVICE

Recharge CO2 Cylinder

Because of the number of different style valves existingin older systems, this manual will address recharging forthe current CV90 valve and also two other styles, theMAX valve and the AP8 valve.

CV90 VALVE

NOTICEIf maintenance is performed on thevalve before recharging, use Mobil 1 oilon all O-Rings. Mobil 1 oil is the ONLYapproved lubricant for the CV90 valve.

The following steps must be followed when rechargingthe CV90 valve:1. Remove shipping cap and weigh cylinder. Compare

actual cylinder weight with weight stamped oncylinder shoulder. Also check the last date stampedon the cylinder. Refer to NFPA 12 (Standard onCarbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems) for hydro-static test guidelines.

Section 9 – Resetting and Recharge6-19-98REV. 1

TRIP HAMMERASSEMBLY


TRIP HAMMERBASE

3. With cylinder completely empty, once again,depress actuation plunger down until it bottoms out(approximately 3/8 in. (.9 cm)) and quickly release.This will cause the plunger stem to pop up flush orwithin .010 in. (.2 mm) below the top of the actuationattachment port. This is the correct position forproper seating.

NOTICEFor recharging the CV90 cylindervalve, it is necessary to have aspecial fill adaptor assembly, PartNo. 45389. The assembly consistsof a fill adaptor, having a 1/2-14straight male thread for hoseattachment and a discharge outletcap.

4. Attach the fill adaptor to the side filling inlet of thevalve. See Figure 6. The side filling inlet is the lowerof the two large threaded ports. Make certain thewasher is in place in the fill adaptor. Screw theadaptor on the valve filling inlet, wrench tighten.

5. Screw the knurled discharge outlet cap on the dis-charge outlet, the highest large threaded port on theside of the valve. See Figure 6. This should be handtight only as the pin inside the cap acts to open theanti-recoil. By holding the anti-recoil open, theresidual pressure under the main valve seat isrelieved, allowing the valve to properly close.

FIGURE 6001517

PLACE SYSTEM BACK IN SERVICE (Continued)

Recharge CO2 Cylinder (Continued)

CV90 VALVE (Continued)

2. If pressure and/or weight must be relieved, performthe following:a. Secure cylinder.b. Make certain discharge outlet cap IS NOT in

place on valve outlet. See Figure 4.

NOTICEWhen depressing the actuationplunger, the anti-recoil will close onthe valve outlet, but a small amountof CO2 will discharge out of theoutlet, around the anti-recoil device.

FIGURE 4001515

c. Depress actuation plunger stem, located on topof valve, and relieve all cylinder pressure. SeeFigure 5. It may be necessary to repeat this step anumber of times until all pressure is relieved.

FIGURE 5001516

Section 9 – Resetting and Recharge

9-3

DISCHARGE OUTLET CAP MUST NOT BEINSTALLED WHILE BLEEDING DOWN CYLINDER.

DISCHARGEOUTLET CAP

FILL ADAPTOR

1/2-14 STRAIGHTTHREAD

FILLING ADAPTOR ASSEMBLY,PART NO. 45389

CAUTION!

Failure to use proper fill adaptor may cause thevalve to actuate due to back pressure build-up.

9-4




CV90 VALVE(Continued)

6. Place the cylinder on scale and secure with bracketor chain to prevent movement during filling.

7. Attach filling hose to fill adaptor and begin filling byslowly opening the fill valve. Gradually open the fillvalve until it is completely open.

NOTICEIf the top actuation plunger drops duringrecharge, the valve has opened. Stopfilling and refer to instructions in O-RingReconditioning Kit, Part No. 415250.

You may see a slight amount of residualCO2 coming out the discharge outletduring recharging. This is acceptableand will stop when the cylinder pressureincreases high enough to completelyseat the valve main seal.

8. Fill to cylinder capacity.

NOTICEIf CO2 continues to discharge out thevalve outlet after recharge is complete,the main seal is leaking. Reclaim CO2an replace main seal, using Main SealReconditioning Kit, Part No. 415251.

9. Check cylinder valve for leaks.10. Mark the date and weight on the record card

attached to the neck of the cylinder. Replace valveshipping cap to prevent damage during shippingand handling.

CV-98 VALVERecharge procedures for cylinder assemblies utilizingthe CV-98 valve with a CV-98 electric actuator requiresnormal cylinder recharging along with replacing the dis-charged METRON PROTRACTOR located within theelectric actuator.

RECHARGE CYLINDERThe following steps must be followed when removingdischarged cylinders from the system:1. Disconnect the flex bend from the cylinder(s) outlet.2. Remove all actuators from the cylinder valves.3. If necessary, remove 1/4 in. actuation hose from

pneumatic actuation port.4. If necessary, install plug, Part No. 42410, into pneu-

matic actuation port and wrench tighten.5. With cylinder secured in bracket, relieve any

remaining pressure in the cylinder by completing thefollowing:a. Make certain discharge cap IS NOT on valve

outlet. See Figure 7.

FIGURE 7001515

b. Attach bleed down device, Part No. 426028, tovalve fill inlet. See Figure 9.

FIGURE 8001853

CAUTION!

To prevent injury or damage, take proper safetyprecautions when filling carbon dioxide cylinders.

DISCHARGE OUTLETCAP MUST NOT BEINSTALLED WHILEBLEEDING DOWNCYLINDER

CAUTION!

Attach bleed down device, Part No. 426028, to fillinlet of discharged cylinders only. Never attachthis device to fully charged cylinders as this willcause high pressure to discharge out of the fillinlet. Also, install device hand tight only. Do notwrench tighten. NOTE: Bleed-down device, PartNo. 416656, CANNOT be used on CV-98 valve.

PIN IN BLEED DOWN DEVICEWILL DEPRESS CHECKVALVE IN FILL INLET

9-5


5. Discard used METRON PROTRACTOR assembly.A discharged METRON PROTRACTOR will havethe stainless steel pin extending approximately 1/8– 3/16 in. out of the bottom. On a new METRONPROTRACTOR, the pin will not be visible. SeeFigure 10.

PIN EXTENDING APPROXIMATELY PIN NOT VISIBLE1/8 – 3/16 IN. (.3 – .5 cm) OUT OF INDICATES METRONBODY INDICATES METRON PROTRACTOR PROTRACTOR HAS NOTHAS BEEN ACTUATED BEEN ACTUATED

FIGURE 10001855

6. Before positioning new METRON PROTRACTORhousing assembly, Part No. 423958, into electricactuator body, remove the piston. Thoroughly cleanpiston and inside bottom surface of actuator body ofany dirt or foreign material. As the pin is emitted froma METRON PROTRACTOR when it operates, asmall metal disc is ejected. This metal disc may befound resting on the piston inside the actuator body.Before replacing the actuated METRON PRO-TRACTOR assembly with a new one, make certainthis metal disc is removed from the piston area.Replace piston back into body. When replacingpiston, make certain pin end is facing down. Red doton bottom of stem must be facing down. See Figure 9.

7. Position METRON PROTRACTOR housingassembly back into electric actuator body, makingcertain METRON PROTRACTOR housingassembly and spring are properly seated in bottomof actuator body. See Figure 9

8. Plug wire connector together. See Figure 9.9. Carefully tuck wire connector at an approximately

45° angle down along the inside of METRON PRO-TRACTOR housing assembly between the springand the inside of the actuator body. NOTE: Makecertain wires are not located over top ofhousing.

10. Make certain plunger moves freely up and down.See Figure 9.


Recharge CO2 Cylinder (Continued)c. Bleed residue pressure from cylinder. Make cer-

tain cylinder is completely empty beforeremoving bleed down device.

d. With cylinder completely empty, remove bleeddown device and install safety shipping cap.

e. Complete Steps a. through d. on all dischargedcylinders, both pilot and slave.

FILLING ADAPTORS

The CV-98 valve utilizes filling adaptors different fromthose used for the CV-90 valve. When filling the CV-98cylinder assemblies, use the following components:

CV-98 Fill Adaptor for Part No. 423659CO2 Cylinders

CV-98 Conversion Adaptor Part No. 423657(Converts CV-90 Fill Adaptor for use on CV-98 valves)

REPLACE METRON PROTRACTOR IN CV-98 ELECTRICACTUATOR

To replace the METRON PROTRACTOR in the electricactuator, complete the following steps:1. Remove power from electric actuator circuit.2. If equipped, remove manual actuator.3. Remove electric actuator from cylinder valve.4. Unscrew actuator cap. See Figure 9.

FIGURE 9001854

4. Lift actuated METRON PROTRACTOR assemblyhousing out of actuator body and disconnect wireplug. See Figure 9.

ACTUATOR CAP

PLUNGER

METRON PROTRACTORASSEMBLY

SPRING

PISTON (PIN END MUSTBE DOWN) – RED DOT ONBOTTOM OF STEM MUSTFACE DOWN

ACTUATOR BODY

CAUTION!

Before completing Step No. 8, make certain thecontrol panel is reset and the release circuit is notin an actuated mode.

9-6

MAX VALVE

The MAX valve requires a supply of high pressurenitrogen to close the valve as part of the CO2 rechargeprocedure. Because of the additional equipmentrequired to properly fill the cylinder, Ansul suggests set-ting up the filling station as shown in Figure 12. Alsolisted below is a recommended tool and equipment list.

FIGURE 12001905

Special Tools and Equipment– Torque Wrench, 1/2 in. Drive, Capable of up to 60 ft.

lb. (81.3 Nm)– Crowfoot Wrench Attachment, 1 3/8 in., 1/2 in. Drive– Socket, 1 1/2 in., 1/2 in. Drive– Silicone Grease, Dow Corning No.4– Torque Drive, Capable of up to 30 in. lb. (3.4 Nm)– Automotive Valve Core Tool (Steel)– Socket Adaptor (Valve Core Tool to Torque Drive)– Recharge Kit (Part No. 78764)

Includes: Piston O-Ring–Part No. 68656Piston Gasket–Part No. 68661Valve Cap O-Ring–Part No. 22604Valve Actuator Seal–Part No. 77423Valve Core (2)–Part No. 31712Safety Wire–Part No. 75828Lead Seal–Part No. 45220




Replace METRON PROTRACTOR In Electric Actuator(Continued)11. Screw actuator cap back on actuator body. Securely

tighten.12. Make certain piston on bottom of actuator is free to

move up and down. See Figure 11. NOTE: If pin isnot visible in bottom hole of actuator, the piston hasbeen re-installed incorrectly. Red dot on bottom ofpiston stem must be visible from bottom of actuator.Disassemble and correct.

FIGURE 11001857

After the cylinder(s) has been secured back in thebracket and discharge hose(s) have been reconnected,attach the actuator(s) by completing the following:

1. Make certain CV-98 actuator has been rechargedwith a new METRON PROTRACTOR assembly.

2. Attach CV-98 actuator to top thread of CV-98 valve.Securely tighten.

3. If the manual actuator was used, apply a smallamount of lubricant, such as WD-40, to the pinbetween the handle and the body.

4. Attach manual actuator to CV-98 electric actuator.

BOTTOM OFACTUATOR BODY

PISTON MUST BE FREE TOMOVE UP AND DOWN.RED DOT ON BOTTOM OFPISTON STEM MUST BE VISIBLE.

CAUTION!

Make certain all electric power from the panel to theactuator has been disconnected. Failure to discon-nect power may cause system to accidentally dis-charge.

CAUTION!

Before installing electric actuator to top of CV-98valve, make certain piston in bottom of actuator isfree to move up and down. Refer to Figure 11.

NITROGENCYLINDER

CO2CYLINDER

REGULATORW/GAUGES

NITROGEN VENTTO ATMOSPHERE(OUTSIDE)

NITROGENVENT VALVE

CO2PRESSUREGAUGE

CO2 VENT TOATMOSPHERE(OUTSIDE)

CO2 VENTVALVE

SAFETYRELIEFVALVE

FROMCO2SUPPLY

CO2 SUPPLYVALVE

CO2 FILLHOSE

CO2 FILLVALVE

FILL ADAPTOR(PART NO. 70396)

MAXVALVE

QUICKCONNECT

VALVE CLOSINGADAPTOR(PART NO. 70384)

NITROGENHOSE

NITROGENSUPPLY VALVE

QUICKCONNECT

9-7


5.Remove slave back-pressure actuator from MAXvalve actuation cap. Then, remove and discard actu-ator seal. See Figure 13.

FIGURE 13001906

6. Make certain CO2 supply valve is closed and openCO2 vent valve.

7. Check seals, Part No. 70386 and 76804, on valveclosing adaptor; replace if deteriorated or separatedfrom body. Then, attach valve actuation cap. SeeFigure 14.

FIGURE 14001907



MAX VALVE (Continued)

Recommended Fill System Equipment

– Ball Valves and 2000 WOG minimumPipe

– Pipe (if used) Schedule 80

– Hoses (if used) 4000 psi (27576 kPa) minimum

– Pressure Relief 1200 psi (8273 kPa) Valve maximum

Suitable for use with CO2– Nitrogen Cylinder 0-4000 psi (0-27576 kPa) inlet

Regulator 0-1500 psi (0-10341 kPa) outlet with compatible gauges

– CO2 Manifold 0-2000 psi (0-13788 kPa),Pressure gauge calibrated

1. Place CO2 cylinder on a weigh scale and securewith chain or bracket. Then, remove safety shippingcap.

2. Remove valve outlet safety plug and attach filladaptor (with valve and quick connect) to valveoutlet. See Figure 13.

3. Close CO2 fill valve.4. Attach CO2 fill hose to fill adaptor assembly.

VALVE CLOSING ADAPTOR(PART NO. 70384)

PART NO.70386

PART NO. 76804

CAUTION!

Make certain cylinder is secured with a bracketor chain during filling and whenever shipping capis removed. Failure to comply could result in per-sonal injury due to violent cylinder movement ifcylinder is actuated.

CAUTION!

For safety, do not remove back-pressure actuatorat this time as cylinder may contain high CO2pressure.

CAUTION!

Do not remove valve actuation cap from MAXvalve. If cap is removed from a pressurized CO2cylinder valve, velocity of unrestricted escapinggas is forceful enough to cause injury, especiallyabout the face and head.

CAUTION!

Carbon dioxide can cause freeze burns if it con-tacts the skin. A face shield and protective glovesshould always be worn when servicing a cylinderthat has been disconnected from discharge hoseand piping.

CO2 FILL HOSE

FILL ADAPTORASSEMBLY

VALVE ACTUATIONCAP

REMOVE AND DISCARDACTUATOR SEAL

SLAVE BACK-PRESSUREACTUATOR REMOVED

CAUTION!

The vent must be open to outside atmosphere.The release of CO2 into an enclosed area willdisplace the oxygen which could result it uncon-sciousness or suffocation.

9-8





8. Open MAX valve by inserting a 3/32 in. (.2 cm) diam-eter rod (not supplied) through valve closing adaptorto depress valve core in actuation cap. SeeFigure 15.

FIGURE 15001908

9. Open CO2 fill valve to allow any residual pressure tobe relieved from cylinder through CO2 vent.

10. Remove rod and valve closing adaptor from actua-tion cap.

11. Cut and remove safety wire to allow removal of valveactuation cap. See Figure 16.

CUT AND REMOVESAFETY WIRE

FIGURE 16001909

12. Using 1 1/2 in. socket, unscrew valve actuation cap,with piston assembly, from MAX valve. SeeFigure 17.

FIGURE 17001910

13. Using valve core tool (steel automotive type),remove and discard valve core. See Figure 18.

FIGURE 18001911

14. Carefully insert 3/32 in. (.2 cm) diameter rod throughvalve core port and push out valve piston. SeeFigure 19. Be careful not to damage internal valvecore seat and threads.

FIGURE 19001912

15. Remove O-Ring from groove in upper portion ofpiston. See Figure 20. Be careful not to scratchpiston groove. Discard O-Ring.

16. Lubricate new O-Ring, Part No. 68656, with DowCorning No. 4 silicone grease. Insert O-Ring intopiston groove.

17. Without removing check housing assembly frompiston, visually inspect exposed portion of gasket atbottom of piston. See Figure 20. If damaged, removecheck housing and replace gasket, Part No. 68661;then reinstall check housing.

O-RING(PART NO. 68656)

GASKET(PART NO. 68661)

FIGURE 20001913

3/32 IN.DIAMETERROD

VALVE CLOSINGADAPTOR WITHQUICK CONNECT

REMOVE ANDDISCARDVALVE CORE

VALVEACTUATIONCAP

PISTON

REMOVEVALVE ACTUATIONCAP WITHPISTON

3/32 IN.DIAMETER ROD

3/32 IN.DIAMETER ROD

9-9


22. Visually inspect cap-to-body O-Ring. Replace ifdamaged. Use O-Ring, Part No. 22604. See Figure23.

23. Apply a thin film of Dow Corning No. 4 siliconegrease to valve-to-cap O-Ring.

24. Using 1/2 in. drive torque wrench and 1 1/2 in.socket, screw valve actuation cap, with pistonassembly, into MAX valve as shown in Figure 23.Use 60 ft. lb.(81.3 Nm) torque. Thread locking compound MUSTNOT BE USED.

FIGURE 23001916

25. Install new safety wire, Part No.75828, through holesprovided in valve actuation cap hex and MAX valvebody flat. Secure safety wire using crimp-type leadseal, Part No. 45220. See Figure 24.

FIGURE 24001917

26. Check seals, Part No. 70386 and 76804, on valveclosing adaptor; replace if deteriorated or separatedfrom body. See Figure 14. Then, attach valve closingadaptor, with quick connect, to MAX valve actuationcap.

27. Make certain nitrogen supply valve and nitrogen ventvalve are closed.

28. With nitrogen cylinder valve closed, attach nitrogenhose to valve closing adaptor.

29. Close CO2 vent valve and open CO2 supply valveuntil cylinder is filled to rated capacity. Then, closeCO2 supply valve.




18. Make certain check housing assembly is tightenedinto bottom of piston to 30 in. lb. (3.4 Nm) torque. Ifspool is secured in vise, make certain spool body isprotected.

19. Using a vise, press piston into valve actuation cap asshown in Figure 21. Be careful not to damage pistonO-Ring. Use vise jaw protection to prevent damageto piston and cap.

FIGURE 21001914

20. Using torque drive, install valve core into actuationcap. Tighten to 3 in. lb. (.34 Nm) torque. Do not lubri-cate valve core seal.

21. Measure depth of valve core using dial depth indi-cator:– Proper depth range is .007 to .020 in. (1.7 to

5.2 mm). See Figure 22.– If valve core depth is greater than .020 in.

(5.2 mm), replace valve core and measure again.– If valve core depth is less than .007, retighten

until depth is between .007 and .020 in. (1.7 and5.2 mm) using a maximum 6 in. lb. (.68 Nm)torque.

– If valve core depth of .007 to .020 in. (1.7 to5.2 mm) cannot be obtained with 6 in. (.68 Nm)maximum torque, replace valve core and mea-sure again.

FIGURE 22001915

PISTON

LUBRICATEO-RING

REINSTALLVALVE ACTUATIONCAP WITH PISTON

VALVEACTUATIONCAP

.007 – .020(1.7 – 5.1 mm)

LEAD SEAL(PART NO. 45220)

SAFETY WIRE(PART NO. 75828)

VISEJAW

VISEJAW

9-10





30. Open nitrogen cylinder valve and adjust nitrogenregulator until pressure reading is 250 to 300 psi(1724 to 2068 kPa) higher than CO2 pressure indi-cated on CO2 pressure gauge.

NOTICEPressure in nitrogen cylinder must be1000 psi (6894 kPa) minimum to assurethat adequate pressure is available forclosing MAX valve.

Wait until frost clears from MAX valvebody (approximately 1 to 2 minutes)before continuing to Step 31.

31. Open nitrogen supply valve for 5 seconds to closeMAX valve. Then, close nitrogen supply valve.

32. Open nitrogen vent valve to relieve pressure fromnitrogen manifold.

33. Slowly open CO2 vent valve. With valve fully open,venting should continue for only a short time to allowCO2 manifold to relieve. If venting continues, closeCO2 vent valve, increase nitrogen regulator settingby 50 psi (345 kPa), and repeat Steps 31 and 32.Excessive nitrogen closing pressure, 1100 psi (7584kPa) maximum, indicates a need for valve teardown,cleaning, and lubricating.

34. Remove nitrogen hose and valve closing adaptor.

35. Using soap solution or water bath, check valve corefor leakage. If leakage is detected, repeat Steps 6through 34.

36. Install new actuator seal, Part No. 77423, so thatseal ridge rests in cap recess as shown in Figure 25.

FIGURE 25001918

37. Inspect sealing edges on slave back-pressure actu-ator, Part No. 68713, for nicks, gouges, etc. Replaceif damaged. See Figure 26.

FIGURE 26001919

38. Reset back-pressure actuator to its fully retracted(set) position. See Figure 27.

PISTON IN FULLYRETRACTED (SET) POSITION

FIGURE 27001920

39. Install slave back-pressure actuator into valve actu-ation cap. After cylinders have been reinstalled insystem, torque all back-pressure actuators to 40 ft.lb. (54.2 Nm) using 1/2 in. drive torque wrench and1 3/8 in. crowfoot wrench attachment.

40. Remove CO2 hose and CO2 fill adaptor.Immediately reinstall safety plug in MAX valveoutlet.

41. Check MAX valve for leaks and note recharge infor-mation on record tag.

42. Reinstall safety shipping cap, Part No. 70209, oncylinder collar.

CAUTION!

Never leave CO2 cylinder unguarded or unse-cured without the safety plug in place. If plug isnot in place and cylinder is discharged, escapingCO2 or cylinder movement could cause injury orproperty damage.

ACTUATORSEAL(PART NO. 77423)

RIDGE INDOWN POSITION

BACK-PRESSUREACTUATOR(PART NO. 68713)

INSPECT SEALING EDGES

9-11


Any leak at the valve outlet indicates leakage past themain check. This could be caused by:a. Nick on the main seat.b. Foreign material on or damage to the main seal of

the main check.c. The main check is not seating properly due to distor-

tion of the valve bore. Such distortion is usually evi-dent in the area of the safety disc due to over-torquing of the safety disc nut. A maximum torque of23 ft. lbs. (31.2 Nm) is to be used when installing thesafety disc nut.

Leakage out of the top of the valve (with the bonnet capremoved), usually also indicates leakage past the maincheck.Leakage out the vent may be due to a number of rea-sons:a. Leakage past the pressure release check, Part No.

42394, due to foreign material on the seat, damageto its seal, or a scored release check seat, Part No.42413.

b. Leakage past the copper washer, Part No. 42255,below the release check seat.

Whether leakage is due to a. or b. above, it can bedetermined by removing the bonnet cap and thepiston assembly, Part No. 42416, and observingwhether the leak is at the periphery of the releasecheck seat (indicating leakage past the copperwasher) or past the check stem (indicating leakagepast the check).

c. Leakage out of the vent may also be caused byleakage past the copper washer, Part No. 42387,under the valve bonnet.

Leakage at the filling inlet can be caused by:a. Ice forming in the inlet or attachmentsb. Leakage past the filling check due to foreign mate-

rial on the seat, damage to its seal, or scoring of theseat.

Be sure to mark the date and weight on the record cardattached to the neck of the cylinder. Replace valve ship-ping cap to prevent damage during handling and ship-ping.



AP-8 VALVE

For recharging the AP-8 cylinder valve, it is necessary tohave a special filling adaptor assembly. The assembly,Part No. 45389, is composed of a hose adaptor, having a1/2-14 male thread for hose attachment and a dischargeoutlet cap.

The hose adaptor is attached to the side filling inlet, nor-mally covered with a knurled cap with four holes in it.See Figure 28. Be sure that the O-Ring is in placearound the charging hole in the adaptor before attachingadaptor. Install adaptor wrench tight.

The knurled discharge outlet cap should be attachedonto the discharge outlet, the lowest outlet on the side ofthe valve. See Figure 28. This should be attached handtight only as the pin inside the cap acts to hold open theoutlet check. By holding the outlet check open, theresidual pressure under the main valve seat is relieved,allowing the valve to close properly.

FIGURE 28001921

To recharge cylinder, place cylinder on scale and securewith bracket or chain to prevent movement during filling.Attach filling adaptor as described above. Attach fillinghose to adaptor and fill with dry CO2 to proper weight.The total full weight of the cylinder and valve is stampedon the side of the valve.

When the charging hose and adaptor are detached, thecheck in the filling inlet will seat under pressure and nofurther sealing is necessary. The knurled cap should bereplaced on the filling inlet for protection.

Check valve for possible leaks. Should a leak be discov-ered, the following information may help in determiningwhat the cause is.

CAUTION!

When removing the piston assembly, Part No.42416, make certain piston is not forced downbefore taking it from the valve body. If piston isforced down, either by hand or by the tool used toremove it, it could cause the valve to open andthe cylinder to discharge.

CAUTION!

To prevent injury or damage, take proper safety pre-cautions when filling carbon dioxide cylinders.

HOSE ADAPTOR

1/2-14 STR. THREAD

DISCHARGEOUTLETCAP


9-12


Pneumatic Valve Actuator

Reinstall each pneumatic valve actuator by completing thefollowing steps:1. Ensure that pneumatic valve actuator internal piston

is in the full “UP” position by forcing the piston up, byhand or with a short length of 1/8 in. to 1/4 in. pipe.See Figure 29.

FIGURE 29001883

2. Remove the actuation safety shipping cap from thetop of the valve and wrench-tighten the pneumaticactuator to the slave assembly.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for each additional pneumaticvalve actuator.

HF Electric Valve Actuator

Note: HF Electric Actuator cannot be used to actuate anAP-8 valve or a CV-98 valve.

Before reinstalling HF electric actuator, check to see ifthe actuator is armed or fired.1. Check to see if the actuator is armed or fired by

referring to steps a. and b. respectively.a. The actuator is armed if the following conditions

exist: See Figure 30.– When the plunger is pushed, the actuator pin

will move freely up and down approximately 1/8in. (3.2 mm).

– When the actuator is held upright, the plungerwill be approximately flush with the top surfaceof the actuator.

– The pin is retracted .010 to .015 in. (.25 to .38mm) inside the reference surface at the bottomof the actuator.

FIGURE 30001922

b. The actuator is in the fired position if the followingconditions exist: See Figure 31.

FIGURE 31001923

– When pushed, the actuator pin will have nomovement.

– When the actuator is held upright, the plungerwill be below the top surface of the actuator.

PISTON

PISTON MUST BE “UP”BEFORE INSTALLING

INCORRECT

ACTUATION IN FIRED POSITION TOP OF PLUNGER APPROXIMATELY1/8 IN. (.3 cm) BELOW TOP SURFACE

ACTUATORPIN

REFERENCE SURFACEPIN OUTSIDEREFERENCE SURFACE

CAUTION!

The carbon dioxide system will actuate if the HF elec-tric actuator pin is down, in the fired position. Beforeeach installation, make certain all actuators are in thearmed condition.

ACTUATION IN ARMED POSITION PLUNGER(FLUSH WITHTOP SURFACE)

ARMED.010 – .015 IN..(25 – .38 MM)

ACTUATIONPIN

PINFREEPINTRAVEL

1/8 IN.(3.2 CM)

REFERENCE SURFACE

REFERENCE SURFACE

Section 9 – Resetting and Recharge6-19-98

9-13

7. Feed lead and wire seal, Part No. 75568, throughhole in actuator swivel hex. Wrap around actuatorbody, over conduit connection, and back to swivelhex. Then, crimp seal to wire.

FIGURE 33001851

Manual Valve Actuator

Before installing manual actuator back unto cylindervalve or electric actuator, make certain manual actuatoris in the “SET” position. On manual actuator with ringpins, make certain ring pin is in position and securedwith a visual inspection seal.

Manual Pull Station

Reset remote manual pull station by completing the fol-lowing steps:1. If necessary, remove set screw that is retaining the

break glass rod.2. If necessary, carefully remove any remaining

broken glass from station.3. Press and position handle in proper location against

cover and slide the replacement glass break rod,Part No. 4834, through stud and handle.

4. Tighten set screw into stud.

Replace ANSUL AUTOMAN Cartridge

Install new cartridge by completing the following steps:1. Remove shipping cap and weigh replacement car-

tridge. Replace if weight is 1/2 ounce (14.2 g), ormore, below weight stamped on cartridge.

2. Make certain release mechanism is cocked and lockbar is installed. Then, install replacement cartridgeinto release assembly and hand tighten.

3. Remove lock bar.4. Secure cover on ANSUL AUTOMAN and seal with

visual inspection seal.5. Record recharge date on tag attached to unit and/or

in a permanent file.


Electric Valve Actuator (Continued)

2. To arm the actuator, use arming tool, Part No.75433, to force the pin inside the reference surfaceuntil a distinct “click” is heard. See Figure 32. Toverify that the actuator is properly armed, repeatStep 1.

NOTICEConsiderable force, 45-50 lbs. (13-23kg) is required to arm the HF electricactuator.

FIGURE 32001924

3. If no other actuators are to be installed on top of theHF electric actuator, reinstall black safety cap afterarming.

4. To install HF actuator to cylinder valve, remove actu-ation shipping cap from top threads of CV90 cylindervalve.

5. Make certain HF electric actuator is properly armed.See Step 2.

6. Thread the HF electric actuator onto top threads ofcylinder valve. Do not exceed 10 ft. lb. torque. SeeFigure 33.

ACTUATORPIN

REFERENCESURFACE

PUSH UP UNTIL"CLICK" IS HEARD

ARMING TOOL(PART NO. 75433)

DO NOT REMOVE CAP UNLESS INSTALLINGADDITIONAL ACTUATOR

HF ELECTRICACTUATOR

LEAD AND WIRE SEAL(PART NO. 75568)

CV90 VALVE

CO2 CYLINDER

Section 9 – Resetting and Recharge

9-14

NOTES:

Inspection is a “quick check” that a system is operable. Itis intended to give reasonable assurance that thesystem is fully charged and will operate. This is done byseeing that the system has not been tampered with andthere is no obvious physical damage, or condition, toprevent operation. The value of an inspection lies in thefrequency, and thoroughness, with which it is con-ducted. Systems should be inspected at regular monthlyintervals, or at more frequent intervals when circum-stances require.

The following visual checks should be performed duringa CO2 system inspection:

MANUAL PULL STATION

Check that it has not been tampered with and is readyfor operation. Lead and wire seal or break rod must be inplace.

DETECTORS

Check that they are in place, not damaged or coatedwith dirt, grease, paint, or any contaminating substance.

CONTROL SYSTEM

Make certain the panel has not been tampered with andthat the green “power on” light is illuminated. No othersystem lights should be on.

ANSUL AUTOMAN RELEASING DEVICE

Make certain the releasing device has not been tam-pered with, and that the visual inspection seal is notbroken or missing.

CYLINDER

Check that the mounting brackets are secure. Visuallycheck cylinder for any dents or signs of corrosion.

CYLINDER ACTUATOR

Make certain the electric, pneumatic, or manual actu-ator(s) are in place. Check that the actuation pipingand/or wiring has not been tampered with or discon-nected.

DISTRIBUTION PIPING AND NOZZLES

Check that the piping is secure and nozzles are in place.Make certain the nozzles are not covered with dirt,grease, or paint. Make certain nozzles are aimed in theproper direction.

ALARMS AND SIRENS

Check that they are in place and are not damaged.

MISCELLANEOUS

Make a check list of details that are important to thesystem which are not discussed above, i.e., has thehazard size or configuration been changed? Aredampers or doors jarred open where they shouldn’t be?Are special signs in place? Are nozzles obstructed byequipment moved in the area? Are there any conditionsthat would hinder the operation of the system?

Section 10

Inspection

10-1

ANSUL

Section 10 – Inspection

10-2

NOTES:

11-1

SEMI-ANNUAL MAINTENANCE EXAMINATION

Systems shall be maintained at regular intervals, notmore than six-months apart, or when specifically indi-cated by an inspection. Maintenance is a “thoroughcheck” of the system. It is intended to give maximumassurance that a system will operate effectively andsafely. It includes a thorough examination and any nec-essary repair, recharge, or replacement. It will reveal ifthere is a need for hydrostatic testing of the cylinder.

NOTICEBefore proceeding with semi-annualmaintenance examination, insert lockbar in ANSUL AUTOMAN release andANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release andremove nitrogen cartridge. Install safetyshipping cap on cartridge.

1. Note appearance of the system and componentparts, checking for mechanical damage or corro-sion.

2. Remove HF or CV-98 electric valve actuator orH.A.D. actuator (if provided) from each cylinder andreinstall actuation safety shipping cap on the valve.

3. Remove pneumatic valve actuator or lever actuator(if provided) from each tank and reinstall safetyshipping cap on the valve assembly.

4. Remove cylinder(s) from distribution piping by dis-connecting flexible hose at the valve outlet. Installsafety shipping cap on cylinder valve.

5. Check nameplate(s) for readability, corrosion, orlooseness.

6. Check distribution piping for mechanical damage orcorrosion. Make certain piping connections are tightand hangers are secured to prevent excessive pipemovement during a discharge.

7. Examine each discharge nozzle for mechanicaldamage, corrosion, or obstructions. Make certaindischarge nozzle orifices are clear and aimed cor-rectly at the hazard.

8. Check actuation piping for mechanical damage orcorrosion. Make certain the piping connections aretight and hangers are secure.

9. Check each pull station for mechanical damage.Make certain each pull station is unobstructed, thatoperating instructions are visible and (if provided),break glass rod is in place.

10. If provided, make certain each electric, pneumatic,or fusible link detector is unobstructed and not dam-aged. Inspect each detector for dirt and dust accu-mulation. Fusible links should be replaced every sixmonths or sooner depending on conditions.

11. Weigh each cylinder by completing the following:a. Loosen the mounting bracket on the cylinder.b. Attach the weigh scale, Part No. 74241, to the

weigh rail above the cylinder. Thread lifting yoke,Part No. 69877, on cylinder collar threads and liftcylinder from floor. Record weight while cylinderis suspended. See Figure 1.

FIGURE 1001925

c. Compare actual weight with weight stamped onthe cylinder collar. If cylinder weight loss exceeds10 percent of weight stamped on cylinder collar,cylinder must be recharged or replaced.

d. Check hydrostatic date stamped on cylindercollar. Cylinder may require hydrostatic testing.Refer to NFPA 12, Standard on Carbon DioxideExtinguishing Systems, for detailed instructionsconcerning hydrostatic test requirements.

Section 116-19-98REV. 1

Maintenance

ANSUL

CAUTION

DO NOT reinstall any actuator to cylindervalve at this time. Actuators must remain offvalve until they have been tested. If actuatorsare mounted on cylinder valve at this time,accidental actuation and discharge will resultwhen actuators are tested.

!

FLOOR

CYLINDER SADDLE

SCALE EYE

CARBON DIOXIDE CYLINDER

ANGLE IRONWEIGHING RAIL

LIFTING YOKE,PART NO. 69877

SCALE ROTATED 90°FOR CLEARNESS,PART NO. 74241

BEAM MUST BE HORIZONTALFOR CORRECT WEIGHTREADING

21 IN. BEAM(53.3 cm)

11-2

SEMI-ANNUAL MAINTENANCE EXAMINATION(Continued)

12. Reattach flex bend to cylinder valve outlet andreclamp cylinder in bracket.

Fusible Link Detection/Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMANRelease1. Make certain lock bar, Part No. 14985, is in place in

ANSUL AUTOMAN release mechanism. SeeFigure 2.

FIGURE 2000321

2. Make certain no pneumatic actuators are installedto any cylinder valves.

3. Remove gasket from cartridge receiver in ANSULAUTOMAN release mechanism. Check gasket forelasticity or cuts and replace if necessary. Cleanand coat gasket lightly with a good grade of extremetemperature grease. Reinstall gasket into cartridgereceiver.

4. Install LT-30-R cartridge in ANSUL AUTOMANrelease. Hand tighten.

5. Remove lock bar and manually test system by oper-ating the remote manual pull station or push “strike”button on ANSUL AUTOMAN release.

6. After operating manually, check that functions havebeen accomplished and the pneumatic tank actu-ator(s) have actuated.

7. Cock ANSUL AUTOMAN mechanism using cockinglever, Part No. 14995. See Figure 3.

FIGURE 3001882

8. Remove empty nitrogen cartridge and reset all aux-iliary devices.

9. Reset pneumatic tank actuator(s). See Figure 4.

NOTICEPiston should move up and down withlittle resistance. If not, a small amount ofDow Corning 4 Silicone grease shouldbe placed into the piston bore when thepiston is up. Operate the piston up anddown 2 or 3 times. If the piston is stillhard to move, the actuator should bereplaced. Make certain actuator is left inthe reset (piston up) position.

FIGURE 4001883

Section 11 – Maintenance

LOCK BARPROPERLY INSTALLED

INCORRECTPISTON MUST BE “UP”BEFORE INSTALLING

PISTON

CAUTION

During this maintenance test, if any pneumaticactuators are installed to cylinder valves, thetesting of the system will cause cylinder dis-charge.

CAUTION

Pneumatic cylinder actuator(s) must be resetprior to installing on cylinder valve or system willactuate.

!

!

11-3

18. Lower the tension lever to “DOWN” position. SeeFigure 6.

19. Recock the release mechanism and insert the lockbar.

20. Inspect the base of the wire rope clamping device tomake certain that there is a minimum of 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) to 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) maximum clearancebetween the base of the trip hammer assembly andthe cable lever assembly. See Figure 7.

FIGURE 7000323

21. Locate detector linkage and properly position ineach bracket.

22. Make certain additional devices have operated asintended.

23. Before reinstalling cartridge, reset all additionalequipment by referring to appropriate section ofResetting and Recharge, Section 9.

24. Remove shipping cap and weigh each nitrogen car-tridge. Replace if weight is 1/2 ounce (14.2 g) ormore, below weight stamped on cartridge.

25. Make certain release mechanism is cocked and lockbar is installed, screw cartridge into release mecha-nism and hand tighten.

26. Remove lock bar.27. Install cover on enclosure, install ring pin through

“STRIKE” button, and secure with visual seal, Part No. 197.

28. Reinstall pneumatic actuator(s) on cylinder valves.29. Record semi-annual maintenance date on tag

attached to unit and/or in a permanent file.


Fusible Link Detection/Mechanical ANSUL AUTOMANRelease (Continued)

10. Make certain release mechanism is cocked.11. Raise tension lever to “UP” position. See Figure 5.


FIGURE 5000322

12. Install test link, Part No. 15751, in terminal detector.13. Lower tension lever to “DOWN” position. See

Figure 6.

TENSION LEVERIN “DOWN” POSITION

FIGURE 6001926

14. Using wire cutter, cut test link at terminal detector tosimulate automatic actuation.

15. After successful actuation, raise the tension lever to“UP” position.

16. Clean and return properly-rated, Ansul approved,fusible link to terminal detector.

NOTICEFusible links installed in system forsix months or more must bereplaced.

17. Remove, clean, and return additional fusible links toseries detector linkage(s). Fusible links loaded withextraneous material can result in excessive delaysin actuation.

Section 11 – Maintenance6-19-98REV. 1


TRIP HAMMERASSEMBLY

TRIP HAMMERBASE

11-4



Thermal Detection/Electric ANSUL AUTOMAN II-CRelease

1. Make certain ring pin is in place in ANSULAUTOMAN II-C release mechanism. See Figure 8.

FIGURE 8001894

2. Make certain no pneumatic actuator(s) are installedon any cylinder valves.

3. If necessary, install LT-30-R cartridge in ANSULAUTOMAN II-C release. Hand tighten.

4. Remove ring pin and manually test system by oper-ating the remote manual pull station or push“STRIKE” button on ANSUL AUTOMAN II-Crelease.

5. After operating manually, check that all functionshave been accomplished and the pneumaticcylinder actuator(s) have actuated.

6. Cock ANSUL AUTOMAN II-C release mechanismusing cocking lever, Part No. 26310, and install ringpin.

7. Remove empty nitrogen cartridge and reset all aux-iliary devices.

8. Remove gasket from cartridge receiver in ANSULAUTOMAN II-C release mechanism. Check gasketfor elasticity or cuts and replace if necessary. Cleanand coat gasket lightly with a good grade of extremetemperature grease. Reinstall gasket into cartridgereceiver.

9. Reset pneumatic cylinder actuator(s). See Figure 9.

NOTICEPiston should move up and down withlittle resistance. If not, a small amountof Dow Corning 4 Silicone greaseshould be placed into the piston borewhen the piston is up. Operate thepiston up and down 2 or 3 times. If thepiston is still hard to move, theactuator should be replaced. Makecertain actuator is left in the reset(piston up) position.

FIGURE 9001883

10. Make certain the release mechanism is cocked andring pin is removed.

CAUTION

During this maintenance test, if any pneumaticactuators are installed to cylinder valves, thetesting of the system will cause cylinder dis-charge.

RESETLEVER

RING PIN

INCORRECTPISTON MUST BE “UP”BEFORE INSTALLING

PISTON

CAUTION

Pneumatic cylinder actuator must be reset priorto installing on cylinder valve or system willactuate.

!

!

11-5


H.A.D. Detection/Mechanical Control Head

1. With mechanical control head disconnected fromcylinder, remove locking pin and operate localmanual control to test proper operation of head.

2. Replace locking pin and reset control head. DONOT attach control head to cylinder valve.

3. Inspect H.A.D. detectors and clean off all foreignsubstances. Failure to clean detecting device willseriously impair the efficiency of the automatic fea-ture of the system which may result in a failure todetect the fire.

4. To test the H.A.D. detector, make certain the controlhead is not mounted on the cylinder valve.Submerge H.A.D. detector in container of hot water,180 °F to 200 °F, (82 °C to 93 °C). It is not advisableto use torch on detectors since they are very sensi-tive to heat. Check control heads to see that theyhave operated.

5. Reset control head, reinstall on cylinder valve, andwrench tighten swivel nut. Do not exceed 10 ft. lb.(13.6 Nm) torque.

6. Install new seal wire on control head(s).7. Record semi-annual maintenance date on tag

attached to unit and/or in a permanent file.


Thermal Detection/Electric ANSUL AUTOMAN II-CRelease (Continued)

11. Test each thermal detector by submerging in a pan ofhot or boiling water or by using an approved heatlamp. Test each detector individually and recockrelease mechanism after each test.

NOTICEIf system does not fire, check theintegrity of the solenoid by using anohmmeter and measure the resis-tance of the solenoid coil. If it is notwithin the resistance range, replacesolenoid. There are two different sole-noids used in the ANSUL AUTOMANII-C release and their resistance is asfollows:

Number Stamped Resistance on Solenoid MeasurementP4-2025 12-18 ohmsTBX16-C-12 VDC 21-32 ohms

12. With release mechanism cocked, install ring pin.See Figure 8.

13. Before installing cartridge, reset all additional equip-ment by referring to appropriate section of Resettingand Recharge, Section 9.

14. Remove shipping cap and weigh each nitrogen car-tridge. Replace if weight is 1/2 ounce (14.2 g), ormore, below weight stamped on cartridge.

15. Make certain release mechanism is cocked and ringpin is installed, screw replacement cartridge intorelease mechanism and hand tighten.

16. Remove ring pin.17. Install cover on enclosure, install ring pin through

"STRIKE" button, and secure with visual seal, PartNo. 197.

18. Reinstall pneumatic actuator(s) on cylinder valves.Make certain actuator(s) have been reset beforeinstalling on cylinder valve.

19. Record semi-annual maintenance date on tagattached to unit and/or in a permanent file.

CAUTION

For systems with dual control heads, remove bothheads before testing.

CAUTION

Be sure head is reset. Indicator arrow must be in“SET” position. Failure to reset will cause acci-dental discharge of the system. Allow detectorsto cool for at least five minutes before resettingcontrol heads.

!

!

11-6



Electric Detection/AUTOPULSE Control System

NOTICERemove the HF electric valve actuatorand any additional actuators from thecylinder valve prior to testing theAUTOPULSE Control System. Failureto do so will cause accidental systemdischarge.

Perform system semi-annual maintenance by followingthe instructions listed in the appropriate AUTOPULSEControl System Installation, Operation, andMaintenance Manual and the HF Electric ActuatorApplication and Installation Sheet, Part No. 73330.

In order to help understand the design process, twelveexample hazards are covered in this section. There may bedifferent design approaches that can be taken for eachhazard. The examples are only intended to show what hasto be done to complete the design and hydraulic calcula-tions.

An outline of each of the example hazards is provided andeach item is listed in the numerical order in which it shouldbe performed.

12-1

ANSULSection 12

Typical Applications

Section 12 – Typical Applications

12-2

EXAMPLE NO. 1 – DIP TANKS

A dip tank operation may consist of a simple hand heldbasket of parts or may be a more complex operation withmaterial being conveyed to the tank by an overhead mono-rail conveyor, or parts dipped by an overhead hoist.

The tank may or may not be enclosed by a hinged lid andoften has a drain board or drip area which may or may not beenclosed.

The hazard to be protected would be the liquid surface of thetank, any hanging material above the drip area, the drainboard/drip area, and any associated pumps within the area.If an exhaust system is utilized, this must also be protected.

It is essential that all pumps, motorized conveyor, heaters,and ventilation fans be stopped. The exhaust duct, if any,must be dampered to close upon system actuation.

In paint and varnish operations, it is common practice for thedipped parts to be dried in a bake oven. The authority havingjurisdiction may require that the oven also be protected.

Hazard

The dip tank is 8 ft. 10 1/2 in. x 4 ft. 5 in. with a 6 in. free board.

The drainboard is 7 ft. x 4 ft. 5 in.

Nozzles are not to be closer than 30 in. from the surface.Hanging parts are within 1 ft. 6 in. from the surface.

Factory Mutual is the insurance authority.

ITEM NO. 1 – Calculation Sheet. Fill out the calculationsheet with the information required to determine flow rateand total quantity of agent.

ITEM NO. 2 – Drawing. Complete a drawing or sketch asaccurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and numberof fittings. Locate and number all node points and nozzles.

ITEM NO. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form.With the informationon pipe lengths,fittings, node points, and nozzles, fill in theinput form.

ITEM NO. 4 – Print Out No.1.The first print out that thecomputer program runs will indicate nozzle codes, dis-charge times, and pipe sizes. Notice that on the first printout, the nozzle codes generated by the computer are givenin exact, fractional orifice sizes. It is necessary at this pointto choose the nearest nominal orifice size available and re-input the hydraulic calculations data (nozzle codes and pipesizes) to make certain the discharge time and nozzle pres-sures do not fall below the approved minimums.

ITEM NO. 5 – Print Out No. 2.After the nozzle orifices andpipe sizes have been chosen, the second computer printout will verify that the system will function properly.

ITEM NO. 6 – Bill Of Material. A bill of material should begenerated to show the complete list of all required hard-ware.


12-3


Item No. 1 – Calculation Sheet

001927


12-4


Item No. 2 – Drawing

001928


12-5


Item No. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form/1

001929


12-6



001930


12-7


Item No. 4 – Print Out No. 1/1

001931


12-8



001932


12-9



001933


12-10



001934


12-11



001935


12-12



001936


12-13


Item No. 6 – Bill Of Material

001937


12-14

EXAMPLE NO. 2 – COMPUTER ROOM AND SUBFLOOR

Electronic data processing involves storage, recall and useof information via electronic equipment. Due to theextremely high dollar value of equipment and data con-tained within the computer facility, the necessity for fire pro-tection in combination with a fast responding detectionsystem is readily apparent.

The computer room and subfloor space can be protectedwith a total flood carbon dioxide system, especially whenthe computer room is normally unoccupied.

Fires can occur as deep seated fires within the computerelectrical insulation and in the cable bundles in the subfloor.Paper debris that has been allowed to accumulate in thesubfloor is also a source for ignition.

The CO2 system is designed in accordance with NFPA 12,which states that a 30%concentration must be achievedwithin two minutes and a design concentration of 50% mustbe reached within seven minutes. Design concentrationmust be maintained for a period of not less than twentyminutes.

Factory Mutual (FM) requires a 65% design concentration ifthe subfloor is constructed of combustible material, or hascontents other than cable. FM also requires the design con-centration of 65% then be held for a minimum of thirtyminutes.

Occasionally, drainage is installed in the subfloor area.Provisions must be made for making the drain piping aclosed system unless water is present to assist in assuringthe necessary concentration.

When the computer room is normally occupied, personnelsafety is of first concern. Alarms must be located in the roomand a mechanical time delay must be incorporated in thesystem to allow sufficient time for personnel to evacuate theroom prior to discharge.

Smoke detection is generally used.

The authority having jurisdiction may have additionalrequirements.

Hazard

A computer room having dimensions of 70 ft. x 50 ft. x 8 ft.

A subfloor having dimensions of 70 ft. x 50 ft. x 1 ft.

No unclosable openings.

Ventilation to be shut down at system actuation.

ITEM NO. 1 – Calculation Sheet.Fill out the calculationsheet with the information required to determine flow rateand total quantity of agent.


ITEM NO. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form.With the informationon pipe lengths, fittings, node points, and nozzles, fill in theinput form.

ITEM NO. 4 – Print Out No. 1. The first print out that thecomputer program runs will indicate nozzle codes, dis-charge times, and pipe sizes. Notice that on the first printout, the nozzle codes generated by the computer are givenin exact, fractional orifice sizes. It is necessary at this pointto choose the nearest nominal size orifice available and re-input the hydraulic calculations to make certain the dis-charge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below theapproved minimums.

ITEM NO. 5 – Print Out No. 2. After the nozzle orifices andpipe sizes have been chosen, the second computer printout will verify that the system will function properly.



12-15


Item No. 1 – Calculation Sheet/1

001938

Section 12 – Typical ApplicationsREV. 1

12-16



001939


12-17


Item No. 2 – Drawing/1

001940


12-18


Item No. 2 – Drawing/2

001941


12-19



001942


12-20



001943


12-21



001944


12-22



001945


12-23



001946


12-24



001947


12-25



001948


12-26



001949


12-27



001950


12-28



001951


12-29



001952


12-30



001953


12-31



001954


12-32



001955


12-33



001956


12-34



001957


12-35



001958


12-36



001959


12-37

ITEM NO. 5 – Print Out No. 2. The second printout reflectsthe first hydraulic run using 3-100 lb. cylinders (total of 300lbs.) instead of 3-75 lb. cylinders as first was used. Noticethe nozzle orifices need to be rounded to a nominal size andthen rerun to determine everything is still acceptable.

ITEM NO. 6 – Print Out No. 3. This printout confirms thatafter the orifices sizes and pipe sizes were inputted, theresulting hydraulic calculations are acceptable.

ITEM NO. 7 – Bill of Material.This should then be com-pleted for the system protecting the open sided wave soldermachine.

ITEM NO. 8 – Calculation Sheet. Fill out the calculationsheet with the information required to determine flow rateand total quantity of agent for the enclosed wave soldermachine.



ITEM NO. 11 – Print Out No. 1. The first print out that thecomputer program runs will indicate nozzle codes, dis-charge times, and pipe sizes. Notice that on the first printout, the nozzle codes generated by the computer are givenin exact, fractional orifice sizes. It is necessary at this pointto choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and re-input the hydraulic calculations to make certain the dis-charge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below theapproved minimums.



EXAMPLE NO. 3 – WAVE SOLDER MACHINE

A typical wave solder machine consists of an enclosure andfume exhaust system. The machine usually employs amotorized conveyor for transporting parts from flux tubs to apreheater and then to the solder pots, all of which are withinthe enclosure.

Access doors may be installed on one or both sides of theenclosure. If these doors are always in the closed position,then the enclosure may be treated as a total flood hazard. Inthose cases where the doors are left open, the hazardoussurface must be treated as a local application hazard.

In any case, the exhaust system would be considered as atotal flood hazard. A fire condition can exist when an excessamount of flux is applied to the parts and is then ignited bythe preheater or the molten solder which can be at a temper-ature of 500 °F to 550 °F (260 °C to 288 °C).

Shut down of all heating sources, pumps, conveyor andexhaust system must be automatically accomplished priorto the carbon dioxide system discharge. It is essential thatthe duct be dampered with the damper to close uponsystem actuation.

Hazard

Enclosure with dimensions of 16 ft. x 4 ft. x 3 ft.

Two conveyor openings of 2 ft. x 6 in., down 3 ft. 6 in. fromtop of the enclosure.

Exhaust duct is 9 in. diameter and 12 ft. long.

A reserve system is required.

Two design approaches: open sides and enclosed.




ITEM NO. 4 – Print Out No. 1. The first print out that thecomputer program runs will indicate nozzle codes, dis-charge times, and pipe sizes. Notice that on the first printout, the computer printed out a warning stating the dis-charge time of 29.9 seconds was below the minimum localapplication time of 30 seconds. It is not possible on thisexample to lengthen the time by reducing the flow ratebecause the flow rate is already very close to the minimum.Therefore, it is necessary to add more agent.


12-38



001960


12-39



001961


12-40



001962


12-41



001963


12-42



001964


12-43



001965


12-44



001966


12-45



001967


12-46



001968


12-47



001969


12-48


Item No.5 – Print Out No. 2/3

001970


12-49



001971


12-50



001972


12-51



001973


12-52



001974


12-53



001975


12-54



001976


12-55


Item No. 10 – Hydraulic Input Form

001977


12-56



001978


12-57



001979


12-58



001980


12-59



001981


12-60


Item No. 13 – The Bill Of Material

001982


12-61



EXAMPLE NO. 4 – ELECTRICAL CABINETS

Electrical cabinets contain equipment and wiring subject tofire due to an electrical fault. Burning insulation soonbecomes deep-seated in nature.The common approach tofire protection is to totally flood the enclosure. This is accom-plished by injecting a sufficient quantity of carbon dioxidewithin the cabinet to suppress the fire and allow a “soaking’’period.

Electrical cabinets may have a completely open interior orbe compartmentalized. If the cabinet construction consistsof a series of compartments, a CO2 nozzle and detectormust be installed in each compartment.

Cabinets may be reasonably “tight’’ or may have loose fit-ting doors or louver openings. If leakage is appreciable,making it difficult to maintain the required CO2 concentra-tion over a set period of time, then an extended discharge ofCO2 will be required.

NFPA 12 states that a 50% concentration of CO2 is requiredfor dry electrical fires in general and that a 30% concentra-tion shall be achieved within two minutes with the designconcentration being achieved within seven minutes. Inaddition, the design concentration must be maintained for aminimum of twenty minutes.

Electrical power and any ventilation must be shut down priorto the CO2 discharge.

Hazard

The room contains a series of five electrical cabinets, eachmeasuring 5 ft. x 4 ft. x 7 ft. high.

The room is 50 ft. x 40 ft. x 10 ft.

Each cabinet has a louvered door. The louvers measure 3 ft.x 4 in. and the center of each louver is 5 ft. from the top of thecabinet.




ITEM NO. 4 – Print Out No.1. The first print out that thecomputer program runs will indicate nozzle codes, dis-charge times, and pipe sizes. Notice that on the first printout, the nozzle codes generated by the computer are givenin exact, fractional orifice sizes. It is necessary at this pointto choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and re-input the hydraulic calculations to make certain the dis-charge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below theapproved minimums.


12-62



001983


12-63



001984


12-64



001985


12-65



001986


12-66



001987


12-67



001988


12-68



001989


12-69



001990


12-70



001991


12-71



001992


12-72

EXAMPLE NO. 5 – TRANSFORMERS

Transformers may be either set in the open or in vaults.

Transformers in vaults are treated as surface type total floodhazards. If there is a possibility that a heated transformercore could produce a “deep-seated’’ fire in the insulation,then treating the vault as a “deep-seated’’ hazard may bejustified. This should be determined by consulting with theowners and the authority having jurisdiction.

Transformers located in the open, where it is impractical toflood the room, are protected by locally applying CO2 usingthe rate by area method. Discharge nozzles are locatedaround the transformer in order to completely engulf thetransformer with CO2. Discharge nozzles are located inaccordance with UL listings regarding discharge rate, dis-tance and area of coverage.

If egress is difficult, install a time delay in the dischargepiping.

When the hazard cannot be reduced to equivalent surfaceareas, the rate by volume method of design should beemployed, whereby the transformer is regarded to be withinan assumed volume, with the amount of CO2 requiredbeing based on this volume.

Electrical clearances should be maintained in accordancewith NFPA 12.

For vault protection, all openings must be sealed, doorsmust fit tightly and ventilation must be shut down.

Any vault floor drains should be provided with a normallyclosed valve, which only opens by oil pressure during an oilspill.

Thermal detection is recommended.

Hazard

Transformer vault surface type fire. A vault with dimensionsof 10 ft. x 12 ft. x 15 ft. high.

One unclosable opening 2 ft. x 1 ft., with its center line 3 ft.from ceiling.

All equipment to be shut down at system discharge.

Transformer vault deep-seated fire. A vault with dimensionsof 10 ft. x 12 ft. x 15 ft. high.

One unclosable opening 2 ft. x 1 ft., with its center line 3 ft.from ceiling.

All equipment to be shut down at system discharge.

Transformer in the open, indoor area. Transformer size is 4ft. x 4 ft. x 5 ft. high.

A diked area has been formed 2 ft. from all sides of the trans-former.

Fan in area to be shut down. Items 1 through 6 are for sur-face protection.

Items 7 through 12 are for deep-seated protection.

Items 13 through 19 are for open, local application protec-tion.

ITEM NO. 1– Calculation Sheet.Fill out the calculationsheet with the information required to determine flow rateand total quantity of agent.








ITEM NO. 9 – Hydraulic Input Form. With the informationon pipe lengths, fittings, node points, and nozzles, fill in theinput form.

ITEM NO. 10 – Print Out No.1.The first print out that thecomputer program runs will indicate nozzle codes, dis-charge times, and pipe sizes. Notice that on the first printout, the nozzle codes generated by the computer are givenin exact, fractional orifice sizes. It is necessary at this pointto choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and re-input the hydraulic calculations to make certain the dis-charge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below theapproved minimums.



12-73



ITEM NO. 14 – Drawing.Complete a drawing or sketch asaccurate as possible to determine pipe lengths and numberof fittings. Locate and number all node points and nozzles.


ITEM NO. 16 – Print Out No. 1.The first print out that thecomputer program runs will indicate nozzle codes, dis-charge times, and pipe sizes. Notice that on the first printout, the nozzle codes generated by the computer are givenin exact, fractional orifice sizes. It is necessary at this pointto choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and re-input the hydraulic calculations to make certain the dis-charge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below theapproved minimums.

ITEM NO. 17 – Print Out No. 2.After the nozzle orifices andpipe sizes have been chosen, the second computer printout will verify that the system will function properly. Thissecond print out shows that the nozzle orifices chosencaused the system flow rate to drop to 85 lbs. per minutewhich is below the required minimum of 90.

ITEM NO. 18 – Print Out No. 3.The nozzle No. 102 waschanged to a orifice code of 7.5 from the originally chosencode of 7.0 and the calculations were rerun. This print outshows that the system flow rate is now acceptable.



12-74


Item No. 1– Calculation Sheet

001993


12-75



001994


12-76



001995


12-77



001996


12-78



001997


12-79



001998


12-80



001999


12-81



002000


12-82



002001


12-83



002002


12-84



002003


12-85



002004


12-86



002005


12-87



002006


12-88



002007


12-89



002008


12-90



002009


12-91



002010


12-92



002011


12-93



002012


12-94



002013


12-95



002014


12-96



002015


12-97



002016


12-98



002017


12-99



002018


12-100



002019


12-101



002020


12-102



002021


12-103

EXAMPLE NO. 6 – SUBFLOOR

Subfloor fires can occur as deep-seated fires in electricalinsulation, in combustible debris accumulated due to poormaintenance, or in the construction material of the subflooritself.

Protection of data processing subfloor spaces can beaccomplished with a total flood system. The CO2 system isdesigned in accordance with NFPA 12.

Some CO2 loss will occur through cable openings into theequipment and through perforated tile. Make a completeevaluation of possible leakage sources and add CO2 tocompensate. If leakage is excessive, an extended dis-charge system must be considered.

Subfloor airspaces are often used as a plenum for the airhandling system. If the space is used as a plenum, the airhandling system MUST be shut down, tightly damperedand the air handling equipment at full rest BEFORE CO2system discharge or the CO2 will be rapidly exhausted.

A 50% design concentration is required for dry electricalfires by NFPA 12. A 30% concentration must be achievedwithin two minutes and design concentration must bereached within seven minutes. Design concentration mustbe maintained for a minimum of twenty minutes. FactoryMutual (FM) requires a 65% design concentration if thesubfloor is constructed of combustible material or has con-tents other than cable. FM requires the design concentra-tion be held for a minimum of 30 minutes.

Occasionally, drainage is installed in a subfloor area.Provisions must be made for making the drain piping aclosed system unless water is present. This will assist inassuring the necessary CO2 concentrations.

Smoke detectors are usually employed for early warning offire to allow manual release of the CO2 system with thermaldetectors used as a backup to allow automatic systemrelease.

When protecting a subfloor area, it is a good idea to reducethe spacing and increase the quantity of nozzles protectingthis area. If a forceful discharge is used to expel the carbondioxide, some of the agent will be lost through openings intothe computers and other openings around the area. Thiscan lead to problems meeting the concentrations required.

The authority having jurisdiction may have additionalrequirements.

Hazard

A subfloor having dimensions of 70 ft. x 50 ft. x 1 ft.






ITEM NO. 4 – Print Out No. 1.The first print out that thecomputer program runs will indicate nozzle codes, dis-charge times, and pipe sizes. Notice that on the first printout, the nozzle codes generated by the computer are givenin exact, fractional orifice sizes. It is necessary at this pointto choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and re-input the hydraulic calculations to make certain the dis-charge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below theapproved minimums.




12-104



002022


12-105



002023


12-106


Item No. 3 – Hydraulic Input Form 1/1

002024


12-107



002025


12-108



002026


12-109



002027


12-110



002028


12-111



002029


12-112



002030


12-113



002031


12-114



002032


12-115



002033


12-116



002034


12-117



002035


12-118

EXAMPLE NO. 7 – BATTERY STORAGE VAULTS

Acid type batteries are normally stored and charged inrooms or vaults which have adequate ventilation, so thatlarge amounts of hydrogen are unable to collect.

Any small hydrogen fires that result in the vault can be suc-cessfully suppressed by injecting a concentration of 75%carbon dioxide.

It should be noted that the carbon dioxide system is not anexplosion suppression system.

The carbon dioxide system must be properly grounded toeliminate any possibility of a spark in an explosive atmos-phere. Objects exposed to the CO2 discharge must begrounded to dissipate possible electrostatic charges (NFPA77).

Any openings which cannot be closed, or ventilating sys-tems which cannot be shut down, shall be compensated forby additional carbon dioxide (NFPA 12).

If egress is difficult, install time delay in discharge piping.

Photoelectric smoke detection is recommended. The needfor a time delay device should also be addressed.

Hazard

A battery storage vault has dimensions of 9 ft. x 15 ft. x 8 ft.high.


Ventilation system must be shut down at discharge.




ITEM NO. 4 – Print Out No.1. The first print out that thecomputer program runs will indicate nozzle codes, dis-charge times, and pipe sizes. Notice that on the first printout, the nozzle codes generated by the computer are givenin exact, fractional orifice sizes. It is necessary at this pointto choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and re-input the hydraulic calculations to make certain dischargetime and nozzle pressures do not fall below approved mini-mums.


ITEM NO. 6 – Bill Of Material.A bill of material should begenerated to show the complete list of all required hard-ware.


12-119



002036


12-120



002037


12-121



002038


12-122



002039


12-123



002040


12-124



002041


12-125



002042


12-126



002043


12-127

EXAMPLE NO. 8 – DOCUMENT STORAGE

The typical document storage room may consist of shelvescontaining stacks of records and documents, or the docu-ments may be in file cabinets or cartons. A fire could resultin surface burning and internal burning and therefore is con-sidered a “deep-seated” type hazard.

Fire suppression is accomplished by totally flooding theroom with a 65% concentration of CO2, using a floodingfactor of 8 cu. ft. per lb. of CO2 (NFPA 12).

Additional compensating CO2 must beprovided for all unclosable openings(NFPA 12).

NFPA 12 states that the design concentration shall beachieved within seven minutes, but that the discharge rateshall not be less than that required to develop a concentra-tion of 30% in two minutes.

The design concentration must be held for a minimum oftwenty minutes, which necessitates a fairly tight enclosure.(Per I.R.I. the minimum is thirty minutes.) For personnelsafety, a time delay device should be included in the systemdesign.


Hazard

A record storage room having dimensions of 15 ft. x 30 ft. x11 ft. high.


Ventilation to shut down at system discharge.








12-128



002044


12-129



002045


12-130



002046


12-131



002047


12-132


Item No. 4 – Print Out No.1/1

002048


12-133



002049


12-134



002050


12-135



002051


12-136



002052


12-137



002053


12-138



002054


12-139

EXAMPLE NO. 9 – CONTROL ROOMS

As a typical control room may have most of the room volumetaken up with electrical equipment and wiring, it is thereforeconsidered a “deep-seated’’ type hazard. In accordancewith NFPA 12, the room is flooded with a 50% concentrationof carbon dioxide.

The volume of the room determines the NFPA 12 floodingfactor to be used. For spaces containing a volume up to andincluding 2000 cu. ft., a flooding factor of 10 cu. ft. per lb. ofCO2 is to be used.

For volumes greater than 2000 cu. ft., a flooding factor of 12cu. ft. per lb. of CO2 is used.

Additional compensating CO2 must be provided for allunclosable openings.

NFPA states that the design concentration shall beachieved within seven minutes, but that the discharge rateshall not be less than that required to develop a concentra-tion of 30% in two minutes.

The design concentration must be held for a minimum oftwenty minutes.

For personnel safety, a time delay device should be incorpo-rated in the system design.


Hazard

A control room having dimensions of 20 ft. x 32 ft. x 10 ft.high.









ITEM NO. 7 – Application Drawing.This typical applica-tion drawing is an example of the type of drawing which isgenerated from Ansul Applications EngineeringDepartment. This drawing is normally used to secureapproval from the local authority.


12-140



002055


12-141



002056


12-142



002057


12-143



002058


12-144



002059


12-145



002060


12-146



002061


12-147



002062


12-148



002063


12-149



002064


12-150

NOTES:

12-150.1


12-151

EXAMPLE NO. 10 – LUBE OIL PITS

Open top pits containing lube oil pumps and motors, up to adepth of 4 ft. (1.2 m) and not exceeding a depth equal to onequarter of the width, should be protected as a local applica-tion type hazard, using the rate by area method of calcula-tion. The quantity of carbon dioxide required is determinedby calculating the total floor area and utilizing UL listed noz-zles. It may also be necessary to locate nozzles in the centerof the pit to provide complete coverage. The discharge timemust be a minimum of 30 seconds.

Open pits greater than 4 ft. (1.2 m) in depth and with a depthnot exceeding one quarter its width, may be protected onthe basis of 4 lbs./min./sq.ft. of floor area and calculated fora minimum of a 30 second discharge.

Open top pits should have nozzles located slightly abovethe two-thirds level above the pit floor, provided the nozzlelistings are not exceeded, and that if liquid is present, thereis no danger of splashing.

If the pit has a partial covering of solid plate, so that the openarea is less than 3% of the cubic foot volume expressed insquare feet, then the quantity of CO2 required may be cal-culated on a total flood basis, using a factor of .25 lbs./cu.ft.(four solid walls). Any leakage from the open area should becompensated for by adding one pound per square foot ofopening.

Refer to NFPA-12 Appendix B for additional guidance onprotection for lube oil pits.

Thermal detection is recommended.

The following designs are based on NFPA 12.

Hazard

Example A – Pit is 8 ft. wide x 12 ft. long x 3.9 ft. deep.System is to be local application.

Example B – Pit is 10 ft. wide x 15 ft. long x 8 ft. deep. Systemis to be local application.

Example C – Pit is 12 ft. wide x 20 ft. long x 8 ft. deep andpartially covered. The area which is not covered is 6 ft. x 3 ft.The system is to be total flood.

Items 1 through 6 are for local application protection for pit“A’’.

Items 7 through 14 are for local application protection for pit“B”.

Items 15 through 20 are for total flooding protection for pit“C”.











ITEM NO. 11 – Hydraulic Input.After the nozzle orificesand pipe sizes have been chosen, the second computerprint out will verify that the system will function properly. Inthis case though, after this input, an error message wasshown on the computer screen stating that the pipe sizesare too small for the orifice codes chosen. It is now neces-sary to increase the pipe sizes and rerun the calculation.

ITEM NO. 12 – Print Out No. 2. After the error messagewas received from the computer, the pipe sizes wereincreased and the computer was left to choose the nozzlecodes again.

ITEM NO. 13 – Print Out No. 3. After the second print outran successfully, the nominal orifice codes were chosen andthe final calculation was run to determine the system willfunction properly.


12-152









12-153



002066


12-154



002067


12-155



002068


12-156



002069


12-157



002070


12-158



002071


12-159



002072


12-160



002073


12-161



002074


12-162



002075


12-163



002076


12-164



002077


12-165



002078


12-166



002079


12-167



0020780


12-168



002081


12-169



002082


12-170


Item No. 11 – Hydraulic Input

002083


12-171



002084


12-172



002085


12-173



002086


12-174



002087


12-175



002088


12-176



002089


12-177



002090


12-178



002091


12-179



002092


12-180


Item No.17 – Hydraulic Input Form

002093


12-181



002094


12-182



002095


12-183



002096


12-184



002097


12-185



002098


12-186

EXAMPLE NO. 11 – GENERATORS (RECIRCULATINGAND NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE)

RECIRCULATING TYPE – Turbine generators are gener-ally of the enclosed recirculating type. If an electrical faultoccurs which can cause a deep seated type fire in the elec-trical insulation, the resultant fire can be completely sup-pressed with carbon dioxide. This is accomplished by totalflooding the enclosure with a carbon dioxide fixed fire sup-pression system.

The CO2 system is designed in accordance with NFPA 12,which addresses the fire protection of rotating electricalequipment.

The CO2 system normally consists of a two pipe system.One group of cylinders is piped to a set of nozzles to give aninitial high rate of discharge. This discharge rate shall besuch as to achieve a 30% concentration of CO2 within twominutes, with the design concentration to be achievedwithin seven minutes. (Note: Factory Mutual requires a 30%concentration in one minute.)

A second group of cylinders is discharged simultaneously ata much slower rate through a separate network of pipe andnozzles. This cylinder group provides an extended dis-charge of CO2 for the generator deceleration period inorder to maintain an inert atmosphere within the enclosure.A minimum concentration of 30% must be maintainedthroughout the deceleration period but for not less thantwenty minutes. (Refer to NFPA 12.)

Multiple generators can be protected with CO2 by use ofselector valves in conjunction with a common bank of cylin-ders. A reserve bank of cylinders is normally required as acommon back-up.

NON-RECIRCULATING TYPE – These generators areprotected in the same manner as the recirculating typeexcept that 35% must be added to the gas requirement forthe extended discharge as determined from NFPA 12.

Hazard

Generator housing having dimensions of 14 ft. x 8 ft. x 6 ft. 4in. and a pit of 13 ft. x 7 ft. 6 in. x 8 ft.


Generator is a recirculating type with a deceleration periodof twenty minutes.

Items 1 through 9 are for protection of the recirculating gen-erator.

Items 10 through 18 are for protection of the non-recircu-lating generator.






ITEM NO. 6 – Hydraulic Input Form.This hydraulic inputform is required to calculate the extended discharge portionof the system.

ITEM NO. 7 – Print Out No.1. The first print out that thecomputer program runs will indicate nozzle codes, dis-charge times, and pipe sizes. Notice that on the first printout, the nozzle codes generated by the computer are givenin exact, fractional orifice sizes. It is necessary at this pointto choose the nearest nominal size available orifice and re-input the hydraulic calculations to make certain the dis-charge time and nozzle pressures do not fall below theapproved minimums.







12-187



ITEM NO. 15 – Hydraulic Input Form.This hydraulic inputform is required to calculate the extended discharge portionof the system.





12-188



002099


12-189



002100


12-190



002101


12-191



002102


12-192



002103


12-193



002104


12-194



002105


12-195



002106


12-196



002107


12-197



002108


12-198



002109


12-199



002110


12-200



002111


12-201



002112


12-202



002113


12-203



002114


12-204



002115


12-205



002115


12-206



002116


12-207



002117


12-208



002118


12-209



002119


12-210



002120


12-211



002121


12-212



002122


12-213



002123


12-214

EXAMPLE NO. 12 – INDUSTRIAL FRYER

Many types of foods are prepared by deep fat frying in oilcontained in large industrial type fryers.

The cooking oil is generally at a temperature of 350 °F to400 °F (177 °C to 204 °C) and is maintained by thermostaticcontrols. A fire condition exists when these controls fail,allowing the temperature of the oil to rise above 700 °F(371 °C), which is the auto-ignition point of the oil.

With a carbon dioxide system, an extended discharge ofCO2 for a minimum period of three minutes is required toallow for sufficient cooling of the oil and heated metal sur-faces.

Several configurations of cooking fryers exist. This discus-sion will concern itself only with the rectangular type fryerwith an elevating hood and exhaust system.

The three types of design approaches to be considered are:

1. Total flooding with the hood in the down position.

2. Rate by volume local application with the hood up (entirevolume will include fryer plus 2 ft. (.6m) above and oneach side of the fryer).

3. A combination system from either hood up or hood down.(Total flooding if the hood is down, local application rateby area if the hood is up.)

All three designs also include a local application system forthe drainboard and pump.

It is essential that prior to the CO2 discharge all fuel sup-plies, heaters, equipment, and exhaust fans be shut downand a damper in the exhaust dust be allowed to close.

Since the hood and a section of the duct is capable of beingraised or lowered, the interconnecting of the CO2 hoodpiping is by means of a looped section of high pressure CO2hose.

The first method of protection would consist of TotalFlooding Protection of the hood only when it is in the downposition. This is the least reliable method as it requires thehood to be in the down position to be effective. Many firesinvolving these cooking appliances start when the hood is inthe up position for maintenance or when the operator opensthe hood in the event of a fire. In these cases the system isuseless. We would recommend this method be employedonly if the owner and the Authority Having Jurisdiction arewilling to sign a waiver stating that the fryer will only be pro-tected when the hood is in the down position.

The second method of protecting this hazard would be todesign the system based upon Local Application Rate byVolume. This may be employed if the fryer is a relativelysmall hazard. This method will put all of the nozzles on thehood and is designed per NFPA 12 to cover an area approx-imately 2 ft. (.6 m) outside the fryer on all sides and the top.This will usually be the most costly method of protection.

The third method of protection is Local Application Rate byArea in conjunction with Total Flood protection. In this casethe fryer is protected by the same Total Flooding system asutilized in the first method and is also protected by a LocalApplication system designed to cover the liquid surfacewhen the hood is in the up position. The Local Applicationnozzles are positioned just outside of the hood and evenwith the bottom of the hood when it is in the up position. Bothsystems will discharge simultaneously so that the hazard isprotected regardless of the position of the hood. Eventhough this system employs two separate systems it is usu-ally more cost effective than the Local Application Rate byVolume system.

Hazard

A potato chip fryer has dimensions of 12 ft. x 3 ft. x 4 ft. whenthe hood is down during the frying operation. There are con-veyor openings at both ends, each 2 ft. 6 in. x 9 in., with thecenterline 2 ft. from the top of the hood.

A drainboard is at the exit end having dimensions of 12 ft. x 3 ft.

There is an adjacent cooking oil pump having a dimensionof 3 ft. x 2 ft.

A telescoping exhaust duct exits from the top of the hood,measuring 18 in. diameter x 40 ft. in total length.

The roof fan housing measures 5 ft. x 4 ft. x 4 ft.

Items 1 through 5 are protection for the hood in the downposition only.

Items 6 through 8 are protection for the drain board.

Item 9 is a bill of materials for the hood down system and thedrain board system.

Items 10 through 17 are protection for hood up, rate byvolume, including local application.

Items 18 through 23 are protection for the hood in either theup or down position.





12-215

ITEM NO. 14 – Hydraulic Input. After the nozzle orificesand pipe sizes have been chosen, the second computerprint out will verify that the system will function properly. Inthis case though, after this input, an error message wasshown on the computer screen stating that the pipe sizesare too small for the orifice codes chosen. It is now nec-essary to increase the pipe sizes and rerun the calculation.

ITEM NO. 15 – Print Out No. 2. After the error messagewas received from the computer, the pipe sizes wereincreased and the computer was left to choose the nozzlecodes again.

ITEM NO. 16 – Print Out No. 3. After the second print outran successfully, the nominal orifice codes were chosen andthe final calculation was run to determine the system willfunction properly.

ITEM NO. 17 – Bill Of Material. A bill of material should begenerated to show the complete list of all requiredhardware.









ITEM NO. 6 – Hydraulic Input Form. (Drain board) Withthe information on pipe lengths, fittings, node points, andnozzles, fill in the input form for the drain board system.

ITEM NO. 7 – Print Out No. 1.(Drain board) The first printout that the computer program runs will indicate nozzlecodes, discharge times, and pipe sizes. Notice that on thefirst print out, the nozzle codes generated by the computerare given in exact, fractional orifice sizes. It is necessary atthis point to choose the nearest nominal size available ori-fice and re-input the hydraulic calculations to make certainthe discharge time and nozzle pressures do not fall belowthe approved minimums.

ITEM NO. 8 – Print Out No. 2. (Drain board) After thenozzle orifices and pipe sizes have been chosen, thesecond computer print out will verify that the system willfunction properly.







12-216



002124


12-217



002125


12-218



002126


12-219



002127


12-220



002128


12-221



002129


12-222



002130


12-223



002131


12-224



002132


12-225



002133


12-226



002134


12-227



002135


12-228



002136


12-229



002137


12-230



002138


12-231



002139


12-232



002140


12-233



002141


12-234



002142


12-235



002143


12-236



002144


12-237



002145


12-238



002146


12-239



002147


12-240



002148


12-241



002149


12-242



002150


12-243



002151


12-244



002152


12-245


Item No. 14 – Hydraulic Input/1

002153


12-246


Item No. 14 – Hydraulic Input/2

002154


12-247



002155


12-248



002156


12-249



002157


12-250



002158


12-251



002159


12-252



002160


12-253



002161


12-254



002162


12-255



002163


12-256



002164


12-257


Item No. 17 –Bill Of Material/1

002165


12-258


Item No. 17 –Bill Of Material/2

002166


12-259



002167


12-260



002168


12-261



002169


12-262



002170


12-263



002171


12-264



002172


12-265



002173


12-266



002174


12-267



002175


12-268



002176


12-269



002177


12-270


Item No. 23 – Bill Of Material/1

002178


12-271


Item No. 23 – Bill Of Material/2

002179


12-272

NOTES:

PROPOSAL CARBON DIOXIDEINFORMATION FIRE

SUPPRESSIONSYSTEMS

ANSUL®

001061

2

Submitted by _______________________________________ Date __________________ Due Date ____________________

In order to expedite the processing of system proposals, it is necessary to give us ALL the information asked for in this form. Fillout the General Information first. Then fill out the section which pertains to the hazard under consideration.

GENERAL INFORMATION

PROSPECT’S NAME ______________________________________________________________________________________

ADDRESS ______________________________________________________________________________________________

PERSON CONTACTED ______________________________________________ TITLE ________________________________

QUOTATION ADDRESSED TO ________________________________________ TITLE ________________________________

DISTRIBUTOR ____________________________________________________ ADDRESS ____________________________

ORIGINAL TO BE MAILED TO: □ CUSTOMER □ DISTRIBUTOR □ SALESMAN

APPROVAL REQUIRED BY □ IRI □ FM □ Fire Dept. Other __________________

HAZARD _______________________________________________________________________________________________

TYPE OF SYSTEM: □ Manual □ Automatic

PREFERRED TYPE OF AUTOMATIC: □ Rate of Rise □ Fixed Temperature Electric □ Photoelectric

□ IONIZATION □ Other Detection – Type_____________________________________________________________

TYPE OF MANUAL: □ Local Control □ Remote Control

CONNECTED RESERVE: □ Yes □ No

SPARE CYLINDERS: □ Yes □ No ALARM REQUIRED: □ Bell □ Siren

Blueprints or sketch to scale showing size and detail of hazards must be sent with proposal. Show location of hazards with regardto their relation to each other if two or more are to be protected. Show space available for cylinders and specify distance from haz-ard. Show location of remote manual controls. Also answer applicable questions on “Check List for Total Flooding”, “LocalApplication”, “Rotating Electrical Equipment”, and “Hose Reels”. Use space provided for sketches.

TOTAL FLOODING CHECKLIST

1. Name of space ______________________________________________________________________________________

2. Contents of space ____________________________________________________________________________________

3. Size of space: ________ ft. ________ in. Iong X ________ ft. ________ in. wide X ________ ft. ________ in. high.

4. Is ceiling □ Flat □ Sloped □ Peaked

5. If ceiling has exposed beams, show size and arrangement on sketch.

6. Electrical equipment to be shut down:

Name: ____________________________ Rating: _______________ Volts: _______________ Amps: ______________

Name: ____________________________ Rating: _______________ Volts: _______________ Amps: ______________

7. Can all electric equipment be shut down with one switch? □ Yes □ No. If “no” how many switches are required?

___________________________________________________________________________________________________

3

TOTAL FLOODING CHECKLIST (Continued)

8. Method of ventilation: □ Forced, If “forced”, locate number, size and location of all intake and exhaust ducts on sketch. □ Natural. Are ducts equipped with dampers? □ Yes □ No. If “no”, can dampers be installed? □ Yes □ No.

NOTE: It is Ansul policy to shut down or damper ventilation equipment prior to the discharge of carbon dioxide.

9. On sketch show number, size and location of all doors, windows, other openings. Indicate whether normally open or normallyclosed and indicate if they can be arranged for automatic closing.

10. Operating temperature: _________°F. Maximum _________°F. Minimum

11. If hazard is an oven, type of heating: □ Gas □ Electric □ Steam

12. Are people working in hazard? □ Yes □ No

LOCAL APPLICATION CHECKLIST

Hazard to be protected – Check appropriate box.

1. □ Dip tank: ________ft. ________ in. Iong X ________ ft. ________ in. wide, with ________ in. freeboard.

2. □ Drainboard: ________ft. ________ in. Iong X ________ ft. ________ in. wide.

3. □ Quench tank: ________ft. ________ in. Iong X ________ ft. ________ in. wide, with ________ in. freeboard.

4. □ Spray booth: ________ft. ________ in. Iong X ________ ft. ________ in. wide X ________ ft. ________ in. high.

Booth opening: ________ ft. ________ in. wide X ________ ft. ________ in. high.

5. □ Mixing tank: ________ ft. ________in. diameter ________ ft. ________ in. high. (See Question 12)

6. Coating machine:

a. Number, diameter and width of coating rolls _______________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________________

b. Coated material is ________ft. ________ in. Iong X ________ ft. ________ in. wide.

c. Material coated □ One Side Only, or □ Both Sides

d. Describe coating process: _____________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________________

7. Flammable material: □ Lacquer □ Paint □ Varnish □ Oil □ Other

If lacquer, specify type ______________________________ If other, specify and provide MSDS _____________________

8. Name and dimensions of equipment dipped or quenched: ______________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________________

9. How is material dipped? □ Hand □ Conveyor □ Hoist □ Other Motor Driven

If other, specify: _____________________________________________________________________________________

10. If material is dipped by conveyor or is drained over tank, what is the height of top of material above tank or drainboard. (Showon sketch.)

11. Are there baffles or structures across dip or quench tanks that will affect nozzle location? Describe: ____________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

4

LOCAL APPLICATION CHECKLIST (Continued)

12. If hazard is mixing or storage tank, answer the following questions:

a. Are tanks closed? □ Yes □ No

b. Do tanks have □ Bolted Covers, or □ Hinged Covers

c. Size of cover _______________________________________________________________________________________

d. Indicate size and location of all openings (hatches, fill lines, vent lines, etc.) on sketch.

13. If heating equipment is involved:

a. Type of heating equipment: □ Gas □ Steam □ Electric ________Volts ________Amps

b. Maximum operating temperature ________ °F.

14. Electrical equipment to be shut down:

Name: ____________________________ Rating: _______________ Volts: _______________ Amps: ________________

Name: ____________________________ Rating: _______________ Volts: _______________ Amps: ________________

15. Can all electrical equipment be shut down with one switch? □ Yes □ No

If “no”, how many switches are required?_______________________

16. Method of ventilation: □ Forced □ Natural

If forced, locate number, size and location of all intake and exhaust ducts on sketch. Are ducts equipped with dampers?

□ Yes □ No. If “no”, can dampers be installed? □ Yes □ No

17. Ceiling height of room in which hazard is located: __________ ft. __________ in.

18. For range hoods, supply the following information:

a. Fill in dimensions or make sketch.

b. Fryer size (container only) L ____________ W ____________

L ____________ W ____________

If industrial fryer, does hood raise: □ YES □ NO

If yes, specify type of protection required □ Total Flood Only □ Total Flood and Local Application

c. Auxiliary cooking surfaces sizes L ____________ W ____________

L ____________ W ____________

L ____________ W ____________

GIVE LOCATION ANDDESIGNATIONS

FRYERLIQUIDSURFACE

DUCT

001062

5

LOCAL APPLICATION CHECKLIST (Continued)

d. If electric powered: Volts ____________ Amps ____________

e. If gas powered: Gas Iine size ____________

f. On overall sketch, show approximate locations of cylinders, remote actuator(s), exhaust fan(s), fire damper(s).

19. For protection of all hazards not covered by the above questions, complete drawings or dimensioned sketches must be fur-nished.

ROTATING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST

1. Type of machine to be protected:

□ Generator □ Converter □ Motor

2. Voltage available for electric system: ______________________ □ AC □ DC

3. Is machine:

a. □ Self-contained recirculating (i.e., no pits or ducts)

b. □ Closed recirculating (i.e., sits over pit)

c. □ Non-recirculating (i.e., air passes in and out)

4. Decelerating time for machine to stop without braking is ____________________ minutes.

Static air volume of machine is ____________________ cubic feet.

HOSE REEL CHECKLIST

1. Type hazard to be protected

2. Size and quantity of cylinders required

Size ____________ lb. Quantity ____________

3. Control type: □ Local Manual □ Remote Manual □ Electric

4. Length of hose required ____________________

Scale: 1 square equals______________________

6


7


For

m N

o. F

-941

48

19

95 A

nsul

Inco

rpor

ated

Lith

o in

U.S

.A.

ANSUL INCORPORATED, ONE STANTON STREET, MARINETTE, WI 54143-2542

Carbon Dioxide System Installation

Parts List for Single RowCylinder Bracketing With Weigh Rail

Item PartNo. Description No.

1 Weigh Rail Support 71683

2 Weigh Rail –Two Cylinders 73266Three Cylinders 73267Four Cylinders 73268Five Cylinders 73269Six Cylinders 73270

3 Upright (For Either Right Or Left Side) 73257

4 Backframe Assembly –Two Cylinders 79638Three Cylinders 79639Four Cylinders 79640Five Cylinders 79641Six Cylinders 79642

5 Carriage Bolt With Nut –10 in. (25 cm) Long – For 50 lb. 73250(22.7 kg) Cylinders

10.5 in. (27 cm) Long – For 75 lb. 73251(34 kg) Cylinders

12 in. (31 cm) Long – For 100 lb. 73252(45.4 kg) Cylinders

6 Cylinder Clamp –Two Cylinders 73091Three Cylinders 73092

7 Bracket Foot – Right Side 73554

8 Bracket Foot – Left Side 73553

9 Connector – Required For Attaching 79413Back Frames Together For Seven

Or More Cylinders

10 Center Upright – Required With 73256Weigh Rail Assembly Of Seven OrMore Cylinders In A Row

11 Center Upright Foot 418508


Note:

• Some drilling required for assembly of feet, backframes, and weigh rails.• When bolting components together, use the following size bolts, nuts,

flatwashers, and lockwashers:– Backframe to Upright – one 2 1/2 in. (6.4 cm) x 1/2 in. diameter bolt, nut,

flatwasher, and lockwasher (9/16 in. (1.4 cm) clearance hole required).– Weigh Rail to Weigh Rail Support – one 1 1/2 in. (3.8 cm) x 7/16 in. dia-

meter bolt, nut, flatwasher, and lockwasher (15/32 in. (1.2 cm) clearancehole required).

– Weigh Rail Support to Upright – two 1 1/2 in. (3.8 cm) x 7/16 in. diameterbolts, nuts, flatwashers, and lockwashers (15/32 in. (1.2 cm) clearanceholes required).

– Bracket Foot to Upright – two 1 1/2 in. (3.8 cm) x 7/16 in. diameter bolts,nuts, flatwashers, and lockwashers (15/32 in. (1.2 cm) clearance holesrequired).

– Backframe Connector to Backframe – two 1 1/2 in. (3.8 cm) x 7/16 dia-meter bolts, nuts, flatwashers, and lockwashers.

ANSUL


10

1

3

2

4

56

7

8

9

11

002182


Parts List for Double RowCylinder Bracketing With Weigh Rail













Or More Cylinders




Note:








ANSUL


10

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

002183


Parts List for Back To BackCylinder Bracketing With Weigh Rail













Or More Cylinders




Note:








ANSUL


10

1

3

2

4

5 6

7

8

9

11

002184

CARBON DIOXIDE CV90SYSTEM CYLINDERPARTS LIST VALVE

ANSUL

FIG. PARTNO. DESCRIPTION NO.

– CV90 Valve Shipping Assembly 790751 Body 4175112 Ball 400183 Spring 424094 Pipe Plug 424115 Safety Nut 773666 Safety Disc 450107 Safety Washer 450118 Main Seal Kit Shipping Assembly 4152519 Stem Assembly 79972

10 Spring 7938911 Seal 7913312 Set Screw 7940113 Recoil Seat 7939014 Valve 7939115 Inlet Seat 4241216 Pressure Release Plug 4239417 Gasket 4144718 Spring Stop 7913119 Reconditioning Kit Shipping Assembly 41525020 Spring 7908221 O-Ring 7962722 O-Ring 7962623 O-Ring 7962524 O-Ring 1187325 O-Ring – .070 in. Cross Section 7962326 O-Ring – .103 in. Cross Section 7962427 Plunger 7939228 Actuation Insert 7939429 Spanner Wrench (not shown) 41525230 Cap Shipping (Top and Fill Part) – Not Shown 7772631 Safety Shipping Cap – Not Shown 73066



21

22

23

24

25

26

20

12

1

4

56

7

15

16 17

3*2*

28

27

18

11

10

1413

8

19

9 002185

*Note: All valves manufactured afterMarch 1995 do not have aremovable ball and spring.

Note: Safety nut (Item No. 5) mustbe installed within 290-300 in.lbs. (32.8 – 33.9 Nm) oftorque.

CO2 Engineering Manual-ANSUL

Documents

Transcript of CO2 Engineering Manual-ANSUL